Ch 09: Gas Chromatography

Fluka Analytical brand products include GC solvents and GC derivatization reagents. Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps ... Gas chro...

0 downloads 146 Views 9MB Size
Table of Contents 17

GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/ Retention Gaps How to Choose a Column . . . . Columns by Phase Polarity . . . . Ionic Liquid Columns . . . . . . . . . MS-Grade Columns . . . . . . . . . . Fast GC Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . GCxGC Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . Chiral Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLOT Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCOT Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Cross-Reference Chart . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

GC Accessories 2

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PureCol Sleeves for Packed GC Columns . . . Inlet Liners for Packed GC (Not On-Column) Empty Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Packings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stationary Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

GC Column Test Mixes Methane Standard and Accessories . . . . . . General Test Mixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Mixes for Specific Applications . . . . . . Test Mixes for Specific Non-Chiral Columns Test Mixes for Specific Chiral Columns . . . .

. 2 . 4 16 18 18 19 21 25 26 27 30

31 37 37 37 40 41 42

42 . . . . .

43 43 44 45 45

46

Septa and Specialized Hand Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inlet Liner O-Rings and Inlet Seals for Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capillary Column Installation, Maintenance, and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . Capillary Column Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Packed Column Preparation, Installation, Maintenance, and Storage . Flow Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

Gas Purification/Management

. . . . . . . . .

46 50 62 63 69 70 72 74 77

83

Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Plumbing/Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Gas Generators and Air Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

GC Solvents General Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Purity GC Solvents for Pesticide Residue Analysis . GC Solvents for Residue Analysis of Dioxins, Furans, and GC Headspace Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GC Purge & Trap Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GC-MS Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

111 ..... ..... PCBs ..... ..... .....

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

GC Derivatization Reagents Silylation Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Silyl Reagents for Deactivating Glassware and Chromatographic Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acylation Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alkylation/Esterification Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Derivatization Reagent Sampler Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

. . . . . .

111 112 113 114 114 114

115 . . . . . . 115 . . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

117 118 120 123

2 Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Supelco Analytical brand products include capillary GC columns and guard columns, packed GC columns and components, GC accessories, and gas purification/management items. Fluka Analytical brand products include GC solvents and GC derivatization reagents.

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps

Established Applications: Gas chromatography, first established in the 1950’s, is a mature analytical technique with many established applications. Therefore, it is probable that literature, such as written methodology or journals, exists stating which stationary phases have successfully been used for a given application. Additionally, column manufacturers routinely publish phase selection charts which are conveniently arranged by industry to simplify the process of selecting the proper phase. First, find the chart that matches your industry or area of interest. Then, locate the application within that chart to identify a recommended column phase. Our phase selection charts are located in our GC Column Selection Guide, which can be viewed by entering "T407133" as a search term on the Sigma-Aldrich web site, at sigma-aldrich.com New Applications: For new applications, there is often no existing reference to provide guidance. In these ‘method development’ instances, one must have some knowledge of the chemistry of the compounds to be analyzed. Phase selection is based on the general chemical principle that "likes dissolves like." A non-polar column is the recommended starting point for the analyses of non-polar compounds. Likewise, polar columns are usually recommended as the starting point for the separation of polar compounds.

Supelco began in 1966 in a tiny garage in a small central Pennsylvania (USA) town manufacturing packed gas chromatography (GC) columns. By 1977, glass capillary GC columns were being manufactured and in 1982, production began on fused silica capillary GC columns. In 1983, the first special purpose fused silica capillary GC column was introduced. Since then, an impressive list of special purpose fused silica capillary GC columns has followed. We test every capillary column we manufacture according to strict quality assurance processes, and guarantee satisfactory performance.

Phase Polarity Based on Compound Polarity Compound Polarity C and H atoms only, C-C bonds

Recommended Phases

alkanes

Petrocol, SPB-Octyl, Equity-1, SPB-1, SLB-5ms, Equity-5, SPB-5

Polar Compounds

Primarily C and H atoms, also contain Br, Cl, F, N, O, P, and/or S

How to Choose a Column An optimized chromatographic separation begins with the column. The selection of the proper capillary column for any application should be based on four significant factors: stationary phase, column I.D., film thickness, and column length. The practical effects of these factors on the performance of the column are discussed briefly in this section, in order of importance. Note that this information is general. Specific situations may warrant exceptions to these guidelines.

Compound Examples

Non-Polar Compounds

alcohols, amines, carboxylic SPB-624, OVI-G43, VOCOL, acids, diols, esters, ethers, SPB-20, SPB-35, Equity-1701, ketones, thiols SPB-50, SPB-225, PAG, Omegawax, SPB-1000, Nukol, SUPELCOWAX 10

Polarizable Compounds

C and H atoms only, C=C and/or C≡C bonds

alkenes, alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons

SP-2330, SP-2331, SP-2380, SP-2560, SP-2340, TCEP

Step 2 - Column I.D. Fused Silica Tubing Inner/Outer Diameters

Step 1 - Stationary Phase Choosing a stationary phase is the most important step in selecting a column. A stationary phase is the film coated on the inner wall of a capillary column, and should be selected based on the application to be performed. The differences in the chemical and physical properties of injected organic compounds and their interactions with the stationary phase are the basis of the separation process. When the strength of the analyte-phase interactions differs significantly for two compounds, one is retained longer than the other. How long they are retained in the column (retention time) is a measure of these analyte-phase interactions. Changing the chemical features of the stationary phase alters its physical properties. Two compounds that co-elute (do not separate) on a particular stationary phase might separate on another phase of a different chemistry, if the difference in the analyte-phase interactions is significant. This is the reason for providing a wide variety of capillary column phases. Each phase provides a specific combination of interactions for each chemical class of analytes.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Tubing I.D. 0.10 mmA

Tubing I.D. Range 0.094–0.106 mm

Tubing O.D. Range 0.349–0.369 mm

0.10 mmB 0.18 mmA 0.18 mmB

0.094–0.106 mm 0.174–0.186 mm 0.174–0.186 mm

0.290–0.310 mm 0.349–0.369 mm 0.330–0.350 mm

0.20 mmC 0.25 mmC 0.32 mmC

0.194–0.206 mm 0.244–0.256 mm 0.314–0.326 mm

0.349–0.370 mm 0.349–0.370 mm 0.425–0.450 mm

0.526–0.546 mm 0.640–0.680 mm 0.53 mmC 0.75 mmC 0.737–0.758 mm 0.875–0.925 mm A Analytical columns with non-polar or intermediate polarity stationary phases B Analytical columns with polar stationary phases; guard columns regardless of deactivation C Analytical columns regardless of polarity; guard columns regardless of deactivation

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 3

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps How to Choose a Column: Step 2 - Column I.D. The current range of commercially available capillary column internal diameters enables the balancing of two factors: efficiency (number of theoretical plates) and sample capacity (amount of any one sample component that can be applied to the column without causing the desired sharp peak to overload). Optimizing one of these factors requires a sacrifice from the other. The ideal I.D. for a given application is dependent on the analytical needs. Columns with a 0.25 mm I.D. are the most popular, providing adequate plates/meter for most applications while allowing acceptable sample capacity. High Efficiency: Observed chromatographically as narrow and well-resolved peaks. The efficiency of a capillary column, measured in plates (N) or plates per meter (N/m), increases as the I.D. of the column decreases. This is one of the basic principles behind Fast GC. If the sample to be analyzed contains many analytes, or has analytes that elute closely together, the most narrow I. D. capillary column that is practical should be selected. Note that very narrow bore columns, such as 0.10 or 0.18 mm I.D., may require specialized equipment, such as a GC with a pressure regulator that allows a higher column head pressure. Sample Capacity: Increases as column I.D. increases. Wide bore columns can accommodate a larger mass of each analyte in a sample than narrow bore capillary columns. Exceeding the sample capacity of a column will result in skewed peaks and decreased resolution. Therefore, if the samples to be analyzed contain compounds at high concentrations, or represent a wide range of concentrations, then a wide bore column should be considered. If the proper I.D. is chosen, the column should allow the system to provide sufficient sensitivity for the minor components without being overloaded with the major components. The analyst must decide if the loss in efficiency resulting from using a wide bore column is problematic for their application. Note that the nature of the sample components and the polarity of the phase will affect sample capacity. Non-polar phases have higher capacities for non-polar analytes, and polar phases have higher capacities for polar analytes.

Increasing Film Thickness: The benefits are reduced analyte-tubing interaction and increased sample capacity. The drawbacks are increased peak widths (which may reduce resolution), increased column bleed, and a reduced maximum operating temperature for the column. Increasing film thickness also leads to increased analyte retention (may also increase resolution, specifically for compounds with low k’) and increased elution temperature. Depending on the application, these last effects may be either desirable or undesirable. Thicker film columns are best suited for analytes with low boiling points (such as volatile organic compounds and gases). These types of analytes are retained longer on the thicker film, which may eliminate the need for subambient oven conditions. A thicker film will also increase capacity, thus making the column more compatible for higher concentration samples than a thinner film column.

Phase Ratio (β) Effects of phase film thickness are interdependent with column I.D. The phase ratio, beta (β), expresses the ratio of the gas volume and the stationary phase volume in a column: column radius (μm) β= 2 × film thickness (μm) In contrast to relative terms (“thick film” and “thin film”), β values establish a distinct ranking for columns. As a general rule, select columns by β values as follows: β Value

Uses

<100

Highly volatile, low molecular weight compounds General purpose analyses Wide range of compounds High molecular weight compounds Trace analyses

100–400 >400

Effects of Column I.D. Internal Diam. (mm)

Efficiency: Plates/Meter (N/m)

Efficiency: Total Plates (N)

Capacity: Each Analyte (ng)

0.53 0.32 0.25

1,300 2,300 2,925

39,000 69,000 87,750

1,000–2,000 400–500 50–100

0.20 0.18 0.10

3,650 4,050 7,300

109,500 121,500 219,000

<50 <50 <10

β values are also useful when changing column I.D. and film thickness combinations for a particular analysis, because columns with the same phase ratio will provide very similar retention times and elution order under the same analytical conditions. Columns With Similar β Values

*Theoretical values for 30 m long columns, calculated @ a k = 6.00 and 85% coating efficiency

SLB-5ms, 30 m × 0.53 mm I.D., 0.50 μm (β = 265)

SLB-5ms, 30 m × 0.25 mm I.D., 0.25 μm (β = 250)

Step 3 - Film Thickness Most 0.25 mm I.D. columns have a 0.25 or 0.50 μm film thickness. Depending on the application, the optimal film thickness may be different. Decreasing Film Thickness: The benefits are sharper peaks (which may increase resolution) and reduced column bleed; both resulting in increased signal-to-noise. Additionally, the column’s maximum operating temperature will be increased. The drawbacks are increased analyte interaction with the tubing wall, and decreased analyte capacity. Decreasing film thickness also allows analytes to elute with shorter retention times and at lower temperatures, which may be desirable or undesirable, depending on the application. Thinner film columns should be used for analytes with high (>300 °C) boiling points (such as pesticides, PCBs, FAMEs, phthalate esters, and other semivolatile compounds), or for trace analyses.

18

20

22

18

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

20

22

4 Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps How to Choose a Column: Step 4 - Column Length Step 4 - Column Length

GC Column Polarity Scale

Generally a 30 m column provides the best balance of resolution, analysis time, and required column head pressure. Specific applications may warrant a different column length. Longer Columns: Provides greater resolution, but increases back pressure. It should be stressed that doubling column length will NOT double resolution (resolution only increases according to the square root of the column length). If resolution between a critical pair is less than 1, doubling column length will not bring it to baseline (resolution value of at least 1.5). Increasing column length to increase resolution should be considered as a last resort. A more effective approach to increasing resolution is to reduce column I.D. Shorter Columns: When great resolution is not required, such as for screening purposes or for simple samples whose components are dissimilar in chemical nature. However, if column I.D. is decreased along with length, resolution can be maintained, or in some cases, actually increased.

Effects of Column Length Column Length (m) 15

Inlet Pressure (psi) 5.9

Peak 1 Retention Peak 1/2 Efficiency: Total (min.) Resolution (R) Plates (N) 8.33 0.8 43,875

30 12 16.68 1.2 87,750 60 24.9 33.37 1.7 175,500 *Theoretical values for 0.25 mm I.D. columns with 85% coating efficiency, 145 °C isothermal analyses, helium at 21 cm/sec, k (peak 1) = 6.00

Columns by Phase Polarity Choosing a stationary phase is the most important step in choosing a column, and should be selected based on the application to be performed. It is recommended to first consult our "GC Column Selection Guide" brochure (T407133 KCX) to determine if we have already identified appropriate columns. For new applications, there is often no existing reference to provide guidance. In these method development instances, one must have some knowledge of the chemistry of the compounds to be analyzed. Phase selection is based on the general chemical principle that "likes dissolves like" and relates to the specific analyte-stationary phase interactions that each group of columns can perform. Choose: • Non-Polar GC columns for non-polar compounds (such as alkanes) that contain 1) only carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) only single bonds between carbon atoms. • Intermediate polar GC columns for an alternate selectivity of non-polar and/or polar compounds. • Polar GC columns for polar compounds (such as alcohols, amines, carboxylic acids, diols, esters, ethers, ketones, and thiols) that contain 1) primarily carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) also some bromine, chlorine, fluorine, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and/or sulfur atoms. • Highly polar GC columns for polarizable compounds (such as alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic hydrocarbons) that contain 1) only carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) some double and/or triple bonds between carbon atoms. • Extremely polar GC columns for additional selectivity of polarizable compounds.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

130 Extremely Polar

110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C) 100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

120

Highly Polar

90 80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70 60 60

SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C) SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Polar

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

40 30 Intermediate Polar

20 10

Non-polar 0

Our GC column polarity scale is a convenient tool to classify columns. The procedure we follow was proposed to us by Prof. Luigi Mondello (University of Messina, Italy). Each column is characterized with a series of five probes plus several n-alkane markers to determine the retention index for each probe. McReynolds Constants are then calculated using the retention index data of the column relative to the retention index data for the same five probes on squalane, the most non-polar GC stationary phase. The five McReynolds Constants are summed to obtain Polarity (P) values, which are then normalized to SLB-IL100 (set at P=100) to obtain Polarity Number (P.N.) values. Once Polarity Number (P.N.) values are calculated, the relationships to each other can be shown in a visual representation. The scale is broken into five regions. The first four regions (non-polar, intermediate polar, polar, and highly polar) are generally accepted and used by several GC column manufacturers. The fifth region (extremely polar) was required with the introduction of the SLB-IL111 in 2010 (no column existed in this region prior to this). The positions and maximum temperatures of several of our capillary GC columns are shown (non-ionic liquid columns on the left and ionic liquid columns on the right). Our GC column polarity scale can be used for column selection because it allows multiple columns to be compared easily, because all P.N. values are relative to both squalane (0 on the scale) and SLBIL100 (100 on the scale).

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 5

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Non-Polar SPB®-Octyl Capillary GC Column

Non-Polar 130 Extremely Polar

120 110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C) 100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

Highly Polar

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

90 80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70 60 60

SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C)

Polar

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

Application: The low polarity of this column approaches squalane, making it substantially less polar than that of the widely used non-polar poly(dimethyl siloxane) columns. This column offers unique selectivity compared to nonpolar and intermediate polarity columns, and can be used for confirmational analyses of PCB-containing samples. USP Code: None Phase: • Bonded • Poly(50% n-octyl/50% methyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 280 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

40 30

SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Intermediate Polar

20 0.53

10

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24218-U

Qty 1 ea

0.25 1.00 1.00

60 30 60

250 63 63

24219-U 24232 24233-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00

60

44

25398

1 ea

Non-polar

SPB®-HAP Capillary GC Column

0

Non-polar GC columns are made with the least selective of the GC stationary phases. They are commonly used to separate non-polar compounds (such as alkanes) that contain 1) only carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) only single bonds between carbon atoms. Elution order generally follows the boiling points of the analytes. • Interactions are primarily dispersive (van der Waals forces). • Phases with phenyl functional groups can also undergo a moderate amount of π-π interactions. • PTA-5 columns are specially-engineered to also allow strong basic interactions. • Phases with octyl functional groups also possess shape selectivity.

Petrocol® DH Octyl Capillary GC Column

Application: This column was developed to provide the best resolution of very volatile hazardous air pollutants. The thick film helps to focus analytes on the column, possibly eliminating the need to employ cryogenic focusing techniques. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits • -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.32

4.00

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 60

20

25020-U

Qty 1 ea

Application: This column, for detailed analyses of petroleum products, is known within the petroleum and chemical industries for its unique selectivity. Baseline separations of benzene/1-methylcyclopentene and toluene/2,3,3-trimethylpentane that are possible with this column are not obtainable with classical poly(dimethyl siloxane) columns. USP Code: None Phase:

Application: This column is designed for detailed hydrocarbon analyses of naphthas, gasolines, and similar samples, according to ASTM D5134. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

• Bonded • Poly(50% n-octyl/50% methyl siloxane)

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• -60 °C to 220 °C (isothermal or programmed)

• -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed)

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.25

0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 100

125

24282

Petrocol® DH 50.2 Capillary GC Column

Qty

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

1 ea

0.20

0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 50

100

24133-U

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

Qty 1 ea

6 Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Non-Polar Petrocol® DH Capillary GC Column

SPB®-1 SULFUR Capillary GC Column

Application: This highly reproducible column has considerable theoretical plate numbers and is designed for detailed analyses of petroleum products for PIANO, PONA, and PNA-type analytes. Includes an extensive retention index data sheet of 400+ analytes. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

Application: A specialized version of the SPB-1, this column was developed for analyses of sulfur gases and other volatile sulfur compounds. The column displays relatively low column bleed, which makes it compatible for use with sulfur-specific detectors. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed)

• -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed)

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 100 125 24160-U

Qty 1 ea

I.D. (mm) 0.32

df (μm) 4.00

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 20 24158

Qty 1 ea

Petrocol® DH 150 Capillary GC Column

Equity®-1 Capillary GC Column

Application: The longest capillary column commercially available as a stock item. For detailed purity analyses of light hydrocarbon gases and petroleum products (oxygenates, solvents, naphthas, gasolines, etc.). USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

Application: This column is designed for general purpose applications where a non-polar column is required. Analytes will be separated primarily according to boiling point. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed)

• ≤0.32 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed)

I.D. (mm) 0.25

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 1.00 150 63 24155

Qty 1 ea

Petrocol® 2887 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is designed for ASTM D2887 (simulated distillation [Sim Dis] of petroleum fractions) for samples having boiling points up to 1000 °F. USP Code: This column meets G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.20

df (μm) 0.10 0.33

<2 μm: -60 °C to 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) <2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal) or 320 °C ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal) or 280 °C

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 250 28039-U 12 152 28041-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

1.20 0.10 0.25

10 30 15

42 625 250

28043-U 28044-U 28045-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 1.00

30 60 15

250 250 63

28046-U 28047-U 28048-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.00

30 60 100

63 63 63

28049-U 28050-U 28052-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.10 0.25 0.25

30 15 30

800 320 320

28053-U 28054-U 28055-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 1.00 1.00

60 30 60

320 80 80

28056-U 28057-U 28058-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

1.00 2.00 5.00

100 30 30

80 40 16

28060-U 28061-U 28062-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Temp. Limits:

5.00

60

16

28063-U

1 ea

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane)

0.25

Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 350 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.53

df (μm) 0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 5 265 25323

Qty 1 ea 0.32

Petrocol® EX2887 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is designed for ASTM D2887 (simulated distillation [Sim Dis] of petroleum fractions) for samples having boiling points greater than 1000 °F. USP Code: This column meets G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

• Subambient to 380 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.53

df (μm) 0.10

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 5 1325 25337

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Gas Chromatography 7

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Non-Polar I.D. (mm) 0.53

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

I.D. (mm)

Qty

0.10 0.50 0.50

15 15 30

1325 265 265

28064-U 28067-U 28068-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.50

15 30 15

133 133 88

28069-U 28071-U 28072-U

1.50 1.50 3.00

30 60 15

88 88 44

3.00 3.00 5.00

30 60 15

5.00 5.00

30 60

0.53

1325 1325 265

25360 25361 25314

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 0.50 1.00

30 60 30

265 265 133

25315 25382 25417

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

28073-U 28074-U 28075-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.50 1.50 1.50

15 30 60

88 88 88

25302-U 25303 25388

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

44 44 27

28076-U 28077-U 28079-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00 3.00 3.00

15 30 60

44 44 44

25340 25341-U 25348

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

27 27

28081-U 28082-U

1 ea 1 ea

5.00 5.00 5.00

15 30 60

27 27 27

25344 25345-U 25349

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00

60

188

23302-U

1 ea

0.75

• Bonded • Poly(dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits:

0.20

0.25

0.32

df (μm)

Qty

15 30 15

SPB®-1 Capillary GC Column

I.D. (mm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

0.10 0.10 0.50

Application: This column is often used for traditional general purpose applications, where a non-polar column is required. Analytes will be separated primarily according to boiling point. USP Code: This column meets USP G1, G2, and G9 requirements. Phase:

• ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed)

df (μm)

<2 μm: -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed) ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) <2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal) or 320 °C ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal) or 280 °C

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

SLB®-5ms Capillary GC Column Application: The 5% phenyl equivalent phase provides a boiling point elution order with a slight increase in selectivity, especially for aromatic compounds. The low bleed characteristics, inertness, and durable nature make it the column of choice for environmental analytes (such as semivolatiles, pesticides, PCBs, and herbicides) or anywhere a low bleed non-polar column is required. USP Code: This column meets USP G27 and G36 requirements. Phase: • Bonded and highly crosslinked • Silphenylene polymer virtually equivalent in polarity to poly(5% diphenyl/ 95% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 340 °C (isothermal) or 360 °C (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 330 °C (isothermal) or 340 °C (programmed)

0.20 0.20 0.33

15 30 12

250 250 152

24162 24163 24229-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

I.D. (mm) 0.10

0.33 1.20 0.10

25 10 30

152 42 625

24230-U 24134-U 24261

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.18

0.25 0.25 0.25

15 30 60

250 250 250

24026 24028 24030-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 1.00 1.00

100 15 30

250 63 63

24198 24027 24029

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 3.00

60 100 60

63 63 21

24031 24220-U 23304-U

0.25 0.25 0.25

15 30 60

320 320 320

1.00 1.00 1.00

15 30 60

1.00 2.00 2.00 5.00 5.00

df (μm) 0.10

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 10 250 28465-U

Qty 1 ea

0.10 0.18 0.30

15 20 12

250 250 150

28466-U 28564-U 28566-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.30 0.36 0.20

30 20 30

150 125 250

28575-U 28576-U 28513-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.10 0.25 0.25

30 15 30

625 250 250

28467-U 28469-U 28471-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.50 0.50

60 15 30

250 125 125

28472-U 28577-U 28473-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

24099 24044 24046

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 0.25

60 30 15

125 63 320

28474-U 28476-U 28557-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

80 80 80

24098-U 24045-U 24047

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.32 0.50

30 30 15

320 250 160

28482-U 28532-U 28597-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

100 30 60

80 40 40

24213-U 24215-U 24216-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 0.50

30 30 30

160 80 265

28484-U 28487-U 28541-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

30 60

16 16

24296 24297

1 ea 1 ea

1.00

30

132

28559-U

1 ea

0.20 0.25

0.32

0.53

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

8 Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Non-Polar MET-Biodiesel Capillary GC Column

SAC™-5 Capillary GC Column

Application: This rugged metal column was designed specifically for the determination of free and total glycerin in B100 biodiesel samples. A guard is integrated, thereby providing protection with a leak-free connection (the guard and analytical column are one continuous piece of tubing; there is no union between the guard and analytical column). USP Code: None Phase:

Application: This column is an application specific non-polar column, designed for reproducible analyses of plant sterols, cholesterol, and other animal sterols. USP Code: None Phase:

• Bonded • Proprietary

Temp. Limits: • -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed)

Temp. Limits: • -60 °C to 380 °C (isothermal) or 430 °C (programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.53

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.16 14 828 28668-U

Qty 1 ea

HT-5 (aluminum clad) Capillary GC Column Application: This column offers the highest maximum temperature of any commercially available column. It is well suited for simulated distillation (Sim Dis) analyses of petroleum samples. USP Code: None Phase: • Bonded • Siloxane-carborane equivalent in polarity to poly(5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • 10 °C to 460 °C (isothermal) or 480 °C (programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32 0.53

df (μm) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15

• Bonded • Poly(5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl siloxane)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 12 800 25002 25 6 12

800 1325 883

25003 25004 25005-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

PTA-5 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is designed for analyses of amines and other basic analytes. USP Code: None Phase:

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.25

0.25

0.25

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

0.32

30 30 30

125 63 160

24277 24330 24331

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

1.00 1.50 1.50

30 30 30

80 53 88

24332 24333 25438

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00

30

44

25439

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

24156

Qty 1 ea

• Bonded • Poly(5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed)

<2 μm: -60 °C to 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) <2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal) or 320 °C ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal) or 280 °C

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 250 28083-U 30 250 28085-U

I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.20

df (μm) 0.10 0.20

0.25

0.20 0.33 0.25

60 12 15

250 152 250

28086-U 28087-U 28088-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.50

30 60 30

250 250 125

28089-U 28090-U 28092-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.00

15 30 60

63 63 63

28093-U 28094-U 28095-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

15 30 60

320 320 320

28096-U 28097-U 28098-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.50 1.00

30 30 30

250 160 80

28099-U 28195-U 28199-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 0.50 0.50

60 15 30

80 265 265

28251-U 28252-U 28259-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.50 3.00

60 30 30

265 88 44

28263-U 28267-U 28268-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

5.00 5.00 5.00

15 30 60

27 27 27

28278-U 28279-U 28293-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

Qty

0.50 1.00 0.50

250

Equity®-5 Capillary GC Column

Temp. Limits:

I.D. (mm)

30

Application: This popular column is designed for general purpose applications where a non-polar column is required. The low phenyl content provides thermal stability compared to 100% poly(dimethyl siloxane) columns. USP Code: This column meets USP G27 and G36 requirements. Phase:

• Bonded • Base-modified poly(5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl siloxane) • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., <2 μm: -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal) or 280 °C (programmed)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

0.53

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 9

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Non-Polar SPB®-5 Capillary GC Column

Intermediate Polarity

Application: This non-polar general purpose column provides primarily a boiling point elution order with a slight increase in selectivity, especially for aromatic compounds. USP Code: This column meets USP G27 and G36 requirements. Phase:

130 Extremely Polar

• Bonded • Poly(5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl siloxane) • ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≤0.32 mm I.D., • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., (programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.20 0.25

0.32

0.53

df (μm)

<2 μm: -60 °C to 320 °C (isothermal or programmed) ≥2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) <2 μm: -60 °C to 300 °C (isothermal) or 320 °C

110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C) 100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

Temp. Limits:

120

Highly Polar

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

90 80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70 60 60

≥2 μm: -60 °C to 260 °C (isothermal) or 280 °C

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.20 0.20 0.25

15 30 15

250 250 250

24165-U 24166 24032

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 1.00

30 60 15

250 250 63

24034 24036 24033

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 0.25

30 60 15

63 63 320

24035 24037 24101-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.52

30 60 25

320 320 154

24048 24050 24359

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.00

15 30 60

80 80 80

24100-U 24049 24051

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

5.00 0.50 0.50

50 15 30

16 265 265

23307-U 25316 25317

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 1.50

60 30 15

265 133 88

25383 25420-U 25304

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.50 1.50 3.00

30 60 15

88 88 44

25305-U 25389 25342

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00 3.00 5.00

30 60 15

44 44 27

25343 25350 25346

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

5.00 5.00

30 60

27 27

25347 25351

1 ea 1 ea

SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C)

Polar

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

40 30

SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Intermediate Polar

20 10

Non-polar 0

Intermediate polar GC columns are made with phases that incorporate both non-polar and polar elements. Thus, they are commonly used to provide alternate selectivity to non-polar and polar columns. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions. • Interactions are strongly dispersive (van der Waals forces). The greater the phenyl content of the phase, the stronger the interactions. • Phases with phenyl functional groups can also undergo π-π, dipole-dipole, and dipole-induced dipole interactions. The greater the phenyl content, the stronger these interactions. • Phases with cyanopropyl functional groups can also undergo strong dipole-dipole and moderate basic interactions. The greater the cyanopropyl content, the greater these interactions.

SPB®-624 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is specially tested for separation, efficiency, and low bleed. It is designed for purge-and-trap analyses of volatile halogenated, non-halogenated, and aromatic contaminants from environmental samples. USP Code: This column meets USP G43 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Proprietary Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D.: Subambient to 230 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.18 0.25

1.00 1.40 1.40

20 30 60

45 45 45

28662-U 24255 24256

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

1.80 1.80 3.00

30 60 30

44 44 44

23323-U 24251 25430

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00 3.00 3.00

60 75 105

44 44 44

28663-U 25432 28664-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

10

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase PolarityIntermediate Polarity I.D. (mm)

OVI-G43 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is specially prepared and tested to meet the requirements of United States Pharmacopoeia and European Pharmacopoeia methods for determining residual solvents in pharmaceutical preparations. USP Code: This column meets USP G43 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(6% cyanopropylphenyl/94% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits:

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.25

0.25 0.25 1.00

30 60 30

250 250 63

24086 24087-U 24196-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

0.25 1.00 0.50

30 60 30

320 80 265

24088 24194-U 25329-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00

15 30

133 133

28569-U 25333

1 ea 1 ea

0.53

• -20 °C to 260 °C (isothermal or programmed)

Equity®-1701 Capillary GC Column

Note: To make a 5 m x 0.53 mm I.D. guard column, use P/N 25339 (fused silica tubing), P/N 23804 (butt connector body), and P/N 22591 (doubletapered ferrule).

Application: Increased phase polarity, due to cyanopropylphenyl functional group substitution, offers unique selectivity compared to other phases. This column works well with systems employing ECD, NPD, and MSD detectors, and is often used for alcohols, oxygenates, pharmaceuticals, pesticides, and PCB applications. USP Code: This column meets G46 requirements Phase:

I.D. (mm) 0.53

df (μm) 3.00

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 44 25396

Qty 1 ea

VOCOL® Capillary GC Column Application: This intermediate polarity column, designed for analyses of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), offers great retention and resolution of highly volatile compounds. Use this column in direct injection ports or coupled to purge and trap systems. USP Code: None Phase: • Bonded • Proprietary

• Bonded • Poly(14% cyanopropylphenyl/86% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: Subambient to 280 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D.: Subambient to 260 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

Temp. Limits: • • • •

≤0.32 mm I.D., <2 μm: Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) ≤0.32 mm I.D., ≥2 μm: Subambient to 230 °C (isothermal or programmed) ≥0.53 mm I.D., <2 μm: Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) ≥0.53 mm I.D., ≥2 μm: Subambient to 230 °C (isothermal or programmed) 0.32 Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.18 0.20 0.25

1.00 1.20 1.50

20 10 30

45 42 42

28463-U 24129-U 24205-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

1.50 1.80 1.80

60 30 60

42 44 44

24154 28464-U 24217-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

3.00 3.00 3.00

60 30 60

27 44 44

24157 25320-U 25381

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3.00 1.50

105 60

44 125

25358 23313-U

1 ea 1 ea

0.75

Qty

SPB®-20 Capillary GC Column Application: This column has intermediate polarity due to the higher (20%) phenyl content, producing a different elution order of polar compounds for confirmational information. It is often used for analyses of aromatic analytes. USP Code: This column meets USP G32 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(20% diphenyl/80% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits:

0.53

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 250 28343-U

Qty 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

15 30 60

250 250 250

28371-U 28372-U 28373-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.00

15 30 60

63 63 63

28374-U 28378-U 28379-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 1.00

30 60 30

320 320 80

28382-U 28384-U 28387-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 0.50 1.00

60 30 15

80 265 133

28388-U 28391-U 28393-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.50

30 30

133 88

28394-U 28396-U

1 ea 1 ea

SPB®-608 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is specially tested with low concentrations of 18 chlorinated pesticides, using an ECD detector. In addition to selectivity and efficiency, it is also tested to ensure minimum breakdown of 4,4’-DDT and endrin. This column is also suitable for use in herbicide analyses. USP Code: None Phase: • Bonded • Proprietary Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

• -25 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) 0.53

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

df (μm) 0.10

df (μm) 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24103-U 60 15 30

250 265 265

23314-U 25310-U 25312

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 11

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase PolarityIntermediate Polarity Temp. Limits:

Sup-Herb™ Capillary GC Column Application: This is a specially tested intermediate polarity column for analyses of herbicides, specifically for US EPA Method 507. USP Code: None Phase:

• 0 °C to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

• Bonded • Proprietary Temp. Limits:

df (μm)

0.53

0.50

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15

265

25322

Extremely Polar

1 ea

Temp. Limits: • 0 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed)

0.32 0.53

0.25 0.50 1.00

30 30 30

320 265 133

24094 25331 25335

Highly Polar

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

Polar

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

SPB®-50 Capillary GC Column Application: This column has the highest phenyl content of the common phenyl-containing series of phases. The column is useful for analyses of polar analytes and provides useful confirmational information. It also offers additional selectivity for polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon isomers over columns with lower phenyl content. USP Code: This column meets USP G3 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(50% diphenyl/50% dimethyl siloxane) Temp. Limits:

90 80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

40 30

SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C)

60 60 SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C)

• Bonded • Poly(35% diphenyl/65% dimethyl siloxane)

120

100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

Application: With a phenyl content of 35%, this column offers a higher polarity option compared to columns containing a lower phenyl content. This column is useful for analyses of polar compounds because they are retained longer relative to non-polar compounds. USP Code: This column meets USP G42 requirements. Phase:

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.25 30 250 24092 0.25 60 250 28568-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

130 Qty

SPB®-35 Capillary GC Column

I.D. (mm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 24009 30 313 24010

Polar

• Subambient to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm)

df (μm) 0.20 0.20

Intermediate Polar

20 10

Non-polar 0

Polar GC columns are made using polar stationary phases, the most common being polyethylene glycol and modified versions. These columns are commonly used to separate polar analytes (such as alcohols, amines, carboxylic acids, diols, esters, ethers, ketones, and thiols) that contain 1) primarily carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) also some bromine, chlorine, fluorine, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and/or sulfur atoms. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions. • Dispersive (van der Waals forces), π-π, dipole-dipole, and dipole-induced dipole interactions are all strong with these columns. • Moderate amounts of hydrogen bonding and basic interactions are also possible. • SPB-1000 and Nukol columns are specially-engineered to also allow strong acidic interactions. • Carbowax amine columns are specially-engineered to also allow strong basic interactions.

• 30 °C to 310 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25 0.32 0.53

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.25 0.25 0.50

30 30 30

250 320 265

24181 24187 25363

SPB®-225 Capillary GC Column Qty

Application: Supelco offers the broadest range of cyanopropyl columns in the industry, such as this intermediate polarity column. USP Code: This column meets USP G7 and G19 requirements. Phase:

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

• Bonded • Poly(50% cyanopropylphenyl/50% dimethyl siloxane)

SP™-2250 Capillary GC Column Application: The SP-2250 column is a non-bonded 50% phenyl polymer. It is highly effective for the analysis of polar compounds. USP Code: This column meets USP G3 requirements. Phase: • Non-bonded • Poly(50% phenyl/50% methyl siloxane)

Temp. Limits: • 45 °C to 220 °C (isothermal) or 240 °C (programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.15 0.25 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 15 30

417 250 250

24334 23329-U 24335

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

12

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase PolarityPolar SPB®-PUFA Capillary GC Column

Nukol™ Capillary GC Column

Application: This column provides the necessary polarity for analyses of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) as fatty acid methyl esters (FAME). This column is specifically tuned to provide highly reproducible analyses. USP Code: This column meets USP G18 requirements. Phase:

Application: The incorporation of acid functional groups into the phase lends an acidic character to this column, useful for analyses of volatile acidic compounds. Difficult to analyze carboxylic acids (free fatty acids) can be analyzed with excellent peak shape and minimal adsorption. USP Code: This column meets USP G25 and G35 requirements. Phase:

• Bonded • Poly(alkylene glycol)

• Bonded • Acid-modified poly(ethylene glycol)

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• 50 °C to 220 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25 0.32

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.20 30 313 24314 0.20 30 400 24323

• 60 °C to 200 °C (isothermal) or 220 °C (programmed) Qty 1 ea 1 ea

I.D. (mm) 0.25

PAG Capillary GC Column Application: This column fills the polarity space between a 50% phenyl substituted column and a classical wax-type column, due to its polarity being slightly lower than a wax-type column. It is well suited for analyses of alcohols. USP Code: This column meets USP G18 requirements. Phase:

0.32

• Bonded • Poly(alkylene glycol)

0.53

Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 220 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25 0.32 0.53

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.25 30 250 24223 0.25 0.50

30 30

320 265

24226 25423-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Temp. Limits:

0.25 0.50

30 30

320 265

24315 25445

60 15 30

250 320 320

24108 24130 24131

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 1.00 1.00

60 15 30

320 80 80

24132 24206-U 24207

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 0.50 0.50

60 15 30

80 265 265

24208 25326 25327

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50

60

265

25386

1 ea

Temp. Limits: • 60 °C to 200 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.53

df (μm) 1.00 1.00 1.00

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 30 60

133 133 133

25352 25353 25354

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Omegawax® Capillary GC Column

• 60 °C to 200 °C (isothermal) or 220 °C (programmed)

0.32 0.53

0.25 0.25 0.25

Application: This specially prepared base-deactivated column is designed for analyses of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as other volatile basic compounds. USP Code: None. Phase:

• Bonded • Acid-modified poly(ethylene glycol)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24313

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

• Non-bonded • Base-modified poly(ethylene glycol)

Application: The incorporation of acid functional groups into the phase lends an acidic character to this column, useful for analyses of volatile acidic compounds. It offers great performance for analyses of glycols. It is the recommended column for ethylene glycol analysis. USP Code: This column meets USP G25 and G35 requirements. Phase:

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 250 24106-U 30 250 24107

Carbowax® Amine Capillary GC Column

SPB®-1000 Capillary GC Column

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25 0.25

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Application: This column allows highly reproducible analyses of fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs), specifically the omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids. It is tested to ensure reproducible FAME equivalent chain length (ECL) values and resolution of key components. USP Code: This column meets USP G16 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(ethylene glycol) Temp. Limits: • 50 °C to 280 °C (isothermal or programmed)

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.10 0.25 0.32

0.10 0.25 0.25

15 30 30

250 250 320

23399-U 24136 24152

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

0.50

30

265

25374

1 ea

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Qty

Gas Chromatography 13

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase PolarityPolar SUPELCOWAX® 10 Capillary GC Column Application: This column is based on one of the most widely used polar phases, Carbowax 20M, and is a polar column suitable for analyses of solvents, fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs), food, flavor and fragrance compounds, alcohols, and aromatics. Additionally, this column is a great choice when a polar general purpose column is required. USP Code: This column meets USP G16 requirements. Phase: • Bonded • Poly(ethylene glycol) Temp. Limits: • ≤0.32 mm I.D.: 35 °C to 280 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., <2 μm: 35 °C to 280 °C (isothermal or programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D., ≥2 μm: 35 °C to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 5 250 25025-U

I.D. (mm) 0.10

df (μm) 0.10

0.20

0.10 0.10 0.20

10 15 30

250 250 250

25026-U 24343 24169

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20 0.25 0.25

60 15 30

250 250 250

24170 24077 24079

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.50

60 100 30

250 250 125

24081 23308-U 24284

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 0.25 0.25

60 15 30

125 320 320

24285-U 24078 24080-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.50 0.50

60 15 30

320 160 160

24082 24083 24084

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 1.00

60 30 60

160 80 80

24085-U 24211 24212

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 0.50 0.50

15 30 60

265 265 265

25324 25325 25385

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00 1.00 1.00

15 30 60

133 133 133

25300-U 25301-U 25391

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

2.00 2.00 1.00

30 60 30

66 66 188

25375-U 25376 23327-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25

0.32

0.53

0.75

Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

df (μm) 0.08 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 28880-U 30 313 28891-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL60 Capillary GC Column Application: The SLB-IL60 polar ionic liquid column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but different enough to provide a unique elution pattern. It also has a higher maximum temperature of 300 °C, compared to 250-280 °C for most PEG columns. These features make it an excellent alternative to existing ‘wax’ columns. The combination of a high thermal limit and an orthogonal selectivity to non-polar columns also makes it a good GCxGC column choice. Launched in 2012. USP Code: None Phase:

Qty 1 ea

• Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Temp. Limits: • 35 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 313 29505-U

Qty 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL61 Capillary GC Column Application: This polar column, the first of our third generation ionic liquid columns, has a polarity/selectivity close to that of the SLB-IL59 due to structural similarities. This column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but with a higher maximum temperature (290 °C compared to 270-280 °C). Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide trifluoromethylsulfonate

8P R O D U C T S

Temp. Limits:

SLB®-IL59 Capillary GC Column Application: This polar ionic liquid column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but with a higher maximum temperature (300 °C compared to 270-280 °C). This increased temperature allows faster analyses to be achieved and/or additional analytes with higher boiling points to be analyzed. This combination of a high thermal limit and an orthogonal selectivity to non-polar columns also makes it a good GCxGC column choice. Launched in 2009. USP Code: None

• 40 °C to 290 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

df (μm) 0.08 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 29484-U 30 313 29486-U

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

14

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Highly Polar 8P R O D U C T S

Highly Polar Extremely Polar

130

SLB®-IL76 Capillary GC Column

120

Application: This highly polar column was the first of our second generation ionic liquid columns. It is engineered with a phase structure that allows numerous analyte solvation interactions that are not possible with other columns (non-ionic liquid columns as well as ionic liquid columns), resulting in selectivity differences even when compared to columns with similar GC column polarity scale values. Launched in 2009. USP Code: None Phase:

110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C) 100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

Highly Polar

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

90 80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70 60 60

SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C)

Polar

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

Temp. Limits:

40

• Subambient to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed)

30

SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Intermediate Polar

I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

20 10 0

Application: Supelco offers the broadest range of biscyanopropyl phases in the industry. This column is a highly specialized column that offers both polar and polarizable features due to the substitution of biscyanopropyl and phenyl groups onto the polymer backbone. It can be used for both high and low temperature separations for analytes such as geometric isomers of fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs), dioxins, and aromatic compounds. USP Code: This column meets USP G8 requirements. Phase: • Non-bonded • Poly(80% biscyanopropyl/20% cyanopropylphenyl siloxane) Temp. Limits:

0.75

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.20 0.20 0.20

15 30 60

313 313 313

24018 24019 24020-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20 0.20 0.20

30 60 30

400 400 938

24073 24074 23328-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

• Stabilized • Proprietary Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 275 °C (isothermal or programmed)

0.25 0.32

df (μm) 0.20 0.20 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 60 60

313 313 400

24257 24104-U 24105-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

SP™-2380 Capillary GC Column Application: A highly polar cyanosiloxane column commonly used for separation of geometric (cis/trans) fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) isomers as a group. Also useful when a highly polar general purpose column with good thermal stability is required. USP Code: This column meets USP G48 requirements. Phase: • Stabilized • Poly(90% biscyanopropyl/10% cyanopropylphenyl siloxane)

• Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed)

0.32

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Application: A highly polar cyanosiloxane column specially tested for analyses of dioxins, specifically tetrachlorodibenzodioxin (TCDD) isomers. Because the phase is stabilized, it has a maximum temperature slightly higher than non-bonded cyanosiloxane columns. USP Code: None Phase:

I.D. (mm)

SP™-2330 Capillary GC Column

0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 28909-U 30 313 28913-U

SP™-2331 Capillary GC Column

• Strong dispersive (van der Waals forces), very strong dipole-dipole, very strong dipole-induced dipole, and moderate basic interactions are possible. The greater the cyanopropyl content of the phase, the greater these interactions.

df (μm)

df (μm) 0.08 0.20

Non-polar

Highly polar GC columns are made with very selective GC stationary phases, typically containing high percentages of cyanopropyl functional groups. They are commonly used to analyze polarizable compounds (such as alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic hydrocarbons) that contain 1) only carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 2) some double and/or triple bonds between carbon atoms. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions.

I.D. (mm)

• Non-bonded • Tri(tripropylphosphoniumhexanamido)triethylamine bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 275 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.20 0.20 0.20

15 30 60

313 313 313

24109 24110-U 24111

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

0.20 0.20 0.20

100 30 60

313 400 400

24317 24116-U 24117

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

0.20

30

663

25319

1 ea

Gas Chromatography 15

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Highly Polar SP™-2560 Capillary GC Column

TCEP Capillary GC Column

Application: This highly polar biscyanopropyl column was specifically designed for detailed separation of geometricpositional (cis/trans) isomers of fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs). It is extremely effective for FAME isomer applications. USP Code: This column meets USP G5 requirements. Phase:

Application: The unique chemistry of the phase allows for specialized separations. It is often used for analyses of alcohols and aromatics in mineral spirits, aliphatic constituents in gasoline, impurities in individual aromatics, and oxygenates. USP Code: None Phase:

• Non-bonded • Poly(biscyanopropyl siloxane)

• Non-bonded • 1,2,3-tris(2-cyanoethoxy)propane

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed)

• Subambient to 145 °C (isothermal or programmed)

I.D. (mm) 0.18 0.25

df (μm) 0.14 0.20 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 75 321 23348-U 100 313 24056 100

313

23362-U

I.D. (mm) 0.25 0.32

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

df (μm) 0.44 0.51

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 60 142 24153 60 157 24161

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

1 ea

SLB®-IL100 Capillary GC Column Note: P/N 23362-U is wound on a 5" cage designed to fit an Agilent 6850 GC.

SP™-2340 Capillary GC Column Application: This non-bonded column offers the highest polarity in its class. As with all general purpose biscyanopropyl columns, it is highly effective for both high and low temperature separations of geometric isomers of fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs), dioxins, carbohydrates, and aromatic compounds. USP Code: This column meets USP G5 requirements. Phase:

Application: This highly polar column was the world’s first commercially available ionic liquid GC column. It serves as the benchmark of 100 on our GC column polarity scale. Compared to a TCEP column (almost identical polarity/selectivity), the SLB-IL100 is more thermally stable, plus more resistant to damage from moisture/oxygen. Launched in 2008. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,9-Di(3-vinylimidazolium)nonane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 230 °C (isothermal or programmed)

• Non-bonded • Poly(biscyanopropyl siloxane) Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 24021

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.20

0.32

0.20 0.20 0.20

30 60 30

313 313 400

24022 24023 24075

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20

60

400

24076

1 ea

Qty 1 ea

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.10 0.18 0.25

0.08 0.14 0.20

15 20 30

313 313 313

28882-U 28883-U 28884-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32

0.20 0.26 0.26

60 30 60

313 313 313

28886-U 28887-U 28888-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL82 Capillary GC Column Application: This highly polar ionic liquid column is most similar in polarity to non-ionic liquid columns that contain a polysiloxane phase with a high percentage of cyanopropyl pendent groups. It provides an alternate selectivity to these cyanopropyl siloxane columns, and is less susceptible to damage from oxygen/moisture. Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(2,3-dimethylimidazolium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide Temp. Limits: • 50 °C to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10

df (μm) 0.08

0.25

0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 29477-U 30

313

29479-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty

16

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Columns by Phase Polarity: Extremely Polar Extremely Polar

Ionic Liquid Columns 130 Extremely Polar

120 110 SLB-IL111 (270 °C) 100 SLB-IL100 (230 °C)

TCEP (145 °C)

90 Highly Polar

SP-2560 (250 °C) SP-2331 (275 °C) SP-2330 (250 °C)

80 SLB-IL82 (270 °C) SLB-IL76 (270 °C) 70 60 60

SUPELCOWAX 10 (280 °C) PAG (220 °C) SPB-225 (240 °C)

Polar

50

SLB-IL61 (290 °C) SLB-IL60 (300 °C) SLB-IL59 (300 °C)

40 30

SPB-50 (310 °C) SPB-35 (300 °C) Equity-1701 (280 °C) SPB-20 (300 °C) SLB-5ms (360 °C) Equity-1 (350 °C) SPB-Octyl (280 °C)

Intermediate Polar

20 10

Non-polar 0

Extremely polar GC columns are made with the most selective of the GC stationary phases. They are commonly used to provide alternative selectivity of polarizable compounds. Another use is in GCxGC applications due to their orthogonal selectivity to non-polar columns. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions. • Strong dispersive (van der Waals forces), very strong dipole-dipole, very strong dipole-induced dipole, and moderate basic interactions are possible.

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL111 Capillary GC Column

In 2005, Prof. Daniel W. Armstrong (University of Texas at Arlington) showed that dicationic and polycationic ionic liquids could successfully be used as viable GC stationary phases. These consist of two or more organic cations joined by a linkage, and associated with anions, which can be either inorganic or organic. Ionic liquid phases differ physically and chemically from non-ionic liquid stationary phases. • They are much smaller compared to big, bulky polysiloxane polymer and polyethylene glycol phases, plus there are no active hydroxyl groups. These features lead to greater stability, even in the presence of moisture and/or oxygen. • Many modifications are possible to alter selectivity. The base structure can be dicationic or polycationic. There are numerous cation, linkage, and anion choices. Pendant groups can be added to cations and/or linkages. Ionic liquids have the opportunity to impact current practices along several paths: • Columns can be engineered with identical selectivity to non-ionic liquid columns, but with higher operating temperatures and less susceptibility to damage from moisture and/or oxygen. • Columns can be engineered with completely unique selectivity to nonionic liquid columns, producing good peak shape and resolution for compounds of varying functionality. • Columns can be used in multidimensional separations, due to their engineered orthogonality and high thermal stability.

8P R O D U C T S

Application: This extremely polar ionic liquid column was the world’s first commercial column to rate over 100 on our GC column polarity scale. It has very orthogonal selectivity compared to commonly used non-polar and intermediate polar columns, providing increased selectivity for polar and polarizable analytes. Its temperature limit of 270 °C is very impressive for such an extremely polar column. The 60 m version is excellent at resolving benzene and other aromatics in gasoline. The 100 m version is suitable for detailed cis/trans FAME isomer analysis, and is a great complementary column to the SP-2560. Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,5-Di(2,3-dimethylimidazolium)pentane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide

SLB®-IL59 Capillary GC Column Application: This polar ionic liquid column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but with a higher maximum temperature (300 °C compared to 270-280 °C). This increased temperature allows faster analyses to be achieved and/or additional analytes with higher boiling points to be analyzed. This combination of a high thermal limit and an orthogonal selectivity to non-polar columns also makes it a good GCxGC column choice. Launched in 2009. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide

Temp. Limits: • 50 °C to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed)

Temp. Limits: I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.08 0.20 0.20

15 30 60

313 313 313

28925-U 28927-U 28928-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20

100

313

29647-U

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

• Subambient to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

df (μm) 0.08 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 28880-U 30 313 28891-U

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 17

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Ionic Liquid Columns 8P R O D U C T S

Phase: • Non-bonded • Tri(tripropylphosphoniumhexanamido)triethylamine bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide

SLB®-IL60 Capillary GC Column Application: The SLB-IL60 polar ionic liquid column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but different enough to provide a unique elution pattern. It also has a higher maximum temperature of 300 °C, compared to 250-280 °C for most PEG columns. These features make it an excellent alternative to existing ‘wax’ columns. The combination of a high thermal limit and an orthogonal selectivity to non-polar columns also makes it a good GCxGC column choice. Launched in 2012. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Temp. Limits: • 35 °C to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 313 29505-U

Qty 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL61 Capillary GC Column

• Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(tripropylphosphonium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide trifluoromethylsulfonate Temp. Limits: • 40 °C to 290 °C (isothermal or programmed) df (μm) 0.08 0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 29484-U 30 313 29486-U

• Subambient to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10

df (μm) 0.08

0.25

0.20

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 28909-U 30

313

28913-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL82 Capillary GC Column Application: This highly polar ionic liquid column is most similar in polarity to non-ionic liquid columns that contain a polysiloxane phase with a high percentage of cyanopropyl pendent groups. It provides an alternate selectivity to these cyanopropyl siloxane columns, and is less susceptible to damage from oxygen/moisture. Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,12-Di(2,3-dimethylimidazolium)dodecane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide

Application: This polar column, the first of our third generation ionic liquid columns, has a polarity/selectivity close to that of the SLB-IL59 due to structural similarities. This column has a polarity/selectivity similar to that of polyethylene glycol (PEG) columns (usually have ‘wax’ in the product name), but with a higher maximum temperature (290 °C compared to 270-280 °C). Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase:

I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

Temp. Limits:

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Temp. Limits: • 50 °C to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10

df (μm) 0.08

0.25

0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 29477-U 30

313

29479-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

SLB®-IL100 Capillary GC Column Application: This highly polar column was the world’s first commercially available ionic liquid GC column. It serves as the benchmark of 100 on our GC column polarity scale. Compared to a TCEP column (almost identical polarity/selectivity), the SLB-IL100 is more thermally stable, plus more resistant to damage from moisture/oxygen. Launched in 2008. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,9-Di(3-vinylimidazolium)nonane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Temp. Limits:

8P R O D U C T S SLB®-IL76 Capillary GC Column Application: This highly polar column was the first of our second generation ionic liquid columns. It is engineered with a phase structure that allows numerous analyte solvation interactions that are not possible with other columns (non-ionic liquid columns as well as ionic liquid columns), resulting in selectivity differences even when compared to columns with similar GC column polarity scale values. Launched in 2009. USP Code: None

• Subambient to 230 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.18 0.25 0.32

df (μm) 0.08 0.14

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 15 313 28882-U 20 313 28883-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

0.20 0.20 0.26

30 60 30

313 313 313

28884-U 28886-U 28887-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.26

60

313

28888-U

1 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

18

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Ionic Liquid Columns 8P R O D U C T S

I.D. (mm) 0.25

SLB®-IL111 Capillary GC Column Application: This extremely polar ionic liquid column was the world’s first commercial column to rate over 100 on our GC column polarity scale. It has very orthogonal selectivity compared to commonly used non-polar and intermediate polar columns, providing increased selectivity for polar and polarizable analytes. Its temperature limit of 270 °C is very impressive for such an extremely polar column. The 60 m version is excellent at resolving benzene and other aromatics in gasoline. The 100 m version is suitable for detailed cis/trans FAME isomer analysis, and is a great complementary column to the SP-2560. Launched in 2010. USP Code: None Phase: • Non-bonded • 1,5-Di(2,3-dimethylimidazolium)pentane bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide

0.32

0.53

Temp. Limits:

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.10 0.25 0.25

30 15 30

625 250 250

28467-U 28469-U 28471-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.50 0.50

60 15 30

250 125 125

28472-U 28577-U 28473-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 0.25

60 30 15

125 63 320

28474-U 28476-U 28557-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.32 0.50

30 30 15

320 250 160

28482-U 28532-U 28597-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.50 1.00 0.50

30 30 30

160 80 265

28484-U 28487-U 28541-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.00

30

132

28559-U

1 ea

• 50 °C to 270 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.25

df (μm)

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No.

Qty

0.08 0.20 0.20

15 30 60

313 313 313

28925-U 28927-U 28928-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20

100

313

29647-U

1 ea

MS-Grade Columns SLBms columns are designed for GC and GC-MS analysts who require low bleed, inert, durable, and consistent capillary GC columns. SLBms columns will help your laboratory achieve low detection limits, easy mass spectral identification, less instrument downtime, great resolution, short analysis times, and long column life.

SLB®-5ms Capillary GC Column Application: The 5% phenyl equivalent phase provides a boiling point elution order with a slight increase in selectivity, especially for aromatic compounds. The low bleed characteristics, inertness, and durable nature make it the column of choice for environmental analytes (such as semivolatiles, pesticides, PCBs, and herbicides) or anywhere a low bleed non-polar column is required. USP Code: This column meets USP G27 and G36 requirements. Phase: • Bonded and highly crosslinked • Silphenylene polymer virtually equivalent in polarity to poly(5% diphenyl/ 95% dimethyl siloxane)

Fast GC Columns Increase Sample Throughput without Sacrificing Quality Analytical GC chemists are continually striving to reduce analysis times, because shorter analysis times increase sample throughput, which translates to the completion of more billable samples per shift. However, any decrease in analysis time must not diminish the resolution necessary to adequately resolve peaks of interest, and identify specific elution patterns. Applying the Principles of Fast GC to any application can achieve both objectives. A wide variety of columns are offered in Fast GC dimensions.

Special Purpose Columns • SPB-624: For environmental volatiles. Maximum termperature of 250 °C (isothermal or programmed). • VOCOL: For environmental volatiles. Maximum termperature of 250 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-5ms: For environmental semivolatiles, pesticides, and PCBs. Maximum termperature of 340 °C (isothermal) or 360 °C (programmed). • Equity-1701: For environmental pesticides and PCBs. Maximum termperature of 280 °C (isothermal or programmed). • Omegawax: For food and beverage omega 3 and omega 6 FAMEs. Maximum termperature of 280 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SP-2560: For food and beverage cis/trans FAME isomers. Maximum termperature of 250 °C (isothermal or programmed). Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SPB®-624 Capillary GC Column 0.18

1.00

20

45

28662-U

1 ea

45

28463-U

1 ea

Temp. Limits:

VOCOL® Capillary GC Column

• ≤0.32 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 340 °C (isothermal) or 360 °C (programmed) • ≥0.53 mm I.D.: -60 °C to 330 °C (isothermal) or 340 °C (programmed)

SLB®-5ms Capillary GC Column

I.D. (mm) 0.10 0.18

0.20

df (μm) 0.10

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 10 250 28465-U

Qty 1 ea

0.10 0.18 0.30

15 20 12

250 250 150

28466-U 28564-U 28566-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.30 0.36 0.20

30 20 30

150 125 250

28575-U 28576-U 28513-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.18

1.00

20

Qty

0.10

0.10 0.10

10 15

250 250

28465-U 28466-U

1 ea 1 ea

0.18

0.18 0.30 0.30

20 12 30

250 150 150

28564-U 28566-U 28575-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.36

20

125

28576-U

1 ea

28343-U

1 ea

23399-U

1 ea

23348-U

1 ea

Equity®-1701 Capillary GC Column

0.10

0.10

15

250

Omegawax® Capillary GC Column

0.10

0.10

15

250

SP™-2560 Capillary GC Column

0.18

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

0.14

75

321

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 19

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Fast GC Columns: Ionic Liquid Columns Ionic Liquid Columns

GCxGC Columns

• SLB-IL59: a polar column. Maximum termperature of 300 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL61: a polar column. Maximum termperature of 290 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL76: a highly polar column. Maximum termperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL82: a highly polar column. Maximum termperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL100: a highly polar column. Maximum termperature of 230 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL111: an extremely polar column. Maximum termperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed).

GCxGC is one of the fastest growing areas in analytical chemistry. The level of detail it can provide cannot be equaled by any other chromatographic technique. It employs two columns in series, separated by a modulator. The role of the modulator is to collect fractions from the first column (often called the primary column, first dimension column, or 1° column) and focus them onto the second column (often called the secondary column, second dimension column, or 2° column). Primary columns tend to be 30 m x 0.25 mm I.D., whereas 1-2 m x 0.10 mm I.D. is common for secondary columns. Common detectors, including MS, can be used.

Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SLB®-IL59 Capillary GC Column 0.10

0.08

15

313

Qty

28880-U

1 ea

29484-U

1 ea

28909-U

1 ea

29477-U

1 ea

28883-U

1 ea

28925-U

1 ea

SLB®-IL61 Capillary GC Column

0.10 SLB®-IL76 0.10 SLB®-IL82 0.10

0.08 15 313 Capillary GC Column 0.08 15 313 Capillary GC Column 0.08

15

313

0.14

20

313

One key to the successful operation of GCxGC is that the two columns must have orthogonal selectivity, that is, they must utilize different retention mechanisms. The more different (more orthogonal), the better the overall performance will be. Two strategies can be used for GCxGC column selection to achieve orthogonal selectivity. Non-Polar to Polar Strategy Analytes are separated on a non-polar column in the first dimension, and on a polar column in the second dimension. This strategy is useful for complex samples, such as gasoline. Polar to Non-Polar Strategy Analytes are separated on a polar column in the first dimension, and on a non-polar column in the second dimension. This strategy is useful for complex samples, such as FAMEs.

SLB®-IL100 Capillary GC Column

0.18

Column Selection Strategy

SLB®-IL111 Capillary GC Column

0.10

0.08

15

313

Non-Polar Primary (1°) Columns

General Purpose Columns • Equity-1: For general purpose non-polar Fast GC applications. Maximum termperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). • Equity-5: For general purpose non-polar Fast GC applications. Maximum termperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). • SUPELCOWAX 10: For general purpose polar Fast GC applications. Maximum termperature of 280 °C (isothermal or programmed). Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. Equity®-1 Capillary GC Column 0.10 0.10 15 250 28039-U Equity®-5 Capillary GC Column 0.10 0.10 15 250 28083-U SUPELCOWAX® 10 Capillary GC Column 0.10

0.10 0.10 0.10

5 10 15

250 250 250

25025-U 25026-U 24343

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Non-polar GC columns are made with the least selective GC stationary phases. Interactions are primarily dispersive (van der Waals forces). Phases with phenyl functional groups can also undergo a moderate amount of π-π interactions. Elution order generally follows the boiling points of the analytes. Choices are: • SLB-5ms: 5% phenyl, the best choice due to high temperature limits. Maximum temperature of 340 °C (isothermal) or 360 °C (programmed). • Equity-5: alternative 5% phenyl choice. Maximum temperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). • SPB-5: alternative 5% phenyl choice. Maximum temperature of 320 °C (isothermal or programmed). • PTA-5: specially-engineered 5% phenyl for basic compounds. Maximum temperature of 320 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SAC-5: specially-engineered 5% phenyl for sterols. Maximum temperature of 320 °C (isothermal or programmed). • Equity-1: 100% methyl, provides less selectivity than obtained with a 5% phenyl. Maximum temperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). • SPB-1: alternative 100% methyl choice. Maximum temperature of 320 °C (isothermal or programmed). Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SLB®-5ms Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.10 30 625 28467-U

Qty 1 ea

0.25 30 250 0.50 30 125 Equity®-5 Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.25 30 250

28471-U 28473-U

1 ea 1 ea

28089-U

1 ea

0.50 30 125 SPB®-5 Capillary GC Column

28092-U

1 ea

250

24034

1 ea

125

24277

1 ea

0.25

0.25

30

PTA-5 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.50

30

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

20

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps GCxGC ColumnsNon-Polar Primary (1°) Columns Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SAC™-5 Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.25 30 250 Equity®-1 Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.10 30 625 0.25 30 250 SPB®-1 Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.10 30 625 0.25

30

250

Qty

24156

1 ea

28044-U 28046-U

1 ea 1 ea

24261

1 ea

24028

1 ea

Polar Secondary (2°) Columns Polar, highly polar, and extremely polar GC columns are made with very selective GC stationary phases. These include polyethylene glycol and ionic liquids. They are commonly used to analyze polarizable compounds (such as alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic hydrocarbons) that contain some double and/or triple bonds between carbon atoms. Dispersive (van der Waals forces), π-π, dipole-dipole, and dipole-induced dipole interactions are all strong with these columns. Moderate amounts of hydrogen bonding and basic interactions are also possible. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions. Choices are: • SUPELCOWAX 10: polyethylene glycol phase, similar to the original polar phase used for GCxGC applications. Maximum temperature of 280 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL59: polar ionic liquid phase with a high temperature limit. Maximum temperature of 300 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL61: polar ionic liquid phase with improved inertness compared to the SLB-IL59. Maximum temperature of 290 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL111: extremely polar ionic liquid phase, most orthogonal phase to non-polar phases. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL76: alternative ionic liquid phase. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL82: alternative ionic liquid phase. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) SUPELCOWAX® 10 Capillary 0.10 0.10 5 0.10 10 0.10

15

Beta Value Cat. No. GC Column 250 25025-U 250 25026-U 250

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

24343

1 ea

28880-U

1 ea

29484-U

1 ea

28925-U

1 ea

28909-U

1 ea

29477-U

1 ea

SLB®-IL59 Capillary GC Column

0.10

0.08

15

313

SLB®-IL61 Capillary GC Column

0.10 0.08 15 313 SLB®-IL111 Capillary GC Column 0.10 0.08 15 313 SLB®-IL76 Capillary GC Column 0.10

0.08

15

313

SLB®-IL82 Capillary GC Column

0.10

0.08

15

313

Polar Primary (1°) Columns Polar, highly polar, and extremely polar GC columns are made with very selective GC stationary phases. These include polyethylene glycol, ionic liquids, and polysiloxane polymers with cyanopropyl functional groups. They are commonly used to analyze polarizable compounds (such as alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic hydrocarbons) that contain some double and/or triple bonds between carbon atoms. Dispersive (van der Waals forces), π-π, dipoledipole, and dipole-induced dipole interactions are all strong with these columns. Moderate amounts of hydrogen bonding and basic interactions are also possible. Elution order is determined by differences in the overall effects of possible interactions. Choices are: • SUPELCOWAX 10: polyethylene glycol phase, similar to the original polar phase used for GCxGC applications. Maximum temperature of 280 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL60: most inert polar ionic liquid phase with a high temperature limit. Maximum temperature of 300 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL59: polar ionic liquid phase with a high temperature limit. Maximum temperature of 300 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL61: polar ionic liquid phase with improved inertness compared to the SLB-IL59. Maximum temperature of 290 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL111: extremely polar ionic liquid phase, most orthogonal phase to non-polar phases. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SP-2380: highly polar cyanopropyl siloxane phase commonly used for FAME separations. Maximum temperature is 275 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL76: alternative ionic liquid phase. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SLB-IL82: alternative ionic liquid phase. Maximum temperature of 270 °C (isothermal or programmed). • SP-2331: alternative highly polar cyanopropyl siloxane phase. Maximum temperature is 275 °C (isothermal or programmed). Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SUPELCOWAX® 10 Capillary GC Column 0.25 0.25 30 250 24079 0.50 30 125 24284 SLB®-IL60 Capillary GC Column 0.25

30

313

1 ea 1 ea

29505-U

1 ea

28891-U

1 ea

29486-U

1 ea

28927-U

1 ea

24110-U

1 ea

28913-U

1 ea

29479-U

1 ea

24257

1 ea

SLB®-IL59 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.20

30

313

SLB®-IL61 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.20

30

313

SLB®-IL111 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.20

30

313

SP™-2380 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.20

30

313

SLB®-IL76 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.20

30

313

SLB®-IL82 Capillary GC Column

0.25

0.25

30

313

SP™-2331 Capillary GC Column

0.25

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

0.20

Qty

0.20

30

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

313

Gas Chromatography 21

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps GCxGC Columns: Non-Polar Secondary (2°) Columns Non-Polar Secondary (2°) Columns Non-polar GC columns are made with the least selective GC stationary phases. Interactions are primarily dispersive (van der Waals forces). Phases with phenyl functional groups can also undergo a moderate amount of π-π interactions. Elution order generally follows the boiling points of the analytes. Choices are: • SLB-5ms: 5% phenyl, the best choice due to high temperature limits. Maximum temperature of 340 °C (isothermal) or 360 °C (programmed). • Equity-5: alternative 5% phenyl choice. Maximum temperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). • Equity-1: 100% methyl, provides less selectivity than obtained with a 5% phenyl. Maximum temperature of 325 °C (isothermal) or 350 °C (programmed). Beta I.D. (mm) df (μm) L (m) Value Cat. No. SLB®-5ms Capillary GC Column 0.10 0.10 10 250 28465-U 0.10 15 250 28466-U Equity®-5 Capillary GC Column 0.10 0.10 15 250 Equity®-1 Capillary GC Column 0.10

0.10

15

250

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

28039-U

1 ea

Chiral GC Column Screening Kits Predicting the best column for a new chiral method is difficult, if not impossible. Unless a published method exists for your precise analytes, multi-column screening is still the only way. Our Column Screening Kits contain the most popular Astec CHIRALDEX® or Supelco DEX phases, along with a comprehensive method development guide. The kits are priced at a substantial savings over the cost of the columns sold separately. • Astec CHIRALDEX® Kit contains G-TA, B-DM, and B-DA • Supelco DEX Kit I contains α-DEX 120, β-DEX 120, and γ-DEX 120 • Supelco DEX Kit II contains β-DEX 325, β-DEX 225, γ-DEX 225, and β-DEX 120

Qty

28083-U

also elution order or analysis time. Cyclodextrin-based CSPs are grouped into three general categories: • Surface Interactions, Complex Derivatives • Surface/Inclusion Interactions, Simple Derivatives • Inclusion Interactions

Astec CHIRALDEX® GC Column Screening Kit Description 30 m kit

Cat. No. 71030AST

Qty 1 kit

Supelco DEX™ GC Column Screening Kit

Chiral Columns GC columns that employ a chiral stationary phase (CSP) are suitable for enantiomer separations. We offer two cyclodextrin-based column lines, Astec CHIRALDEX® and Supelco DEX. Cyclodextrins are macromolecules composed of 6 or more D(+)-glucose residues bonded through α-glycosidic linkages. They are classified according to the number of glucose residues they contain: α-cyclodextrins contain six residues, β-cyclodextrins contain seven residues, and γ-cyclodextrins contain eight residues. All hydroxyl groups, whether at the 2, 3 or 6 position of each residue, can be selectively modified with a derivative to impart unique selectivities. Without derivatization, no enantiomeric selectivity is exhibited in GC.

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

kit I kit II

24340 24328-U

1 kit 1 kit

Group 1: Surface Interactions, Complex Derivatives Sigma-Aldrich is the only supplier of complex derivatives for chiral GC. There are four members in this important group: • • • •

Astec Astec Astec Astec

CHIRALDEX® CHIRALDEX® CHIRALDEX® CHIRALDEX®

TA (Trifluoroacetyl derivatives) PN (Propionyl derivatives) DP (Dipropionyl derivatives) BP (Butyryl derivatives)

Because the predominant mechanism of retention for phases in this group is based on surface interaction, the γ-cyclodextrin, with 8 glucose residues, has been shown to be the most useful. Compared to α- and β-cyclodextrins, the greater number of glucose residues in a γ-cyclodextrin results in the greater number of hydroxyl functional groups available for derivatization. High derivative concentration is beneficial for maximizing surface interactions. Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA is the first choice in this group. This phase has been shown to be the most broadly selective phase for the pharmaceutical industry, especially in the analysis of chiral intermediates and drug studies in various stages of clinical trials. Separations occur without the inclusion mechanism and are typically faster and more efficient than most other CSPs. This phase does not contain a polysiloxane polymer carrier and, therefore, there are no deleterious effects at low temperatures. The ability of this phase to separate parent drug enantiomers and their metabolites has proven quite beneficial. Cyclodextrin molecules showing dimensions

Selectivity of cyclodextrin-based phases is a function of the derivative, the degree of derivatization, the position of the derivative on the cyclodextrin, whether the derivatized cyclodextrin is used neat or doped into a polysiloxane polymer, and if doped, at what percentage. Certain CSPs are more selective for given molecular structures. Often, more than one CSP will achieve a separation. CSPs may be chosen to optimize resolution, but

A modified version of the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA is the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-PN. It functions like the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA but shows higher selectivity toward certain amines (amphetamine, methamphetamine). This phase is more stable to moisture than the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA. The Astec CHIRALDEX® G-DP phase was introduced to enhance selectivity for both aliphatic and aromatic amines in additional to aliphatic and some aromatic esters. This phase is especially useful for polar racemates. This phase demonstrates better hydrolytic and thermal stability than the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA. The Astec CHIRALDEX® G-BP phase can be used as a general purpose column but it is especially useful for amino acids.

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

22

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Chiral Columns: Group 1: Surface Interactions, Complex Derivatives Note: The subtle differences in functional groups between the Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA, Astec CHIRALDEX® G-PN, Astec CHIRALDEX® G-DP, and Astec CHIRALDEX® G-BP often allow for major enhancements in chiral and achiral selectivity when changing from one phase to another.

Astec CHIRALDEX® A-TA Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-trifluoroacetyl derivative of α-cyclodextrin. This phase exhibits high selectivity for oxygencontaining analytes in the form of alcohols, ketones, acids, aldehydes and lactones. It is also highly selective for halogenated compounds. Temp. Limits: phase ....................................... non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-trifluoroacetyl derivative of α-cyclodextrin

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.12 20 500 73002AST 0.12 0.12 0.12

30 40 50

500 500 500

73003AST 73004AST 73005AST

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-TA Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-trifluoroacetyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin. This phase exhibits high selectivity for oxygencontaining analytes in the form of alcohols, ketones, acids, aldehydes and lactones. It is also highly selective for halogenated compounds. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 180 °C isothermal and programmed phase ....................................... non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-trifluoroacetyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12 0.12 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 20 500 73022AST 30 40

500 500

73023AST 73024AST

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA Capillary GC Column Astec CHIRALDEX G-TA is the first choice in the Group 1 CSPs (Surface Interactions, Complex Derivatives). This phase has been shown to be the most broadly-selective phase for the pharmaceutical industry, especially for the analysis of chiral intermediates and drug studies in various stages of clinical trials. Separations occur without the inclusion mechanism and are typically faster and more efficient than most chiral stationary phases. G-TA has also been used to separate parent drug enantiomers and their metabolites. G-TA has its highest selectivity for oxygen-containing analytes like alcohols, diols and polyols as the free alcohol and as an acyl derivative; amines as acyl derivatives; amino alcohols, halogens (Cl>Br>F), amino acids, hydroxy acids, lactones, furans and pyrans. It is also highly selective for halogenated compounds. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 180 °C isothermal and programmed phase ........................................ non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-trifluoroacetyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 10 500 73031AST

Qty 1 ea

0.12 0.12 0.12

20 30 40

500 500 500

73032AST 73033AST 73034AST

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.12

50

500

73035AST

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-propionyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin. This phase exhibits high selectivity for lactones and aromatic amines. It is also suitable for epoxide separations. Additionally, the analysis of styrene oxide can be accomplished on this phase (this analyte degrades on the TA phases). GC capillary column fused silica Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase .................................................. non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-propionyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

• -10 °C to 180 °C, isothermal and programmed I.D. (mm) 0.25

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-PN Capillary GC Column

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 74033AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DP Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,3-di-O-propionyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin. This phase exhibits good hydrolytic stability, broad chiral selectivity, and is excellent for aliphatic and aromatic amines. It is also good for many aliphatic and some aromatic esters as well as exhibiting high efficiency and resolution at low retention times for polar racemates. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ...................................... non-bonded; 2,3-di-O-propionyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.25

0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30

500

78023AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-DP Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,3-di-O-propionyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin. The CHIRALDEX G-DP phase was designed to enhance selectivity for both aliphatic and aromatic amines, in additional to aliphatic and some aromatic esters. This phase is especially useful for polar racemates, as it exhibits high efficiency and resolution at low retention times. G-DP demonstrates better hydrolytic and thermal stability than the CHIRALDEX G-TA. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ....................................... non-bonded; 2,3-di-O-propionyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 78033AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-BP Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-butyryl derivative of γcyclodextrin. This phase exhibits high selectivity for amino acids, amines, and furans. GC capillary column fused silica Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ........................................................ non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-butyryl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 75033AST

Qty 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 23

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Chiral Columns: Group 2: Surface/Inclusion Interactions, Simple Derivatives Group 2: Surface/Inclusion Interactions, Simple Derivatives There are three different derivatives in this group: • Astec CHIRALDEX® DM and Supelco DEX 325 (Dimethyl derivatives) • Supelco DEX 225 (Diacetyl derivatives) • Astec CHIRALDEX® PM, Supelco DEX 110, and Supelco DEX 120 (Permethyl derivatives) The β-cyclodextrin has shown the greatest applicability for phases with these derivatives. Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DM is the recommended column in this category. The Supelco β-DEX 325 is similar in both chemistry and use to the Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DM phase, the main difference being the concentration of the dimethyl-derivatized cyclodextrin that is doped into the polysiloxane polymer carrier. The Supelco β-DEX 225 is a modified form of the Supelco β-DEX 325 phase, employing acetyl derivatives at the 2,3-positions instead of more traditional methyl derivatives. This group also includes the popular permethyl derivatives, and includes Astec CHIRALDEX® B-PM, Supelco β-DEX 110, and Supelco β-DEX 120 phases. They are recommended as general purpose columns for the separation of a wide variety of compounds and are especially useful for the analysis of alcohols and diols in their underivatized form, as well as analytes with polar groups (such as tertiary amines). The main difference between these three phases is the concentration of the permethyl-derivatized cyclodextrin that is doped into the polysiloxane polymer carrier.

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DM Capillary GC Column

• -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ............................................ non-bonded; 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin

df (μm) 0.12 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 20 500 77022AST 30 500 77023AST

0.12 0.12

40 50

500 500

77024AST 77025AST

1 ea 1 ea

Qty 1 ea

β-DEX™ 325

• 30 °C to 230 °C phase .................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-O-TBDMS-β-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24308

Qty 1 ea

γ-DEX™ 325 The chiral stationary phase in Supelco γ-DEX 325 columns contains 2,3-di-Omethyl-6-0-TBDMS-γ-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24306

Qty 1 ea

α-DEX™ 225 The chiral stationary phase in α-DEX 225 columns contains 2,3-di-O-acetyl-60-TBDMS-α-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24311

Qty 1 ea

β-DEX™ 225

• -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ............................................. non-bonded; 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 77033AST

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24303

The chiral stationary phase in β-DEX 325 columns contains 2,3-di-O-methyl6-0-TBDMS-β-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. The Supelco β-DEX 325 is similar in both chemistry and use to the CHIRALDEX BDM phase, the main difference being the concentration of the dimethylderivatized cyclodextrin that is doped into the polysiloxane carrier. Temp. Limits:

I.D. (mm) 0.25

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-DM Capillary GC Column

df (μm) 0.12

df (μm) 0.25

phase ...................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-TBDMS-α-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-t-butyl silyl derivative of γ-cyclodextrin. This phase exhibits broad chiral selectivity, resolving aliphatic, olefenic, and aromatic enantiomers. It combines the selectivities of the PM and PH phases. Temp. Limits:

I.D. (mm) 0.25

I.D. (mm) 0.25

phase .................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-O-TBDMS-γ-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

Through special derivatization techniques, the concentration of the cyclodextrin in the CHIRALDEX B-DM has been substantially increased in the polysiloxane carrier. This phase is very useful for a number of free acids and bases. The B-DM is able to perform most of the separations done on a betapermethylated phase, but with higher resolution. The selectivity of the B-DM covers applications of both the B-PM and B-PH phases, although with superior performance. Temp. Limits:

I.D. (mm) 0.25

phase .................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-methyl-6-O-TBDMS-α-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

The Supelco β-DEX 225 is a modified form of the β-DEX 325 phase, and employs acetyl derivatives at the 2,3-positions instead of more traditional methyl derivatives. The chiral stationary phase in β-DEX 225 columns contains 2,3-di-O-acetyl-6-0-TBDMS-β-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. These columns provide unique selectivity for enantiomeric separations of small molecules: alcohols, aldehydes (e.g., 2phenylpropionaldehyde), esters (e.g. methyl malate, methyl lactate), flavor compounds and ketones. Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C

Qty 1 ea

phase ...................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-TBDMS-β-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

α-DEX™ 325 The chiral stationary phase in α-DEX 325 columns contains 2,3-di-O-methyl6-0-TBDMS-α-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. Temp. Limits:

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24348

• 30 °C to 230 °C

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty 1 ea

24

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Chiral Columns: Group 2: Surface/Inclusion Interactions, Simple Derivatives γ-DEX™ 225

β-DEX™ 120

The chiral stationary phase in γ-DEX 225 columns contains 2,3-di-O-acetyl-60-TBDMS-γ-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity phase. Temp. Limits:

The chiral stationary phase in β-DEX 120 columns contains permethylated βcyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity stationary phase. They are recommended for the enantiomeric separation of a wide range of chiral compounds (ketones, esters, alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, acids, ethers, etc.). The 10% (β-DEX 110) and 20% (β-DEX 120) β-cyclodextrin content alters the elution order while maintaining similar enantioselectivity. Temp. Limits:

• 30 °C to 230 °C phase ....................................................................... non-bonded; 25% 2,3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-TBDMS-γ-cyclodextrin in SPB-20 poly(20% phenyl/80% dimethylsiloxane)

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.25

0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30

250

24312

Qty

• 30 °C to 230 °C

1 ea

phase ................... non-bonded; 20% permethylated β-cyclodextrin in SPB-35 poly(35% phenyl/65% dimethylsiloxane)

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-PM Capillary GC Column The main difference between CHIRALDEX B-PM and the Supelco β-DEX 110 and Supelco β-DEX 120 phases is the concentration of the permethylderivatized cyclodextrin that is doped into the polysiloxane carrier. CHIRALDEX B-PM is a general-purpose column used for the separation of acids, alcohols, barbitals, diols, epoxides, esters, hydrocarbons, ketones, lactones and terpenes. Also, some underivatized alcohols and diols as well as some analytes with polar groups, i.e. tertiary amines, show excellent separation. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ......................................................................... non-bonded; 2,3,6-tri-O-methyl derivative of β-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 76023AST

0.12

50

500

76025AST

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

β-DEX™ 110 The chiral stationary phase in β-DEX 110 columns contains permethylated βcyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity stationary phase. They are recommended for the enantiomeric separation of a wide range of chiral compounds (ketones, esters, alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, acids, ethers, etc.). The 10% (β-DEX 110) and 20% (β-DEX 120) β-cyclodextrin content alters the elution order while maintaining similar enantioselectivity. Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C phase ............... non-bonded; 10% permethylated β-cyclodextrin in SPB-35 poly(35% diphenyl/65% dimethylsiloxane)

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24301 60 250 24302

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

α-DEX™ 120 Containing permethylated α-cyclodextrin embedded in an intermediate polarity stationary phase, Supelco α-DEX 120 columns provide unique selectivity for enantiomeric separations of small molecules. They are also recommended for separating positional isomers (phenols, xylenes, etc.). Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24304

0.25

60

df (μm)

0.25

0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30

250

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

24310

24305-U

1 ea

γ-DEX™ 120 Because the elution order of the members of a chiral pair frequently reverses (enantioreversal) on a γ-DEX column compared to the elution order on an αDEX or β-DEX column, we recommend γ-DEX 120 columns as complements to α-DEX 120 and β-DEX 120 columns. γ-DEX is useful for enantiomeric differentiation of large analytes, i.e. α-BHC, carvone, carboxylic acids and methamphetamine. Temp. Limits: • 30 °C to 230 °C phase .................... non-bonded; 20% permethylated γ-cyclodextrin in SPB-35 poly(35% phenyl/65% dimethylsiloxane)

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.25

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 250 24307

Qty 1 ea

Group 3: Inclusion Interactions The third group relies on inclusion interactions for retention mechanism. There are two derivatives in this group: • Astec CHIRALDEX® DA (Dialkyl derivatives) • Astec CHIRALDEX® PH (S-Hydroxypropyl derivatives) The fact that there are three different size cyclodextrins (α, β, and γ) allows for separation of a wide variety of different size analytes. Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DA demonstrates the strongest size selectivity. This phase requires analytes to minimally contain two ring structures, one of which is unsaturated (aromatic). The mechanism of this phase is strongly dependent on the inclusion mechanism and is able to differentiate changes in the base structure. Because the Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DA most effectively separates multi-ring analytes, analysis temperatures are often higher than 150 °C. A key application area for this phase is fingerprinting raw materials and identifying structural differences. Astec CHIRALDEX® B-PH shows at least some selectivity to a great variety of analytes, but is especially effective for saturated analytes with minimal functionality, saturated cyclics, and saturated bicyclics. This phase often shows a reversal of elution order (enantioreversal) compared to the Astec CHIRALDEX B-DA phase.

phase ............... non-bonded; 20% permethylated α-cyclodextrin in SPB-35 poly(35% diphenyl/65% dimethylsiloxane)

I.D. (mm)

250

Qty 1 ea

Qty 1 ea

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Gas Chromatography 25

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Chiral Columns: Group 3: Inclusion Interactions Astec CHIRALDEX® A-DA Capillary GC Column

PLOT Columns

Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-methoxy derivative of α-cyclodextrin. This phase is good for separations of heterocyclic amines. It has different selectivity from other phases and often shows reversal in elution from the PH phases. MAOT = 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed. GC capillary column fused silica Temp. Limits:

We offer a wide variety of Porous Layer Open Tubular (PLOT) GC columns, including those made with our specialty carbon adsorbents. A proprietary procedure is used to fix adsorbent particles to the inside of fused silica tubing, and ensures they will not be dislodged in normal use. PLOT GC columns are commonly used for separations of small molecules, such as permanent gases, light hydrocarbons, and volatile sulfur compounds. Choose:

• -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ................................................... non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-methoxy derivative of α-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 72003AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DA Capillary GC Column CHIRALDEX B-DA requires that analytes possess a minimum of two ring structures, one of which is unsaturated (aromatic) α, β to the stereogenic center. Examples include fluoxetine, methylphenidate and chloropheniramine. Inclusion complexation or proper fit between the analyte and cyclodextrin cavity is the dominant enantioselectivity mechanism for the DA series. There must be an includable group α or β to the stereogenic center for chiral recognition. Since CHIRALDEX DA columns most effectively separate multi-ring analytes, analysis temperatures are often higher than 150°C. Enantioselectivity has been observed at temperatures >200°C (fluoxetine acetyl derivative). Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ................................................... non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-methoxy derivative of β-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

df (μm) 0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30 500 72023AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® G-DA Capillary GC Column Incorporates a phase consisting of a 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-methoxy derivative of γ-cyclodextrin. This phase is good for separations of heterocyclic amines. It has different selectivity from other phases and often shows reversal in elution from the PH phases. MAOT = 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed. GC capillary column fused silica Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase .................................................... non-bonded; 2,6-di-O-pentyl-3-methoxy derivative of γ-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm) 0.25

Length Beta Value Cat. No. df (μm) (m) 0.12 30 500 72033AST

Qty 1 ea

Astec CHIRALDEX® B-PH Capillary GC Column CHIRALDEX B-PH shows at least some selectivity to a great variety of analytes, but is especially effective for saturated analytes with minimal functionality, saturated cyclics and bicyclics. The CHIRALDEX PH series of columns shows less of a necessity for inclusion complexation for chiral recognition than the DA columns. This phase often shows a reversal of elution order (enantioreversal) compared to the B-DA phase. Temp. Limits: • -10 °C to 200 °C isothermal, 220 °C programmed phase ................................ non-bonded; (S)-2-hydroxy propyl methyl ether derivative of β-cyclodextrin

I.D. (mm)

df (μm)

0.25

0.12

Length Beta (m) Value Cat. No. 30

500

71023AST

Qty 1 ea

• Carboxen®-1010 PLOT for separations of hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, carbon dioxide, and C2/C3 hydrocarbons. This is the only column that can separate all these permanent gases. • Carboxen®-1006 PLOT for most permanent gases and C1-C3, using above ambient initial temperatures. Also for resolving formaldehyde/water/ methanol (formalin) mixtures and monitoring impurities in ethylene. • Supel-Q PLOT for analyses of sulfur gases, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, and many polar compounds. Also for carbon dioxide and C1-C4 hydrocarbons at above ambient temperatures, and for gasoline and other petroleum fractions. • Alumina sulfate PLOT for C1-C4 hydrocarbons, specifically methane from the C2 hydrocarbons, with reduced peak tailing. Also for elution of acetylene after n-butane, and the elution of methyl acetylene after npentane and 1,3-butadiene. • Alumina chloride PLOT for C1-C4 hydrocarbons. Also for excellent separation of many common fluorocarbon compounds • Mol Sieve 5A PLOT for oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, and methane in less than 5 minutes. For more difficult separations, such as argon from oxygen, by using subambient temperatures (15 °C or below).

Carboxen®-1010 PLOT Capillary GC Column Application: This column is ideal for the separation of all major components in permanent gas (helium, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, and carbon dioxide) and light hydrocarbons (C2-C3) in the same analysis. It is the only column commercially available that is able to separate all major components in permanent gas. This column can also separate oxygen from nitrogen at subambient temperatures. USP Code: None Phase: • Carbon molecular sieve Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32

L (m) 30

0.53

30

Cat. No. 24246

Qty 1 ea

25467

1 ea

Carboxen®-1006 PLOT Capillary GC Column Application: This column is ideal for the separation of many permanent gas components (such as helium, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, and carbon dioxide), and light hydrocarbons (C2-C3) in the same analysis. It is ideal for resolving formaldehyde/water/methanol (formalin) mixtures and monitoring impurities in ethylene. This column can be used with high flow rates and rapid temperature programs to ensure excellent, fast separations. USP Code: None Phase: • Carbon molecular sieve Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32

L (m) 30

0.53

30

Cat. No. 24241-U

Qty 1 ea

25461

1 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

26

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps PLOT Columns Supel-Q™ PLOT Capillary GC Column

Mol Sieve 5A PLOT Capillary GC Column

Application: This column exhibits very little bleed, even at its maximum temperature, and effectively resolves carbon dioxide and C1-C4 hydrocarbons at above ambient temperatures. It is also suitable for analyses of sulfur gases, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, and many polar compounds. Gasoline and other petroleum fractions can be analyzed as well. USP Code: None Phase:

Application: This column can be used for the separation of many permanent gas components, such as oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, and methane, in less than five minutes. More difficult separations, such as argon from oxygen, can be achieved by using subambient temperatures. These columns possess the strongest adsorption strength of any PLOT column. USP Code: None Phase:

• Divinylbenzene

• Aluminosilicate

Temp. Limits:

Temp. Limits:

• Subambient to 250 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32 0.53

L (m) 30 30

Cat. No. 24242 25462

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

0.53 0.53

30 50

23937-U 23939-U

1 ea 1 ea

• Subambient to 300 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32 0.53

L (m) 30 30

Cat. No. 24243 25463

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Note: P/N 23937-U includes an attached guard column.

SCOT Columns

Alumina Sulfate PLOT Capillary GC Column

Supelco is the leader in Support Coated Open Tubular (SCOT) GC column technology. Our unsurpassed manufacturing technique allows us to deposit a uniform layer of liquid phase-coated support particles on the inner wall of stainless steel tubing. This technology gives us access to many phases that are inaccessible to conventional fused silica capillary column manufacturing technology. SCOT columns combine the sensitivity and excellent sample resolution of capillary GC with the extensive stationary phase library of packed GC.

Application: This highly dependable column has the necessary selectivity for the separation of alkanes, alkenes, and alkynes in mixtures of C1-C4 hydrocarbons. It provides elution of acetylene after n-butane and the elution of methyl acetylene after n-pentane and 1,3-butadiene. The polymer surface is deactivated to reduce peak tailing. USP Code: None Phase: • Sulfate-deactivated alumina Temp. Limits: • Subambient to 180 °C (isothermal or programmed) I.D. (mm) 0.32

L (m) 30

Cat. No. 28321-U

Qty 1 ea

0.32 0.53 0.53

50 30 50

28322-U 28323-U 28324-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

All our SCOT columns have dimensions of 50 feet x 1/32 inch O.D. x 0.02 inch I.D. and include 1/16 inch O.D. connections at each end. They are banded in 3.5 inch coils, with 12 inch loose column at each end. Four columns are available as stock items. Columns with other phases may be available through our custom program.

Bentone 34/DNDP SCOT • • • •

Application: Use for analyses of xylene isomers. USP Code: None Phase: Bentone 34/di-n-decyl phthalate Temp. Limits: 10 °C to 150 °C (isothermal or programmed)

TCEP SCOT

Alumina Chloride PLOT Capillary GC Column Application: This column allows for the separation of C1-C4 hydrocarbons. Because this column is slightly less polar than the Alumina sulfate PLOT, it provides a different elution order pattern when alkane, alkene, and alkyne mixtures of light hydrocarbons are analyzed. It also provides excellent separation of many common fluorinated compounds, such as freons. USP Code: None Phase:

• • • •

Application: Use for analyses of aromatic analytes. USP Code: None Phase: 1,2,3-Tris(2-cyanoethoxy)propane Temp. Limits: 0 °C to 150 °C (isothermal or programmed)

BMEA SCOT

Temp. Limits:

• • • •

• Subambient to 180 °C (isothermal or programmed)

Squalane SCOT

• Chloride-deactivated alumina

I.D. (mm)

L (m)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.32 0.32 0.53

30 50 30

28326-U 28327-U 28328-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

50

28329-U

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

• • • •

Application: Use for analyses of olefins. USP Code: None Phase: Bis-methoxyethyladipate Temp. Limits: 25 °C to 100 °C (isothermal or programmed) Application: Use for boiling point separations. USP Code: None Phase: Squalane Temp. Limits: 20 °C to 120 °C (isothermal or programmed)

SCOT Capillary GC Column Phase

Cat. No.

Qty

Bentone 34/DNDP TCEP BMEA

23813-U 23829-U 23818-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Squalane

23819-U

1 ea

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 27

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Fused Silica Tubing, Non-Polar Deactivated

Guard Columns/Retention Gaps

This tubing is deactivated non-polar, for use with injection solvents such as alkanes, carbon disulfide, and ethers. It has a maximum temperature of 360 °C.

Non-Polar Fused Silica Tubing

Over time, the inlet end of a capillary GC column can become contaminated from the accumulation of non-volatile material. The phase in the front section of the column can also be damaged from the continuous condensation and vaporization of solvent and analytes. Inevitably, active analytes will adsorb to this contaminated/damaged section (the analytes "drag" when passing through the inlet end of the column). Poor peak shape (peak tailing), loss in resolution, and reduced response may be observed. When the chromatographic system degrades to an unacceptable level, performance is restored by clipping the contaminated/damaged section off the inlet end of the column. A decrease in retention times and resolution occurs each time the column is clipped, as theoretical plates are lost. Eventually, the column will be rendered useless. The use of a guard column/retention gap is an inexpensive technique to extend the lifetime of capillary columns. A guard column/retention gap is a short (1-5 m) piece of uncoated deactivated fused silica tubing which is placed in-line between the GC injection port and the capillary column. The guard column/retention gap is used to take the brunt of the contamination/ damage from the solvent and sample. By clipping the guard column/ retention gap periodically to restore performance instead of the capillary column, the capillary column remains unaltered. Therefore, chromatography (retention times and resolution) is not affected. A guard column/retentipon gap consists of two parts: a short length of fused silica tubing, and a connector. Match the deactivation of the fused silica tubing with the polarity of the injection solvent. In most cases, it is also recommended to match the I.D. of the capillary column. Choose: • Non-polar deactivation for injection solvents such as alkanes, carbon disulfide, and ethers. • Intermediate polar deactivation for injection solvents such as acetone, methylene chloride (dichloromethane), and toluene. • Polar deactivation for injection solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, and water. We offer two options for connecting two pieces of fused silica tubing. The butt connector is a small stainless steel fitting that makes a zero dead volume seal. The GlasSeal™ connectors offer convenience.

I.D. (mm)

L (m)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10 0.10 0.10

1 3 5

25704 25720-U 25740-U

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.20 0.20 0.20

5 15 30

25741 25755 25768-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

1 3 5

24025 25722 25742

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

15 30 60

25756 25769-U 25783

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.32 0.32

1 3 5

24058 25723 25743

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.32 0.53

15 30 1

25757 25770-U 25307

1 ea 1 ea 3 ea

0.53 0.53 0.53

3 5 15

25724 25744 25758

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

30

25771

1 ea

Fused Silica Tubing, Intermediate Polar Deactivated This tubing is deactivated intermediate polar, for use with injection solvents such as acetone, methylene chloride (dichloromethane), and toluene. It has a maximum temperature of 360 °C.

Intermediate Polar Fused Silica Tubing I.D. (mm)

L (m)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10 0.20 0.20

5 1 5

25745-U 25706 25746

1 ea 3 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

1 3 5

25707 25727 25747

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.32

15 60 1

25760-U 25787 25708

1 ea 1 ea 3 ea

0.32 0.32 0.32

3 5 15

25728 25748-U 25761

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.53 0.53

30 1 3

25774 25709 25729

1 ea 3 ea 1 ea

0.53 0.53 0.53

5 15 30

25339 25762 25775-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

28

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Guard Columns/Retention Gaps: Fused Silica Tubing, Polar Deactivated Fused Silica Tubing, Polar Deactivated This tubing is deactivated polar, for use with injection solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, and water. It has a maximum temperature of 260 °C.

Polar Fused Silica Tubing I.D. (mm)

L (m)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10 0.25 0.25

1 1 30

25710 25712 25777

3 ea 3 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.32 0.32

5 15 60

25752-U 25765 25792

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53 0.53 0.53

1 3 5

25714 25734 25753

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53 0.53

15 30

25766 25779

1 ea 1 ea

Fused Silica Tubing, Untreated This tubing is untreated, for general purpose use where high inertness is not necessary. It has a maximum temperature of 360 °C.

• Make sure the bore of the ferrule is clean. Blow out any ferrule fragments with nitrogen. Using a magnifier, examine the column ends to be connected. Make sure each cut is clean and square. The two ends must butt squarely, without any gaps. • With white typewriter correction fluid, place a reference mark 1/4 inch from the end of the column with the larger bore. This mark will help you to confirm visually that the end of the column is centered within the 1/2 inch ferrule. • Place the ferrule inside the housing and loosely tighten the nut. Feed the unmarked column completely through the ferrule and out the opposite end. Cut off ~1 inch (25 mm) of the column to ensure no ferrule fragments are in the column. Draw the column back far enough to insert the marked column into the ferrule to the indicating mark. Tighten the nut about 1/8 turn past fingertight. • Press the ends of the columns together, observing the reference mark to make certain they butt together at the center of the ferrule. Tighten the ferrule to about 1/4-1/2 turn past fingertight. Gently pull on both columns to ensure they are secure. If they are loose, additional tightening is necessary. • Any undetected leaking connection, including this butt connection, can allow oxygen and water vapor to enter the system. Leak check the butt connector in the same manner as any capillary column connection. DO NOT USE LIQUID LEAK INDICATORS. Liquids can contaminate the capillary system. We recommend using a GOW-MAC® electronic leak detector. These thermal conductivity detectors are highly sensitive to trace amounts of hydrogen or helium, and will not contaminate the system.

Untreated Fused Silica Tubing I.D. (mm)

L (m)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10 0.10 0.10

1 3 5

25700-U 25715 25735

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.25

1 3 5

24024 25717 25737

3 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.25 0.25 0.32

15 60 1

24059 24061 25702

1 ea 1 ea 3 ea

0.32 0.32 0.32

3 5 15

25718 25738 24062

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.32 0.32 0.53

30 60 1

24063 24064 25703

1 ea 1 ea 3 ea

Capillary Column Butt Connector

0.53 0.53 0.53

3 5 15

25719 25739 25306

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.53

60

25781

1 ea

Capillary Column Butt Connectors

This device consists of a double-tapered ferrule and a stainless steel compression body with a threaded nut. Small (2.3 cm x 0.6 cm) and light (4.4 g with ferrule), it provides a gas tight seal without a change in column efficiency or inertness. The columns to be connected can have the same or different internal and external diameters. The butt connection is made inside the special double-tapered ferrule. The ferrule is then compressed within the housing. When the column ends are butted squarely and tightly together, the butt connector will not alter the chromatographic performance of your capillary columns. There is little or no dead volume and little chance of gas flow disruption by following these steps:

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Double Tapered Ferrule Column No. 1

Column No. 2

Butt Connection

Manufactured by Supelco

Capillary Column Butt Connector Cat. No.

Qty

I.D. 0.4 mm, Supeltex M-2 ferrule included

23796

1 ea

body only (ferrules not included)

23804

1 ea

Supeltex® M-2 Double-Tapered Ferrule • Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-1 (100% polyimide) • Characteristics: High reusability.

Compatible I.D. (mm) Cat. No. Supeltex® M-2 Double-Tapered Ferrule 0.10 mm to like I. 0.25 22585 D. column

Qty 2 ea

0.10-0.25 mm to like I.D. column

0.4

23797

2 ea

0.32 mm to like I. D. column

0.5

22464

2 ea

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 29

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Guard Columns/Retention Gaps: Capillary Column Butt Connectors Compatible

I.D. (mm)

Cat. No.

Qty

0.8

22590-U

2 ea

0.4-0.8

22465

2 ea

I.D. to I.D.

0.5-0.8

22596

2 ea

I.D. to I.D.

0.5-1.2

0.53 mm to like I. D. column 0.10-0.25 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. column (reducing) 0.32 mm 0.53 mm column 0.32 mm 0.75 mm Column

22466

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connector, Fused Silica

Cat. No. 23627 23628

2 ea

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connector, Borosilicate Glass

Supeltex® M-2B Double-Tapered Ferrule • Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-211 (75% polyimide, 15% graphite, 10% PTFE) • Characteristics: Conforms easily to capillary column, ensuring an effective seal and less chance of breakage. Cat. No. 20479

Qty 12 ea

"Y" GlasSeal™ Connector, Fused Silica

Compatible I.D. (mm) Cat. No. Supeltex® M-2B Double-Tapered Ferrule 0.10-0.25 mm to 0.4 22453 like I.D. Column 0.32 mm to like I. 0.5 22454 D. Column 0.53 mm to like I. 0.8 22591 D. Column 22455-U

Qty 2 ea 2 ea 2 ea

0.10-0.25 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. Column

0.4-0.8

2 ea

0.32 mm 0.53 mm Column 0.32 mm 0.75 mm Column

I.D. to I.D.

0.5-0.8

22586

2 ea

I.D. to I.D.

0.5-1.2

22456

2 ea

Cat. No. 23631 23632

Qty 1 ea 3 ea

"Y" GlasSeal™ Connector, Borosilicate Glass

Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut Replacement nut for the Capillary Column Butt Connector. Cat. No.

Qty

Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut

=16 in. male hexagonal wrenchtight 23805 =16 in. male knurled fingertight 23812

1 1

4 ea 2 ea

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connectors GlasSeal™ connectors are inexpensive, easy-to-use, and silanized for an inert inside surface. • Straight connectors connect two pieces of fused silica tubing of the same or different diameters without the need for tools. The leak-free connection is useful to connect a guard column or transfer line, repair a broken column, or connect two columns (same or different phases). • "Y" connectors connect three pieces of fused silica tubing of the same or different diameters without the need for tools. The leak-free connection is useful to split a sample to two columns, or to split a column effluent to two detectors. For use with 0.10 - 0.53 mm I.D. fused silica tubing.

Cat. No.

Qty

20480

1 ea

Polyimide Sealing Resin A GlasSeal™ connector will form a perfect seal between two fused silica columns. To make this connection extremely durable, use a small drop of this resin. Also for use as an excellent high temperature glue. Cures at 200 °C. For use at 350 °C or lower operating temperatures. The bottle contains 5 g of resin, and includes a handy applicator cap. Cat. No.

Qty

23817

5g

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

30

Gas Chromatography

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Cross-Reference Chart

Cross-Reference Chart Cross capillary GC columns from other manufacturers to comparable Supelco columns. Supelco

Agilent

Grace

Macherey-Nagel

Phenomenex

Restek

SGE

Varian

TRADITIONAL (Phases by increasing phase polarity)

Petrocol DH Octyl SPB-Octyl SPB-HAP

-

-

-

-

-

-

CP-Sil 2 CB -

Petrocol DH 50.2 Petrocol DH Petrocol DH 150

DB-Petro, HP-PONA DB-Petro -

AT-Petro -

-

-

Rtx-1PONA -

BP1 PONA BP1 PONA -

CP-Sil PONA CB -

Petrocol 2887, Petrocol EX2887

DB-2887

AT-2887

-

-

Rtx-2887

-

CP-SimDist

SPB-1 SULFUR Equity-1, SPB-1 SLB-5ms

DB-1, HP-1 DB-5ms, HP-5ms

AT-Sulfur AT-1 AT-5ms

Optima-1 Optima-5 MS

ZB-1 ZB-5ms

Rtx-1 Rtx-5Sil MS

BP1 BPX5

CP-Sil 5 CB for Sulfur CP-Sil 5 CB VF-5ms

MET-Biodiesel

-

-

-

-

MXT-BiodieselTG

-

HT-5 (aluminum clad) DB-5ht

-

-

ZB-5ht

-

HT-5

Select Biodiesel for Triglycerides VF-5ht

PTA-5 SAC-5 Equity-5, SPB-5

DB-5, HP-5

AT-Amine AT-5

Optima-5

ZB-5

Rtx-5 Amine Rtx-5

BP5

CP-Sil 8 CB for Amines CP-Sil 8 CB

SPB-624 OVI-G43

DB-624, DB-VRX HP-Fast Residual Solvent

AT-624 -

Optima-624 -

ZB-624 -

Rtx-624 Rtx-G43

BP624 -

CP-Select 624 CB -

VOCOL

DB-502.2, HP-VOC

AT-502.2

-

-

-

-

SPB-20

-

AT-20

-

-

Rtx-502.2, Rtx-Volatiles Rtx-20

-

-

Equity-1701 SPB-608 Sup-Herb

DB-1701 DB-608 -

AT-1701 AT-Pesticide -

Optima-1701 -

ZB-1701 -

Rtx-1701 -

BP10 -

CP-Sil 19 CB -

SPB-35 SPB-50 SPB-225

DB-35, HP-35 DB-17, HP-50 DB-225

AT-35 AT-50 AT-225

Optima-17 Optima-225

ZB-35 ZB-50 -

Rtx-35 Rtx-225

BP225

CP-Sil 24 CB CP-Sil 43 CB

SPB-PUFA PAG SPB-1000, Nukol

DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP

AT-1000, AT-AquaWax-DA AT-CAM

Optima-FFAP

ZB-FFAP

Stabilwax-DA

BP21

CP-FFAP CB

Carbowax Amine

CAM

-

-

Stabilwax-DB

-

CP-Wax 51 for Amines

Omegawax SUPELCOWAX 10

DB-WAX

AT-FAME AT-WAX, AT-AquaWax

Optima-WAX

ZB-WAX

FAMEWAX Rtx-WAX, Stabilwax

BP20

CP-Wax 52 CB

SLB-IL59 SLB-IL61 SP-2330

HP-88

-

-

-

Rtx-2330

-

-

SLB-IL76 SP-2331 SP-2380

DB-Dioxin -

AT-Silar 90

-

-

Rtx-Dioxin2 -

-

CP-Sil 88 for Dioxins -

SP-2560 SP-2340 SLB-IL82

-

AT-Silar 100 -

-

-

Rt-2560 -

-

CP-Sil 88 for FAME CP-Sil 88 -

TCEP SLB-IL100 SLB-IL111 CHIRAL Phases

-

-

-

-

Rt-TCEP -

-

CP-TCEP -

Astec CHIRALDEX α-DEX β-DEX

CycloSil-B

-

-

Rt-bDEX

CYDEX-B

-

γ-DEX

-

-

FS-LIPODEX FS-LIPODEX, FS-HYDRODEX FS-LIPODEX

-

Rt-gDEX

-

-

PLOT Columns

Carboxen-1010 PLOT -

-

-

-

-

-

CP-CarboPLOT P7

Carboxen-1006 PLOT GS-Carbon PLOT Supel-Q PLOT HP-PLOT Q

Carbograph VOC AT-Q

-

-

Rt-QPLOT

-

CP-CarboBOND CP-PoraPLOT Q

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Gas Chromatography 31

Capillary GC Columns and Guard Columns/Retention Gaps Cross-Reference Chart Supelco

Agilent

Grace

Macherey-Nagel

Phenomenex

Restek

SGE

Varian

-

-

-

-

-

HP-PLOT Al2O3 “KCl” -

-

-

-

-

CP-Al2O3 PLOT Na2SO4 CP-Al2O3 PLOT KCl

HP-PLOT Molesieve

AT-Mole Sieve

-

-

Rt-Msieve 5A

-

CP-Molsieve 5A

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Alumina sulfate PLOT HP-PLOT Al2O3 “S” Alumina chloride PLOT Mol Sieve 5A PLOT SCOT Columns SCOT Columns

Packed GC Columns and Components

Supelco has manufactured packed GC columns and components (empty columns, ready-to-use packings, high-purity stationary phases, and stable supports) since 1966. Our unsurpassed knowledge of packed GC, and our unrivaled product offering, is why Supelco Analytical is the world′s leading supplier of packed GC columns and components.

Packed Columns We offer a wide selection of packed GC columns with popular packings. These columns are configured to fit many commonly used instruments and are readyto-install. • Use glass columns for applications where high inertness is required, such as for the analysis of active analytes. All glass columns undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. • More economical metal columns should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. • For low temperature applications, PTFE columns offer the flexibility of metal with inertness approaching that of glass. TightSpec columns conform to within +/-6 mm of their stated lengths. Other columns conform to within 1.5% of instrument manufacturers′ length specifications. Custom Capabilities: The products listed here are only those that are stock items. We have the ability to manufacture many, many more products. If you do not see the item you need, please contact Technical Service at 800-359-3041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected]

For Agilent® GCs These columns fit Agilent 5890 and 6890.

Glass Packed GC Column (fits Agilent, Configuration "A") Use a glass column for applications where high inertness is required, such as for the analysis of active analytes. All glass columns undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration A, on-column injection, all detectors except TCD). glass column Phase

Support

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Pkg

4% Carbowax 20M + 0.8% KOH 4% Carbowax 20M + 0.8% KOH

60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack C

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

26030-U 26021

1 ea 1 ea

4% Carbowax 20M 4% Carbowax 20M

80/120 Carbopack B DA 80/120 Carbopack B DA

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

25936 23110-U

1 ea 1 ea

5% Carbowax 20M 5% Carbowax 20M

60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack B

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

26048 26039

1 ea 1 ea

5% Carbowax 20M 5% Carbowax 20M

80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/120 Carbopack B AW

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13090-U 25953

1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

32

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns: For Agilent® GCs Glass Packed GC Column (fits Agilent, Configuration "A") (continued) Phase 5% Carbowax 20M

Support 80/120 Carbopack B AW

L × O.D. × I.D. 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

Cat. No. 25945

Pkg 1 ea

5% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M

100/120 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 100/120 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13091-U 13088-U 13089-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

20% Carbowax 20M

100/120 Chromosorb W AW

12474-U

1 ea

10% FFAP + 1% H3PO4

100/120 Chromosorb W AW

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm (Preconditioned) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13081-U

1 ea

3% OV-1 10% OV-1 3% OV-17

80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13083-U 13086-U 13085-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% OV-17 3% OV-101 1.95% OV-210 + 1.5% OV-17

100/120 Chromosorb W HP 100/120 Chromosorb W HP 100/120 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13084-U 13087-U 13079-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.1% SP-1000 0.1% SP-1000

80/100 Carbopack C 80/100 Carbopack C

26012 26003

1 ea 1 ea

1% SP-1000

60/80 Carbopack B

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

23093

1 ea

1% SP-1000

60/80 Carbopack B

23084

1 ea

1.5% SP-2250 + 1.95% SP-2401

100/120 SUPELCOPORT

7.9 ft (2.4 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

25965

1 ea

1.5% SP-2250 + 1.95% SP-2401

100/120 SUPELCOPORT

23077

1 ea

0.8% THEED

80/100 Carbopack C

26057

1 ea

none

80/100 Chromosorb 102

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm (TightSpec) 3.3 ft (1.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13082-U

1 ea

none none none

80/100 Porapak P 80/100 Porapak Q 80/100 Porapak QS

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

13092-U 13093-U 13094-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

100/120 Porapak S

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm (Preconditioned)

12481-U

1 ea

Metal Packed GC Column (fits Agilent, Configuration "A") An economical metal column should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration A, on-column injection, all detectors except TCD). Phase

Support

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Pkg

0.2% Carbowax 1500 5% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M

80/100 Carbopack C 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 SUPELCOPORT

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12506-U 13128-U 12787-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M

80/100 Chromosorb W AW 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 100/120 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12785-U 13126-U 13127-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

25% DC-200 (350 cstks) 35% DC-200 (350 cstks) 35% DC-200 (350 cstks)

80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW

15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 5.0 ft (1.5 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13039-U 13044-U 13064-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

35% DC-200 (350 ctsks) 35% DC-200 (500 cstks) 5% OV-1

80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW 100/120 Chromosorb W HP

30.0 ft (9.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13072-U 13019-U 13107-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% OV-1 5% OV-17 10% OV-17

80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13106-U 13114-U 13109-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3% OV-101 10% OV-101 10% OV-101

100/120 Chromosorb W HP 60/80 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP

1.8 ft (0.55 m) × 1=4 in. × 5.3 mm stainless steel 2.6 ft (0.79 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13095-U 13031-U 13115-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% OV-101 20% OV-101 5% SE-30

100/120 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 4.0 ft (1.2 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13116-U 13035-U 13124-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% SE-30 20% Sebaconitrile 20% Sebaconitrile

80/100 Chromosorb W HP 80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13122-U 13014-U 13059-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

20% Sebaconitrile

80/100 Chromosorb P AW

30.0 ft (9.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13043-U

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Column

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Gas Chromatography 33

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns: For Agilent® GCs Phase

Cat. No.

Pkg

20% Sebaconitrile + 2% H3PO4 80/100 Chromosorb P AW 10% Silar 5 CP 80/100 Chromosorb W HP 0.1% SP-1000 80/100 Carbopack C

Support

30.0 ft (9.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13066-U 13121-U 12500-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1% SP-1000 1% SP-1000 10% SP-1000

60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack B 80/100 SUPELCOPORT

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12487 12548-U 12794-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3% SP-1500 10% SP-2100 10% SP-2100

80/120 Carbopack B 80/100 SUPELCOPORT 100/120 SUPELCOPORT

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12594 12801-U 12803-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12804-U

1 ea

20% SP-2100 + 0.1% Carbowax 100/120 SUPELCOPORT 1500 25% SP-2100 80/100 Chromosorb P AW

L × O.D. × I.D.

Column

5.7 ft (1.7 m) × =16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel

12995-U

1 ea

10% SP-2330 20% TCEP

100/120 Chromosorb W AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.8 ft (0.55 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 stainless steel mm

13776 12873

1 ea 1 ea

20% TCEP 10% UCW-98 12% UCW-98

80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 Chromosorb P AW

15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.7 ft (0.52 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13034-U 13041-U 13049-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

40/60 Carboxen-1000 60/80 Carboxen-1000 80/100 Carboxen-1004

5.0 ft (1.5 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel

12382 12392-U 12846

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

60/80 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 HayesSep A 80/100 HayeSep D

3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel

13068-U 13105-U 12921-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 HayeSep N 80/100 HayeSep N 80/100 HayeSep N

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13144-U 13067-U 13021-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

80/100 HayeSep Q

14066-U

1 ea

none

80/100 HayeSep Q

1.7 ft (0.52 m) × 1=8 × 2.1 mm stainless steel (Both ends packed full) 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm nickel

13018-U

1 ea

none none none

80/100 HayeSep Q 80/100 HayeSep Q 80/100 HayeSep Q

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel 9.0 ft (2.7 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13803-U 12879 13073-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 HayeSep Q 45/60 Molecular Sieve 5A 45/60 Molecular Sieve 5A

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 9.0 ft (2.7 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13038-U 13130-U 13074-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A 60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A 80/100 Molecular Sieve 5A

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel

13133-U 13832 12963-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

100/120 Molecular Sieve 5A 45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X 45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12484-U 13069-U 13047-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X 45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X 45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X

4.0 ft (1.2 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13061-U 13134-U 13036-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

60/80 Molecular Sieve 13X 80/100 Porapak N 80/100 Porapak N

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13136-U 13063-U 13141-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 Porapak N 80/100 Porapak P 50/80 Porapak Q

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13052-U 13146-U 13232-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

50/80 Porapak Q 80/100 Porapak Q 80/100 Porapak Q

8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 9.0 ft (2.7 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13247-U 12792-U 13016-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 Porapak QS 80/100 Porapak R 80/100 Porapak S

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13789 13156-U 13161-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none

80/100 Porapak T 60/80 Tenax TA

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13163-U 12554

1 ea 1 ea

1

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

34

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns: For Agilent® GCs Glass Packed GC Column (fits Agilent, Configuration "C") Use a glass column for applications where high inertness is required, such as for the analysis of active analytes. All glass columns undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration C, not-on-column injection, all detectors except TCD). Phase

Support

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Pkg

10% Carbowax 20M

100/120 SUPELCOPORT

12478-U

1 ea

none

50/80 Porapak Q

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (Preconditioned) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (Preconditioned)

12483-U

1 ea

Metal Packed GC Column (fits Agilent, Configuration "C") An economical metal column should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration C, not-on-column injection, all detectors except TCD). Phase

Support

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Pkg

none none none

80/100 HayeSep Q 80/100 HayeSep Q 60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A

3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm nickel 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

Column

14068-U 14069-U 14067-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

80/100 Porapak Q

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel (Preconditioned)

14065-U

1 ea

For PerkinElmer® GCs These columns fit PerkinElmer 8000, 9000, AutoSystem, XL, and Clarus 500 (Not On-Column Injection).

Glass Packed GC Column (fits PerkinElmer®) Use a glass column for applications where high inertness is required, such as for the analysis of active analytes. All glass columns undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. This column fits PerkinElmer 8000, 9000, AutoSystem, XL, and Clarus 500 (Not On-Column Injection). Phase 4% Carbowax 20M + 0.8% KOH 4% Carbowax 20M + 0.8% KOH

Support 60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack B

4% Carbowax 20M

80/120 Carbopack B DA

5% Carbowax 20M 5% Carbowax 20M

60/80 Carbopack B 80/120 Carbopack B AW

L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 (TightSpec) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 (TightSpec) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 (TightSpec)

in. × 2.0 mm in. × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 26033-U 26024

Pkg 1 ea 1 ea

in. × 2.0 mm

25931-U

1 ea

in. × 2.0 mm in. × 2.0 mm

26051 25947

1 ea 1 ea

Metal Packed GC Column (fits PerkinElmer®) An economical metal column should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. This column fits PerkinElmer 8000, 9000, AutoSystem, XL, and Clarus 500 (Not On-Column Injection). Phase 0.2% Carbowax 1500

Support 80/100 Carbopack C

L × O.D. × I.D. Column 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

Cat. No. 13738-U

Pkg 1 ea

10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M 0.1% SP-1000

80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 Chromosorb W AW 80/120 Carbopack C

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13748-U 13746-U 13736-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1% SP-1000 3% SP-1500 10% SP-2100

60/80 Carbopack B 80/120 Carbopack B 100/120 SUPELCOPORT

8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13730-U 13734-U 13769

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% SP-2330 none none

100/120 Chromosorb W AW 60/80 Carboxen-1000 80/100 Porapak Q

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13778 13744-U 13785

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 35

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns: For Varian® GCs For Varian® GCs These columns fit Varian 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista (FID, inj A to det A).

Glass Packed GC Column (fits Varian®) Use a glass column for applications where high inertness is required, such as for the analysis of active analytes. All glass columns undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. This column fits Varian 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista (FID, inj A to det A). Phase 4% Carbowax 20M 3% SP-2100

Support 80/120 Carbopack B DA 100/120 SUPELCOPORT

L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 25942 23858

Pkg 1 ea 1 ea

Metal Packed GC Column (fits Varian®) An economical metal column should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. This column fits Varian 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista (FID, inj A to det A). Phase 10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M

Support 80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 Chromosorb W AW

L × O.D. × I.D. Column 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

Cat. No. 12768 12456

Pkg 1 ea 1 ea

1% SP-1000 1% SP-1000 3% SP-1500

60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack B 80/120 Carbopack B

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12489 12545-U 12596

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% SP-2100 none none

100/120 SUPELCOPORT 40/60 Carboxen-1000 60/80 Carboxen-1000

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 5.0 ft (1.5 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12771 12384 12394

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

80/100 Porapak Q

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12469

1 ea

General Configuration These columns are general configuration, and can be carefully bent to fit most instruments.

Metal Packed GC Column (General Configuration) An economical metal column should be used for less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required. This column is of a general configuration, and can be carefully bent to fit most instruments. Phase

Support

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Pkg

0.2% Carbowax 1500 0.2% Carbowax 1500 5% Carbowax 20M

60/80 Carbopack C 80/100 Carbopack C 60/80 Carbopack B

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=16 in. × 1.25 stainless steel mm (Preconditioned)

Column

13860-U 12501-U 12087-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% Carbowax 20M 10% Carbowax 20M 1.2% DC-200 (500 cstks)

80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 Chromosorb W AW 80/100 Chromosorb P NAW

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.7 ft (0.52 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12713 12212 13978-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1.2% DC-200 (500 cstks) 30% DC-200 (500 cstks) 30% DC-200 (500 cstks)

80/100 Chromosorb P NAW 80/100 Chromosorb P NAW 80/100 Chromosorb P NAW

2.5 ft (0.76 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.3 ft (0.40 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.5 ft (0.46 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13986-U 13984-U 13976-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

30% DC-200 (500 cstks) 5% Fluorcol 5% Krytox 143AC

80/100 Chromosorb P NAW 24.0 ft (7.3 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 60/80 Graphitized Carbon Black 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm SP alloy 60/80 Carbopack B 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 1.7 mm copper

13977-U 12425 13271-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

5% Krytox 143AC 30% Krytox 143AC 30% Krytox 143AC

60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Chromosorb P NAW 60/80 Chromosorb P NAW

40.0 ft (12.2 m) × 1=8 in. × 1.7 mm copper 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 1.7 mm copper 40.0 ft (12.2 m) × 1=8 in. × 1.7 mm copper

13273-U 13274-U 13277-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

3% OV-17 3% Petrocol B 10% Petrocol C

80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 SUPELCOPORT

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.7 ft (0.52 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 1.7 ft (0.52 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12210 12449 12455

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0.1% SP-1000 1% SP-1000 1% SP-1000

80/100 Carbopack C 60/80 Carbopack B 60/80 Carbopack B

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12495-U 12485-U 12543-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

10% SP-1000 10% SP-1000 3% SP-1500

80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/120 Carbopack B

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12537-U 12719 12592

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

23% SP-1700 10% SP-2100 10% SP-2100

80/100 Chromosorb P AW 80/100 SUPELCOPORT 80/100 SUPELCOPORT

30.0 ft (9.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12809-U 12429 13766-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

36

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Packed Columns: General Configuration Metal Packed GC Column (General Configuration) (continued) Phase 10% SP-2100 20% SP-2100 + 1% Carbowax 1500 none none

Support 100/120 SUPELCOPORT 100/120 SUPELCOPORT

L × O.D. × I.D. Column 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

Cat. No. 12717 12718-U

Pkg 1 ea 10 ft

40/60 Carboxen-1000 40/60 Carboxen-1000

2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 5.0 ft (1.5 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12370-U 12380

1 ea 1 ea

none none none

60/80 Carboxen-1000 80/100 Carboxen-1004 80/100 Chromosorb 102

15.0 ft (4.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

12390-U 12854 13794

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 HaySep D 80/100 HayeSep Q 80/100 HayeSep Q

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel

12917 13801 12875

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

80/100 HayeSep R

12085-U

1 ea

none

80/100 HayeSep R

3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=16 in. × 1.25 stainless steel mm (Preconditioned) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=16 in. × 1.25 mm stainless steel (Preconditioned)

12086-U

1 ea

none none none

60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A 60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A 80/100 Molecular Sieve 5A

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 4.9 ft (1.5 m) × 1=16 in. × 1.25 mm stainless steel

13823 13830-U 13166-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 Molecular Sieve 5A 80/100 Molecular Sieve 5A 45/60 Molecular Sieve 13X

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=16 in. × 0.75 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13837 12959-U 13981-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none none none

80/100 Porapak Q 80/100 Porapak Q 80/100 Porapak Q

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13037-U 12437 13979-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

none

80/100 Porapak QS

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm stainless steel

13787

1 ea

PTFE Packed GC Column (General Configuration) For low temperature applications, a PTFE column offers the flexibility of metal with inertness approaching that of glass. This column is of a general configuration, and can be carefully bent to fit most instruments. Phase 12% Polyphenyl ether + 0.5% H3PO4

Support 40/60 Chromosorb T

L × O.D. × I.D. 36.0 ft (11.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm

Cat. No. 11500

Pkg 1 ea

none

Chromosil 310

11501-U

1 ea

none

Chromosil 330

11496

1 ea

none

80/100 Porapak QS

8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm (Ends empty; middle 6 ft packed) 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm (Ends empty, middle 6 ft packed) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm

13071-U

1 ea

none

Supelpak S

2.5 ft (0.76 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm (Ends empty; middle 1.5 ft packed)

12255-U

1 ea

Column Sets These column sets are specifically designed for specific column switching applications. Column manufacturing procedures have been optimized resulting in column sets that provide highly reproducible analyses.

Packed GC Column Set Description Packed GC Column Set

Suitability GPA 2177 (3-column set) Supelco 13984-U Supelco 13977-U

Packed GC Column Set

Packed GC Column Set

Packed GC Column Set

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

1 set

13994-U

1 set

13982-U

1 set

Supelco 13978-U

GPA 2261 (5-column set) Supelco 13976-U Supelco 13977-U Supelco 13978-U

13993-U Supelco 13978-U

GPA 2261 (3-column set, pretested) Supelco 13976-U Supelco 13977-U

Qty 1 set

Supelco 13986-U

GPA 2261 (3-column set) Supelco 13976-U Supelco 13977-U

Cat. No. 13987-U

Supelco 13981-U Supelco 13979-U

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 37

Packed GC Columns and Components PureCol Sleeves for Packed GC Columns

PureCol Sleeves for Packed GC Columns When nonvolatiles accumulate in the column inlet, you must replace several inches of packing - or the entire column. A silanized glass PureCol sleeve, inserted in the column inlet, solves this problem simply and inexpensively. When column performance begins to deteriorate, you can quickly and conveniently replace the sleeve - often without removing the column from the instrument. Replacement time is comparable to replacing a septum. Replace the PureCol sleeve when you change the septum, or when you analyze a new type of sample. PureCol sleeves are available in two sizes. The larger size fits any 4 mm I.D. glass column that has 7 cm of straight, unpacked inlet. The smaller size fits any 2 mm I.D. glass columns with 7 cm of straight, unpacked inlet (end must be chamfered). Use PureCol sleeves with a 2 in. (5 cm) 21-gauge or finer needle.

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (unpacked) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports. • Fits PerkinElmer (AutoSystem) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 112 mm × 6.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2631605 2631625

5 ea 25 ea

Empty Columns

PureCol Sleeve

To make your own column, first choose an empty column that fits your system. Both glass and stainless steel columns are offered. Custom Capabilities: The products listed here are only those that are stock items. We have the ability to manufacture many, many more products. If you do not see the item you need, please contact Technical Service at 800-3593041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected]

Empty Glass Columns Description PureCol Sleeve, for 4 mm I.D. columns PureCol Sleeve, for 2 mm I.D. columns (chamfered inlet only)

Cat. No. 20540-U 20543 20534 20536

All empty glass columns are made in our in-house glass shop, thereby controlling quality at a high level. Over 500 column configurations are currently on hand. All glass columns also undergo a proprietary high temperature silanization to ensure inertness. Fittings are not included.

Qty 10 ea 50 ea 10 ea 50 ea

TightSpec columns conform to within +/-6 mm of their stated lengths. Other columns conform to within 1.5% of instrument manufacturers′ length specifications.

Inlet Liners for Packed GC (Not On-Column) These deactivated (silanized) glass liners prevent reaction between active sample components and the metal surfaces inside the injection port.

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (unpacked) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports. • Fits Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 91.5 mm × 3.0 mm × 1.8 mm

Cat. No. 20508 20511

Empty Glass GC Column, for Agilent® 5700 (Configuration "5") Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 8.72 in. (221 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 5.18 in. (132 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.0 in. (152 mm) This column fits Agilent 5700 (configuration 5, on-column injection). L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 21637

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (wool packed) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports. • Fits PerkinElmer (AutoSystem) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 112 mm × 6.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631705 2631725

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

Qty 1 ea

38

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Empty Columns: Empty Glass Columns Empty Glass GC Column, for Agilent® 5890 and 6890 (Configuration "A")

Empty Glass GC Column, for PerkinElmer® 115, 300, 900, 2000, and Sigma (Not On-Column)

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

• X (length of injector arm) = 11.02 in. (280 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 9.05 in. (230 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 9.0 in. (229 mm)

• X (length of injector arm) = 8.62 in. (219 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 8.62 in. (219 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 8.75 in. (222 mm)

This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration A, on-column injection, all detectors except TCD).

This column fits PerkinElmer 115, 300, 900, 2000, and Sigma (not on-column injection).

L × O.D. × I.D. 2.0 ft (0.61 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 21638 21838

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

3.3 ft (1.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 4.0 ft (1.2 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

21203-U

1 ea

21839

1 ea

4.0 ft (1.2 m) × =4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21776 21681 21641

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm (TightSpec)

21815

1 ea

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 7.9 ft (2.4 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec) 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 12.0 ft (3.6 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21814

1 ea

21816

1 ea

21683 13077-U

1 ea 1 ea

1

L × O.D. × I.D. 4.0 ft (1.2 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 21842 21654

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

20487

1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for PerkinElmer® 8000 and 9000 (OnColumn) Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 12.0 in. (305 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 6.81 in. (173 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.5 in. (165 mm) This column fits PerkinElmer 8000 and 9000 (on-column injection).

Empty Glass GC Column, for Agilent® 5890 and 6890 (Configuration "B")

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

3.0 ft (0.91 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21739

1 ea

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

Empty Glass GC Column, for PerkinElmer® 8000, 9000, AutoSystem, XL, and Clarus 500 (Not On-Column)

• X (length of injector arm) = 11.02 in. (280 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 7.09 in. (180 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 9.0 in. (229 mm)

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

This column fits Agilent 5890 and 6890 (configuration B, on-column injection, TCD only).

• X (length of injector arm) = 6.81 in. (173 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 6.81 in. (173 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.5 in. (165 mm) This column fits PerkinElmer 8000, 9000, AutoSystem, XL, and Clarus 500 (not on-column injection).

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

20500-U 20613 21642

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for Carlo Erba 2100 Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 11.85 in. (301 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 10.67 in. (271 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 2.82 in. (72 mm) This column fits Carlo Erba 2100. L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 6.0 mm × 2.0 mm

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Cat. No. 20583-U

Qty 1 ea

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm (TightSpec) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

Cat. No. 21806

Qty 1 ea

21804 21179-U

1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 39

Packed GC Columns and Components Empty Columns: Empty Glass Columns Empty Glass GC Column, for Pye 104, 106, and 204 (On-Column)

Empty Glass GC Column, for Shimadzu™ Mini-GC (On-Column)

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

• X (length of injector arm) = 11.0 in. (279 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 5.38 in. (137 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 7.0 in. (178 mm)

• X (length of injector arm) = 7.48 in. (190 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 5.59 in. (142 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 4.72 in. (120 mm)

This column fits Pye 104, 106, and 204 (on-column injection). L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

21792

1 ea

This column fits Shimadzu mini-GC (on-column injection).

Empty Glass GC Column, for Shimadzu™ 7A, 9A, 12A, 14A, 14B, 15A, 16A, and 2014 (On-Column) Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 13.0 in. (330 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 11.0 in. (279 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 1.57 in. (40 mm) This column fits Shimadzu 7A, 9A, 12A, 14A, 14B, 15A, 16A, and 2014 (oncolumn injection).

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

20609

1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for Tracor 540, 560, 565, 570, and 585 (Not On-Column) Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 8.0 in. (203 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 8.0 in. (203 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.0 in. (152 mm)

L × O.D. × I.D. 3.3 ft (1.0 m) × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm (TightSpec) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm (TightSpec)

Cat. No. 21190-U

Qty 1 ea

21192-U

1 ea

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm (TightSpec)

21538 21191-U

1 ea 1 ea

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm 8.2 ft (2.5 m) × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm

21879-U 21880-U

1 ea 1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for Shimadzu™ 8A and 8A1F Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 9.0 in. (229 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 9.0 in. (229 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.0 in. (152 mm)

This column fits Tracor 540, 560, 565, 570, and 585 (not on-column injection).

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21588

1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for Varian® 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista™ (FID, Inj. A to Det. A, On-Column) Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 9.31 in. (236 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 8.0 in. (203 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 5.5 in. (140 mm)

This column fits Shimadzu 8A and 8A1F.

This column fits Varian 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista (FID, injector A to detector A, on-column injection).

L × O.D. × I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

4.9 ft (1.5 m) × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

21632 21633

1 ea 1 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. 3.3 ft (1.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm (TightSpec)

Cat. No. 21207

Qty 1 ea

× 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

21722 21721 21194-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

× 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21181-U

1 ea

× 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

21829

1 ea

21853-U 21765

1 ea 1 ea

6.0 ft (1.8 m) 6.0 ft (1.8 m) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) (TightSpec) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) (TightSpec) 6.6 ft (2.0 m) (TightSpec)

6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 8.6 ft (2.6 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

40

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Empty Columns: Empty Glass Columns Empty Glass GC Column, for Varian® 3300 and 3400 (FID, Inj. B to Det. B, On-Column)

Packings

Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included.

We offer small quantities of many ready-to-use packings for those wanting to pack their own columns. Both coated and uncoated packings are available.

• X (length of injector arm) = 9.31 in. (236 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 8.0 in. (203 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = 6.82 in. (173 mm) This column fits Varian 3300 and 3400 (FID, injector B to detector B, oncolumn injection).

Custom Capabilities: The products listed here are only those that are stock items. We have the ability to manufacture many, many more products. If you do not see the item you need, please contact Technical Service at 800-3593041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected]

Coated Packings Coated packings consist of a liquid (gum) stationary phase pre-coated on a solid support. All coated packings are prepared in our in-house manufacturing facility. L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × =4 in. × 2.0 mm 1

Cat. No.

Qty

20841

1 ea

Empty Glass GC Column, for Varian®, Universal for 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista™ (On-Column) Silane treated empty glass column. Fittings are not included. • X (length of injector arm) = 9.25 in. (235 mm) • Y (length of detector arm) = 2.0 in. (51 mm) • S (span, injector to detector) = n/a This column fits Varian 3000, 4000, 6000, and Vista (on-column injection). The three piece construction (injector arm + coil, union, and detector arm) allows its use in any injector to detector position (A to A, B to B, A to B, and B to A).

Union

Coated GC Packing Phase Support Cat. No. 0.2% Carbowax 1500 60/80 Carbopack C 11826

Qty 15 g

0.2% Carbowax 1500 80/100 Carbopack C 11827 0.3% Carbowax 20M 60/80 Carbopack C 11825-U + 0.1% H3PO4

15 g 15 g

4% Carbowax 20M + 60/80 Carbopack B 11887 0.8% KOH 4% Carbowax 20M 80/120 Carbopack B 11889 DA 5% Carbowax 20M 40/60 Chromosorb T 11993

15 g 15 g 50 g

5% Carbowax 20M 60/80 Carbopack B 11766 5% Carbowax 20M 80/120 Carbopack B 11812-U AW

15 g 15 g

6.6% Carbowax 20M 80/120 Carbopack B 11814 AW 2.5% Oronite NIW 60/80 Carbopack B 11800-U

15 g

1.5% OV-225 + 1% 60/80 Carbopack B 1505-U H3PO4 0.1% SP-1000 80/100 Carbopack C 11820

10 g

15 g

15 g

1% SP-1000 3% SP-1500 1% SP-1510

60/80 Carbopack B 11815 80/120 Carbopack B 11813-U 60/80 Carbopack B 11809

15 g 15 g 15 g

0.8% THEED

80/100 Carbopack C 11880-U

15 g

Uncoated Packings L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 20847

Qty 1 ea

6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm 6.6 ft (2.0 m) × 1=4 in. × 2.0 mm

20845 21882-U

1 ea 1 ea

Empty Stainless Steel Columns For less demanding applications where the inertness of glass is not required, choose more economical stainless steel. Columns can be carefully bent to fit most instruments.

Empty Stainless Steel GC Column L × O.D. × I.D. 6.0 ft (1.8 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm 8.0 ft (2.4 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm

Cat. No. 13096-U 13097-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

10.0 ft (3.0 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm 12.0 ft (3.6 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm 20.0 ft (6.1 m) × 1=8 in. × 2.1 mm

13098-U 13099-U 13100-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Uncoated packings consist of an adsorbent-type support that does not require a liquid (gum) stationary phase to be coated on it to perform chromatography. We use some of the most commonly used carbon, molecular sieve, and porous polymer adsorbents: • Carboxen® Adsorbents: Carbon molecular sieve materials with throughpore structures, which provides excellent thermodynamic and kinetic properties. • Carbosieve® Adsorbents: Carbon molecular sieve materials with closedpore structure, which provides very strong retention of small molecules. • Molecular Sieve Adsorbents: Synthetically produced zeolites (naturally occurring aluminosilicate minerals), characterized by pores and internal cavities of extremely uniform dimensions. • Tenax Adsorbents: Widely used porous polymers with unique structures, that provide alternate and desirable adsorption/desorption characteristics compared to other porous polymers. • HayeSep Adsorbents: Second generation porous polymer materials that exhibit minimal shrinkage and monomer bleed. • Porapak Adsorbents: These are first generation porous polymer materials. • Chromosorb Adsorbents: These polyaromatic cross-linked porous polymers have uniform rigid structures. We do not offer Chromosorb adsorbents for sale in bulk. These materials are only available in columns.

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Gas Chromatography 41

Packed GC Columns and Components Packings: Uncoated Packings Cat. No.

Many of these materials are also used as adsorbents in air collection media. Cat. No.

Qty

Carboxen® Adsorbent

matrix Carboxen® 563, 20-45 mesh 10263

10 g

matrix Carboxen® 564, 20-45 mesh 10264 matrix Carboxen® 564, 20-45 mesh 11324-U matrix Carboxen® 569, 20-45 mesh 10269

10 g 144 × 290 mg 10 g

matrix Carboxen® 569, 20-45 mesh 11048-U matrix Carboxen® 572, 20-45 mesh 11072-U matrix Carboxen® 1000, 40-60 mesh 10477-U

500 g 10 g 50 g

matrix Carboxen® 1000, 60-80 mesh 10478-U matrix Carboxen® 1003, 40-60 mesh 10471 matrix Carboxen® 1016, 60-80 mesh 11021-U Carbosieve® Adsorbent

10 g 10 g 10 g

matrix Carbosieve® G, 45-60 mesh 10197 matrix Carbosieve® G, 60-80 mesh 10198 matrix Carbosieve® G, 80-100 mesh 10199

5g 5g 5g

matrix Carbosieve® S-II, 60-80 mesh 10189 matrix Carbosieve® S-II, 80-100 mesh 10190-U matrix Carbosieve® S-III, 60-80 mesh 10184 Molecular Sieve Adsorbent

10 g 10 g 10 g

matrix Molecular 40 mesh matrix Molecular 60 mesh matrix Molecular 80 mesh matrix Molecular 60 mesh

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix Porapak N, 80-100 mesh matrix Porapak N, 100-120 mesh matrix Porapak P, 50-80 mesh

20325 20326 20327

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix Porapak P, 80-100 mesh matrix Porapak P, 100-120 mesh matrix Porapak PS, 50-80 mesh

20328 20329 20345

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix Porapak PS, 80-100 mesh matrix Porapak Q, 50-80 mesh matrix Porapak Q, 80-100 mesh

20346 20330-U 20331

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix Porapak Q, 100-120 mesh matrix Porapak QS, 50-80 mesh matrix Porapak QS, 80-100 mesh

20332 20342 20343

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix Porapak QS, 100-120 mesh matrix Porapak R, 50-80 mesh matrix Porapak R, 80-100 mesh

20344 20333 20334

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

20335 20337 20338

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

20339 20340

75 cc 75 cc

Sieve 5A, 30-

20300

50 g

Sieve 5A, 45-

20301

50 g

matrix Porapak R, 100-120 mesh matrix Porapak S, 80-100 mesh matrix Porapak S, 100-120 mesh

Sieve 5A, 60-

20302

50 g

matrix Porapak T, 50-80 mesh matrix Porapak T, 80-100 mesh

Sieve 13X, 45-

20304

50 g

20305

50 g

20307

50 g

matrix Molecular Sieve 13X, 6080 mesh matrix Molecular Sieve 13X, 100120 mesh Tenax® Porous Polymer Adsorbent matrix Tenax TA, 60-80 mesh matrix Tenax TA (refined), 6080 mesh matrix Tenax TA, 80-100 mesh

11982 12168-U

10 g 100 g

21009-U

10 g

matrix Tenax GR, 20-35 mesh 11049-U HayeSep® Porous Polymer Adsorbent

500 g

matrix HayeSep A, 60-80 mesh matrix HayeSep A, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep A, 100-120 mesh

10282 10283 10284

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep B, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep C, 60-80 mesh matrix HayeSep C, 80-100 mesh

10286 10288 10289

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep C, 100-120 mesh matrix HayeSep D, 60-80 mesh matrix HayeSep D, 80-100 mesh

10290 10291 10292

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep D, 100-120 mesh 10293 matrix HayeSep DB, 80-100 mesh 10280-U matrix HayeSep DB, 100-120 mesh 10281-U

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep N, 60-80 mesh matrix HayeSep N, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep N, 100-120 mesh

10294 10295 10296

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep P, 60-80 mesh matrix HayeSep P, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep Q, 60-80 mesh

10297 10298 10300-U

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep Q, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep Q, 100-120 mesh matrix HayeSep R, 60-80 mesh

10301-U 10302-U 10303

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep R, 80-100 mesh matrix HayeSep R, 100-120 mesh matrix HayeSep S, 60-80 mesh

10304 10305-U 10306

75 cc 75 cc 75 cc

matrix HayeSep S, 80-100 mesh

10307

75 cc

Qty

matrix HayeSep T, 60-80 mesh 10309 matrix HayeSep T, 80-100 mesh 10310 matrix HayeSep T, 100-120 mesh 10311 Porapak™ Porous Polymer Adsorbent matrix Porapak N, 50-80 mesh 20324

75 cc

Stationary Phases A GC stationary phase is the chemical entity that provides chromatography to occur. Prior to use, a stationary phase must first be coated then dried onto a support, before being used to fill a column. All of the stationary phases we offer are synthesized specifically for GC use, resulting in those that are typically purer, of narrow molecular weight range, and without trace catalysts or impurities. Custom Capabilities: The products listed here are only those that are stock items. We have the ability to manufacture many, many more products. If you do not see the item you need, please contact Technical Service at 800-3593041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected]

GC Stationary Phase Phase

Cat. No.

Qty

Apiezon L Bentone 34 bis(2-Ethoxyethyl)adipate

21006 21013-U 21146

25 g 50 g 50 g

Carbowax 1540 Carbowax 20M Carbowax 20M/terephthalic acid

21028 21032 11033-U

50 g 50 g 50 g

DC-200 (12,500 cstks) DC-200 DC-550

21095 85377-250ML 21096

50 g 250 mL 50 g

DC-550 DC-710 DC QF-1 (FS 1265)

85378-50ML 85427-100ML 21098-U

50 mL 100 mL 50 g

Di-n-decyl phthalate 21042-U Diethylene glycol succinate (DEGS) 11045 Dinonyl phthalate 80151-25ML

25 g 25 g 25 mL

Dinonyl phthalate Ethylene glycol adipate (EGA) Free fatty acid phase (FFAP)

21052-U 11060 21063-U

50 g 25 g 10 g

OV-1 OV-1 OV-17

85380-5G 21104 21105

5g 10 g 25 g

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

42

Gas Chromatography

Packed GC Columns and Components Stationary Phases GC Stationary Phase (continued)

Supports

Phase OV-25 OV-25

Cat. No. 21234 85382-10G

Qty 10 g 10 g

A GC support is the solid or porous particle that a liquid (gum) stationary phase is coated onto then dried, making a GC packing which can then be use to fill a GC column. We use three types of supports:

OV-101 OV-210 OV-225

21228 21240-U 21241

20 g 25 g 5g

OV-275 β,β-Oxydipropionitrile Polyethyleneimine

21278-U 21086 21195-U

5g 50 g 50 g

PS 347.5 SE-30 SE-54

85392-50ML 21099-U 21106

SF-96 SP-1200 SP-2100

21101-U 21263 21284-U

50 g 10 g 10 g

SP-2330 SP-2340 Squalane

21287-U 21288 21109

5g 5g 50 g

Synperonic PE/F68 Synperonic PE/L64 1,2,3-tris(2-Cyanoethoxy)propane (TCEP) Triton X-100 UCW 98

81112-50G 81114-10ML 21217

• Carbon: Our Carbopack™ specialty carbon materials make excellent GC supports. Because these materials are synthesized in-house, their physical and chemical characteristics can be controlled more tightly than with natural materials. Carbopack™ materials are also widely used as adsorbents in air sampling media. • Diatomite: Sedimentary rock composed of the siliceous skeletal remains of pre-historic single-celled aquatic plants. These naturally-occurring materials must first be mined from deposits then processed for use a GC supports. Versions include NAW (non-acid washed), AW (acid washed), and AW-DMCS (acid washed then silanized). Our SUPELCOPORT supports are similar to Chromosorb W AW-DMCS materials, although more inert. We do not offer diatomite supports for sale in bulk. These materials are only available in columns. • Fluorocarbon: A high molecular weight fluorocarbon resin particle is both inert and has a fairly high surface area. It is useful for lower temperature applications when a highly inert surface is required. We do not offer fluorocarbon supports for sale in bulk. These materials are only available in columns.

21123 21272-U

50 mL 10 g 50 g

50 g 10 mL 50 g 50 g 50 g

Custom Capabilities: The products listed here are only those that are stock items. We have the ability to manufacture many, many more products. If you do not see the item you need, please contact Technical Service at 800-3593041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected] Cat. No.

Qty

Carbotrap®/Carbopack™ Adsorbent

matrix Carbopack B, 60-80 mesh 20273 matrix Carbopack™ C, 60-80 mesh 10257 matrix Carbopack™ C, 80-100 mesh 10258

10 g 10 g 10 g

GC Column Test Mixes

Test mixes are an inexpensive aid to obtaining high quality chromatograms. They are useful when analyzed: • After you install a column in your system, to make sure you haven′t also installed some surprises (such as ferrule or column fragments in the column, or small leaks). Poor peak shape may be an indication of dead volume from an improper nut/ferrule combination, or an incorrect insertion distance of the column inlet into the injection port. • During method development, to assist in setting proper linear velocity, split ratio, injection volume, etc. • Routinely as part of a preventative maintenance regiment. This allows trends in the chromatography to be observed, providing an early warning to keep little problems from growing into big problems. • For troubleshooting purposes, to help identify root causes, and to verify when the system is back in working order.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 43

GC Column Test Mixes Methane Standard and Accessories

Methane Standard and Accessories Methane is the ideal compound to measure linear velocity and dead time for many GC columns because it is unretained. Use 50 μL injections of this dilute methane standard for more accurate flow measurements than will smaller quantities of more concnetrated methane. Description Methane in helium, 100 ppm, analytical standard Miniature Regulator with Gauge

Cat. No. 307200 513010

Qty 14 L 1 ea

Syringe Adaptor Hamilton® GASTIGHT® Syringe, 1700 series, volume 250 μL, needle size 22s ga (side-port)

609010 20705

1 ea 1 ea

General Test Mixes These test mixes can be used following installation or on a routine schedule to indicate column efficiency, leaks, dead volume, and column inertness. The Programmed Test Mix is based on the comprehensive mix developed by Grob (Grob, et al., J. Chromatogr. 156, 1978, p. 1). It can be used to measure a column′s affinity for many analyte types: • The normal alkanes (decane and undecane) measure column efficiency. • The fatty acid methyl esters (methyl decanoate, methyl laurate, and methyl undecanoate) measure column efficiency. • The alcohol (1-octanol) and diol (2,3-butanediol) measure the presence of hydrogen-bonding sites (exposed silanols). • The aldehyde (nonanal) measures saturated aldehyde adsorption by means other than hydrogen-bonding. • The amine (dicyclohexylamine) measures irreversible adsorption. • The acid/base pair (2,6-dimethylphenol/2,6-dimethylaniline) measure acid/base surface characteristic. • The acid/base pair (2-ethylhexanoic acid/dicyclohexylamine) measure acid/base surface characteristic. Three Isothermal Test Mixes are offered. Match the polarity of the test mix with the polarity of the column. A convenient kit containing one of each mix is available. Use a Hydrocarbon Test Mix to check for proper capillary GC column installation. Calculating theoretical plates is also possible. The Acidity Test Mix is used to measure the acid/base affinity of your column. Simply inject this mix and compare peak heights. Description Programmed Test Mix

Isothermal Test Mix Kit

Nonpolar Column Test Mix

Concentration in methylene chloride (varied conc.) 2,3-Butanediol, 530 μg/mL Decane, 280 μg/mL Dicyclohexylamine, 310 μg/mL 2,6-Dimethylaniline, 320 μg/mL 2,6-Dimethylphenol, 320 μg/mL 2-Ethylhexanoic acid, 380 μg/mL

Methyl decanoate, 420 μg/mL Methyl laurate, 410 μg/mL Methyl undecanoate, 420 μg/mL Nonanal, 400 μg/mL 1-Octanol, 360 μg/mL Undecane, 290 μg/mL

Nonpolar Column Test Mix (Supelco 47300-U) Intermediate Polar Column Test Mix (Supelco 47301)

Polar Column Test Mix (Supelco 47302)

-

500 μg/mL in methylene chloride Decane 2,6-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylphenol Dodecane

Intermediate Polar Column Test Mix

Polar Column Test Mix

Hydrocarbon Test Mix

-

47303

-

47300-U

2 mL

-

47301

2 mL

-

47302

2 mL

-

48244

2 mL

3 × 2 mL

Octadecane 1-Octanol 2-Octanone Pentadecane

in chloroform (varied conc.) Dodecane Tridecane Tetradecane

Qty 2 mL

2-Octanone Tetradecane Tridecane Undecane

500 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride 2,6-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylphenol Eicosane Heptadecane Hexadecane

Cat. No. 47304

1-Octanol 2-Octanone Tridecane Undecane

500 μg/mL in methylene chloride Decane 2,6-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylphenol Dodecane 1-Octanol

-

Pentadecane Hexadecane Heptadecane

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

44

Gas Chromatography

GC Column Test Mixes General Test Mixes Description

Concentration

C7 - C30 Saturated Alkanes

1000 μg/mL each component in hexane Decane Docosane Dodecane Eicosane Heneicosane Heptacosane Heptadecane Hexacosane Hexadecane Heptane Nonacosane Nonadecane

C7 - C40 Saturated Alkane Mixture

Acidity Test Mix

1 mL

-

49452-U

1 mL

-

48255-U

2 mL

Nonatriacontane Octacosane Octadecane Octane Octatriacontane Pentacosane Pentadecane Pentatriacontane Tetracontane Tetracosane Tetradecane Tetratriacontane Triacontane Tricosane Tridecane Tritriacontane Undecane

0.05% each component in methylene chloride 2,6-Dimethylaniline

Qty

49451-U

Nonane Octacosane Octadecane Octane Pentacosane Pentadecane Tetracosane Tetradecane Triacontane Tricosane Tridecane Undecane

1000 μg/mL each component in hexane Decane Docosane Dodecane Dotriacontane Eicosane Heneicosane Hentriacontane Heptacosane Heptadecane Heptane Heptatriacontane Hexacosane Hexadecane Hexatriacontane Nonacosane Nonadecane Nonane

Cat. No. -

2,6-Dimethylphenol

Test Mixes for Specific Applications These test mixes are designed to measure the ability of a column to perform a specific application. Selectivity, resolution, peak shape, and signal-to-noise ratio can be measured. Description Herbicides Mix 1

Concentration 100 μg/mL each component in ethyl acetate Atrazine Bromacil Butylate Cycloate S-Ethyl-N,N-dipropylthiocarbamate Hexazinone Isopropalin

Herbicides Mix 2

ASTM® D2887/D5307 Column Resolution Test Mix

arachidate behenate butyrate decanoate hexanoate dodecanoate

Methyl Methyl Mehtyl Methyl Methyl

Partially hydrogenated menhaden oil

arachidate behenate butyrate caprylate decanoate dodecanoate

100 μg/mL in hexane

49138-U

1 mL

-

48889

-

49453-U

1 mL

-

49454-U

1 mL

-

48473

1 mL

Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl

hexanoate myristate palmitate stearate tetracosanoate

FAMEs

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

6 × 1 mL

lignocerate myristate octanoate palmitate stearate

C4 - C24 Even Carbon Saturated Fatty 1000 μg/mL each component in hexane Acid Ethyl Esters (FAEES) Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl Ethyl

-

Octadecane

C4 - C24 Even Carbon Saturated FAMEs 1000 μg/mL each component in hexane Methyl Methyl Methyl Methyl Methyl Methyl

Qty 1 mL

Propazine Prowl (Pendimethaline) Simazine Vernolat

1 % (w/v) each component in octane Hexadecane

Cat. No. 49136

Metribuzin Molinate Oxyfluorfen Pebulat Terbacil Trifluralin

100 μg/mL in ethyl acetate Benfluralin Metolachlor Oxadiazon Profluralin Propachlor

-

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 45

GC Column Test Mixes Test Mixes for Specific Non-Chiral Columns

Test Mixes for Specific Non-Chiral Columns These test mixes are designed to measure the performance of specific non-chiral GC columns. Included are some of the same mixes we use in our QA/QC laboratory. Description

Concentration

Equity® / SPB® Thin Film Test Mix I

500 μg/mL each component in cyclohexane

Cat. No.

Cetyl alcohol Eicosane

Equity® / SPB® Thick Film Test Mix II

500 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride

500 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride

-

48275-U

1 mL

-

48280-U

1 mL

-

48278

1 mL

-

48476

1 mL

-

47088-U

1 mL

-

40495-U 4M0495-U

1 mL 10 × 1 mL

2-Octanone Pentadecane Tridecane Undecane

500 μg/mL each component in methyl tert-butyl ether Hexadecane Nonylamine Octadecane Octylamine Pentadecane Trihexylamine

Benzylamine Decylamine 2,4-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylaniline Eicosane Heptadecane

Omegawax® Column Test Mix

1 mL

Nonane 1-Octanol 2-Octanone Tridecane

Decane 2,6-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylphenol Dodecane 1-Octanol

Carbowax® Amine Test Mix

48273

Nonadecane Octadecane

Decane 2,6-Dimethylaniline 2,6-Dimethylphenol Dodecane

SPB®-50 Column Test Mix

Qty

-

50 μg/mL in hexane FAMEs

FAME Column Evaluation Mix

1000 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride Methyl cis-11-eicosenoate Methyl heneicosanoate Methyl laurate

cis/trans FAME Column Performance Mix

Methyl linolenate Methyl oleate cis-11-Octadecenoic methyl ester

2.5 mg/mL in methylene chloride FAMEs

Test Mixes for Specific Chiral Columns These test mixes are designed to measure the performance of specific chiral GC columns. Choose: • P/N 90001AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® A-DA columns. • P/N 90002AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® G-TA and G-BP columns. • P/N 90003AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® A-TA, G-DP, G-PN, G-DM, and B-PH columns. • P/N 90004AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® B-DA and G-DA columns. • P/N 90005AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® B-TA and B-DP columns. • P/N 90006AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® A-PH columns. • P/N 90007AST for Astec CHIRALDEX® B-PM and B-DM columns. • P/N 48013 for a-DEX 120 columns. • P/N 48028 for ß-DEX 120 columns. Description 1-(N-TFA)-2-Methylpiperidine 2-(N-TFA)aminoheptane

Concentration 5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5) 5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5)

-

Cat. No. 90002AST 90003AST

Qty 1 mL 1 mL

1-(N-TFA)aminoindan 2-(Bromomethyl)tetra-2H-pyran 3,4-Dihydro-2-ethoxy-2H-pyran

5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5) 5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5) 5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5)

-

90004AST 90005AST 90006AST

1 mL 1 mL 1 mL

1-Phenyl-1-ethanol α-DEX™ 120 Column Test Mix

5000 μg/mL in ethanol: isopropanol (95:5) 500 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride

-

90007AST 48013

1 mL 1 mL

-

48028

1 mL

Decane Nonane 1,2-Propanediol

β-DEX™ 120 Column Test Mix

Undecane m-Xylene p-Xylene

500 μg/mL each component in methylene chloride Decane 3,3-Dimethyl-2-butanol 1-Hexanol

(+)-3-Methyl-2-heptanone Nonane Undecane

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

46

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories GC Accessories

Septum Sizes for Various Chromatographs

Antek Finnigan

GC Model 5880A, 5890 5700 series, 5880 5880/90, 6890, OCI ports, capillary all 9600

Disc Diam. (mm) 11 9.5 5 9.5 9.5

Disc Diam. (in.) 7/16 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/8

Finnigan/Tremetics GOW-MAC HNU

9000, 9500 all portable GC

12.5 9.5 9.5

1/2 3/8 3/8

PerkinElmer

Sigma series, 900 & 990, 8000, Auto System, Clarus 500

11

7/16

Shimadzu Thermoquest Tracor

14, 15A, 16, 17A 8000 series 220, 222, 540 550, 560 packed col. injectors SPI 3700/Vista, capillary injectors Saturn GC/MS 1177

plug 17 12.5 9.5 9.5 11 11/11.5 11.5 9.0

21/32 1/2 3/8 3/8 7/16 7/16/11/24 11/24 11/32

Manufacturer Agilent/HP

Varian

The proper supplies are required to maintain your GC and keep it operating at peak performance. Supelco offers premium products, such as septa, liners, and ferrules, designed to maximize performance!

Molded Thermogreen® LB-2 GC Septa

Septa and Specialized Hand Tools

The Perfect Combination of Low Bleed, Thermal Stability, and Easy Puncturability!

A GC septum is located at the top of the injection port and serves two functions: 1) providing a leak-free seal to maintain carrier gas pressure inside the system, and 2) handling repeated puncturing by a syringe needle for sample introduction purposes without severe coring or leaking. Routine Maintenance: To reduce the risk of leaks and contamination, injection port septa should routinely be replaced. Change the septum daily, especially if the instrument is in heavy use. Repeated use of the same septum may result in increased coring, resulting in a leak. Septum fragments in the inlet liner can also lead to ghost peaks and/or loss of response due to adsorption of analytes as they pass through.

Molded Thermogreen LB-2 septa are manufactured from high quality, low bleed material using the same exclusive LB-2 rubber formulation that chromatographers are accustomed to using. The difference is that molded septa, unlike traditional die-cut septa, offer easier installation and better sealing inside the injection port. This is because our liquid injection molding process ensures that every septum conforms to the same shape with crisp, clean sides. This is an improvement over a die-cutting process where septa can become cupped and/or distorted when the cutting surface becomes dull.

Storage and Handling: Septa can become contaminated by volatile compounds in the room air, or by finger oils. To ensure cleanliness, it is recommended that septa be stored in their shipping container with the lid securely closed, and that clean forceps be used for handling the septa during installation. We offer a variety of septa to serve many functions. Choose: • Molded Thermogreem LB-2 septa for most applications. These bleedtemperature-puncturability-optimized septa (up to 350 °C injection port temperatures) are widely considered the best septa choice. • Thermogreen LB-2 septa when the diameter required is not offered in the Molded Thermogreen LB-2 septa line. • Thermogreen LB-1 septa for lower temperature applications. • SS-174 PTFE-Faced septa when the inertness of PTFE is required. • GR-2 septa as an economical option for lower temperature applications (up to 200 °C injection port temperatures). • Merlin Miscroseal systems for a septum-less system. While more expensive, these long-lasting systems will pay for themselves many times over. In addition to septa, we offer several specialized hand-tools for removing septum from injection ports.

Left: Molded septum; Right: Die-cut septum

The useable inlet temperature range of 100-350 °C is adequate for most GC applications. Don′t be fooled by other septa that advertise a maximum temperature of 400 °C! To make septa with high thermal limits, they must be made stiffer, resulting in septa that are harder to pierce and easier to core. Our molded Thermogreen LB-2 septa offer the perfect combination of low bleed, thermal stability, and easy puncturability. • Rubber formulation exclusive to Supelco • Strict tolerances (diameter, thickness, injection hole) due to constant dimension of the mold itself • Ultra low bleed over a wide range of inlet temperatures (100 °C to 350 °C) • No foreign substances/powders (which could contaminate the inlet) are used during manufacturing • Fully tested for bleed and contamination • Already conditioned, ready to use • Ideal for use with low bleed GC-MS columns Molded Thermogreen LB-2 septa are offered in two styles: • With injection hole - reduces coring and extends life • Solid discs - traditional design

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Gas Chromatography 47

GC Accessories Septa and Specialized Hand Tools: Molded Thermogreen® LB-2 GC Septa Thermogreen® LB-2 GC Septa

Molded Thermogreen® LB-2 Septa, with injection hole The injection hole helps guide the syringe needle to puncture the same location every injection, resulting in two benefits:

We recommend using Thermogreen LB-2 septa when the diameter required is not offered in the Molded Thermogreen LB-2 septa line.

Thermogreen® LB-2 Septa, pre-drilled

• Minimal coring leading to long life • Less septum fragments that contaminate the inlet liner

Use pre-drilled septa for SPME applications to reduce septum coring.

Their high puncture tolerance makes these septa ideal for use with autosampler injections, manual injections, and/or SPME applications.

Diam. (mm)

Cat. No.

Qty

9.5 9.5 10

28331-U 28332-U 28333-U

50 ea 250 ea 50 ea

10 11 11

28334-U 28336-U 28338-U

250 ea 50 ea 250 ea

11.5 11.5 17

29446-U 29448-U 29452-U

50 ea 250 ea 50 ea

17

29453-U

250 ea

Diam. (mm) 9.5 (3=8 in.)

Cat. No. 23161 23162-U

Qty 25 ea 50 ea

11.0 (7=16 in.)

23167 23168

25 ea 50 ea

Thermogreen® LB-2 Septa, solid discs An improved version over the original Thermogreen LB-1 septa. • Extremely low bleed over a wide range of inlet temperatures (100 °C to 350 °C) • Already conditioned, ready to use • Easier needle penetration and high puncture tolerance (ideal for autosamplers) • Rubber formulation exclusive to Supelco

Molded Thermogreen® LB-2 Septa, solid discs Traditional solid discs are suitable for use with manual injections.

Diam. (mm) 5.0 (3=16 in.) 6.0 (1=4 in.)

Cat. No. 20638 20651 20606 28006-U 28021-U 20652 20666 20677 20653-U 23156 23157 20654 23163 23164 23154

Diam. (mm)

Cat. No.

Qty

9.5 9.5 10

28670-U 28671-U 28673-U

50 ea 250 ea 50 ea

6.7 (9=32 in.) 9.0 (11=32 in.)

10 11 11

28675-U 28676-U 28678-U

250 ea 50 ea 250 ea

9.5 (3=8 in.)

11.5 11.5 17

29449-U 29451-U 29456-U

50 ea 250 ea 50 ea

17

29457-U

250 ea

10.0 (13=32 in.) 11.0 (7=16 in.) 11.5 (11=24 in.) 12.5 (1=2 in.) 14.0 ( =16 in.)

20660-U 20678 20662-U

16.0 (5=8 in.) 17.0 (21=32 in.)

20663 23159

9

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty 50 ea 50 ea 10 5 50 50 250 1000 50 250 1000 50 250 1000 50

ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea ea

50 ea 250 ea 50 ea 50 ea 50 ea

48

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Septa and Specialized Hand Tools: Thermogreen® LB-2 GC Septa Thermogreen® LB-2 Septa, cylindrical

Non-Thermogreen GC Septa

For use in Shimadzu GCs that require plug septa.

In addition to our Thermogreen LB-2 septa, we also offer other popular septa.

SS-174 PTFE-Faced Septa

Diam. × L (mm) ~6 × 9

Cat. No. 20608 20633

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

PTFE-faced septa are designed for applications where greater inertness is required. The off-white silicone rubber body (123 mil thick) provides plenty of support for the yellow PTFE face (2 mil thick). After the PTFE is ruptured during injection, some bleeding may occur. Because this bleed increases as more of the rubber is exposed, we recommend using a needle guide to reduce the size of the punctured area. For use with 200 °C to 300 °C inlet temperatures. Diam. (mm)

Thermogreen® LB-1 GC Septa The original low bleed GC septa.

Thermogreen® LB-1 Septa, solid discs For use with 50 °C to 300 °C inlet temperatures.

Cat. No.

Qty

6.0 (1=4 in.) 9.5 (3=8 in.)

22654 22656 22618

100 ea 100 ea 250 ea

10.0 (13=32 in.) 11.0 (7=16 in.) 12.5 (1=2 in.)

22647 22731 22657

100 ea 100 ea 100 ea

14.0 (9=16 in.)

22732

50 ea

GR-2 Septa These low cost gray silicone rubber septa are designed for routine, isothermal use. For use with 50 °C to 200 °C inlet temperature.

Diam. (mm)

Cat. No.

Qty

9.5 (3=8 in.) 10.0 (13=32 in.) 11.0 (7=16 in.)

20659-U 20657-U 20658

50 ea 50 ea 50 ea

20661

50 ea

12.5 (1=2 in.)

Thermogreen® LB-1 Septa, cylindrical For use in Shimadzu GCs that require plug septa, glass gas sampling bulbs, and purge & trap glassware.

Diam. (mm) 5.0 (3=16 in.)

Cat. No. 20712

6.0 (1=4 in.) 9.5 (3=8 in.) 10.0 (13=32 in.)

20442-U 20405 20625 20627 20441

11.0 (7=16 in.) 12.5 (1=2 in.)

20421 20413

Qty 100 ea 100 100 250 1000 100

ea ea ea ea ea

100 ea 100 ea

GR-2 Rubber Sheet Stock Diam. × L (mm) ~6 × 9

Cat. No. 20668

Qty 100 ea

This 290 mm x 290 mm x 3 mm thick sheet stock is useful for making septa of various diameters. Simply cut-out the desired size. Cat. No. 20420-U

Qty 1 ea

Three Layer Disc Septa These septa feature a soft inner layer of silicone rubber sandwiched between hard outside layers. For use with GC inlet temperatures up to 200 °C.

Diam. (mm) 9.0 (11=32 in.) 10.0 (13=32 in.) 12.5 (1=2 in.)

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Cat. No. 20416 20417

Qty 12 ea 12 ea

20418

12 ea

Gas Chromatography 49

GC Accessories Septa and Specialized Hand Tools: Merlin Microseal™ Systems Merlin Microseal™ Systems

Merlin Microseal™ System Replacement Septum

The Merlin Microseal System is a septum-less system that provides very long life. Because there is not a septum to pierce, septum fragments will not be formed and deposited in the inlet liner. The septum contains a series of seals (wiper rib, o-rings, and a duckbill valve) that allow a needle to enter while maintaining a leak-free seal. The septum can be used only with a syringe that has a 23 gauge "blunt tipped" needle, or with an SPME fiber assembly with a 23 gauge needle. The thicker shaft is required to make the necessary contact with the septum seals.

Three septa versions are available:

Merlin Microseal™ System (fits Agilent)

• Low Pressure for use with 23 gauge syringe needles, and injection port pressures between 1 and 45 psi. Do not use with syringe needles that have beveled tips. • General Purpose for use with 23 gauge syringe needles, and injection port pressures between 3 and 100 psi. Do not use with syringe needles that have beveled tips. • SPME for use with 23 gauge SPME fiber assemblies. Do not use with SPME fiber assemblies that have beveled tips. Note: Do not use with beveled tips.

Simply place the septum directly onto the septum cup and then add the nut (an additional adapter for the septum cup is not required for Agilent GCs). The septum incorporates a unique design with two sequential seals to provide a much longer life. Order replacement septa, or alternate versions, separately. Compatile with all Agilent autosamplers and stainless steel injection ports. Note: Do not use with beveled tips.

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

1 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) septum 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

22583 24816-U

1 ea 1 ea

1 SPME septum

24818-U

1 ea

Specialized Hand Tools These handy tools are designed specifically for use with GC septa.

Septum Puller  hook design

The hook septum puller is great for removing soft silicone septa from injection ports, and graphite ferrules from columns nuts. It has dozens of other uses around the lab. Left: Septum; Right: Nut

Description 1 nut and 1 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) septum 1 nut and 2 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) septa 1 nut and 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

Cat. No. 22584

Qty 1 ea

22581-U

1 ea

20352

24815-U

1 ea

 screw design

1 nut and 2 General Purpose (3-100 24814-U psi) septa 1 nut 22582

1 ea

The screw septum puller is perfect for removing harder, high temperature septa from injection ports.

1 ea

1 ea

Merlin Microseal™ System (fits Varian®) Varian GCs require an inlet adapter and an o-ring in addition to the septum and nut. The septum incorporates a unique design with two sequential seals to provide a much longer life. Order replacement septa, or alternate versions, separately. Not compatible with the Varian 8200 autosampler.

20353

1 ea

Note: Do not use with beveled tips. Description For 1079 injector; 1 nut, 1 inlet adapter, 1 o-ring, and 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

Cat. No. 24817-U

Qty 1 ea

For CP-1177 injector; 1 nut, 1 inlet 22609-U adapter, 1 o-ring, and 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

1 kit

Septum Pick The septum pick is useful for removing small pieces of septa from injection ports, and graphite ferrules from column nuts.

Z236136-1EA

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

1 ea

50

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools

Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools An injection port liner is used to make the connection between sample introduction and the GC column. Four primary injection techniques are used in GC; split, splitless, direct, and on-column. Inlet liners should be selected based on the injection technique being used to ensure optimal sample transfer to the column. Split Injection: The most common injection method used. Split liners use a design that establishes turbulent flow rather than laminar flow, ensuring sample vaporization and enhancing proper mixing prior to the point where the sample is split, thereby minimizing inlet discrimination. Cups, baffles, twists, or frits are used to facilitate sample mixing. Wool may be used to improve vaporization, and/or to keep non-volatile material from entering the column. Wide bore 2 - 4 mm I.D. inlet liners are necessary for solvent expansion. Splitless Injection: Because the sample dwell time in the liner is significantly longer in the splitless injection mode, the liner design does not need to create high turbulence. Splitless liners usually are straight 2 - 4 mm I.D. tubes with internal volume between 0.25 and 1 mL (choose a liner with an internal volume equal to or larger than the expansion volume of the solvent). Tapers (either at the bottom, or at both the top and bottom) may be incorporated to help focus analytes onto the column. Wool may be used to improve vaporization, and/or to keep non-volatile material from entering the column. NOTE: Deactivation of splitless liners is very important due to the long residence time of the sample. Direct Injection: Often used for gas phase samples, such as with headspace, purge-and-trap, and solid phase microextraction (SPME) techniques, where the entire gas sample is transferred to the column. Because there is no solvent, large internal volumes are not necessary for solvent expansion. Narrow bore 0.5 - 1.5 mm I.D. inlet liners are used to maintain a high linear velocity through the injection port, minimizing band broadening. Also known as flash vaporization.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (packed with 10% OV-1 on Chromosorb W HP) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2055101 2055105 2055125

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2051001 2051005 2051025

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879901-U 2879905-U 2879925-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

On-Column Injection: Liquid samples are deposited directly into the inlet of a capillary column. A specialized syringe is usually required. These liners are designed with a tapered region where the column end is seated to create a seal between the column and the liner. This taper also guides the needle into the column. The oven temperature program is then used to vaporize the sample component.

Cat. No. 2879501-U 2879505-U 2879525-U

We also offer highly pure glass wool and several specialized hand tools for repacking inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (wool packed)

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Inlet Liners for Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2048201 2048205 2048225

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 2047801 2047805 2047825

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879701-U 2879705-U 2879725-U

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Gas Chromatography 51

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879801-U 2879805-U 2879825-U

Cat. No. 2879401-U 2879405-U 2879425-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 2.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

Cat. No. 2879601-U 2879605-U 2879625-U

Cat. No. 2051301 2051305 2051325

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 1.5 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2048601 2048605 2048625

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 2051701 2051705 2051725

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked)

L × O.D. × I.D. ...................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 0.75 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2046601 2046605 2046625

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 2637501 2637505 2637525

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (unpacked) Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Dual-Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports. • Fits Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 91.5 mm × 3.0 mm × 1.8 mm

Cat. No. 2048501 2048505 2048525

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 20508 20511

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879301-U 2879305-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

52

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for ATAS (Optic 2) Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (unpacked)

Inlet Liners for ATAS (Optic 2)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Frit Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 80 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2051001 2051005 2051025

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) Cat. No. 2632605 2632625

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liners for Carlo Erba/Fisons (6000) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 79.5 mm × 5.5 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879901-U 2879905-U 2879925-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2632105

5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 79.5 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879501-U 2879505-U 2879525-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2632005

5 ea

Inlet Liners for Finnigan (9001GCQ) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2047801 2047805 2047825

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2048201 2048205 2048225

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (packed with 10% OV-1 on Chromosorb W HP) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2055101 2055105 2055125

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 2879701-U 2879705-U 2879725-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879801-U 2879805-U 2879825-U

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Gas Chromatography 53

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Finnigan (9001GCQ) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 2.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

Cat. No. 2879601-U 2879605-U 2879625-U

Cat. No. 2051301 2051305 2051325

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 1.5 mm

Cat. No. 2048601 2048605 2048625

Cat. No. 2051701 2051705 2051725

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2046601 2046605 2046625

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ...................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No. 2637501 2637505 2637525

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Dual-Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (2000 and 8000) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 100 mm × 5.0 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2048501 2048505 2048525

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2630301 2630305

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 100 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879301-U 2879305-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879401-U 2879405-U 2879425-U

Cat. No. 2630401 2630405

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

54

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (Clarus and AutoSystem) Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (Clarus and AutoSystem)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 92 mm × 6.35 mm × 2.0 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 92 mm × 6.2 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631105

Qty 5 ea

Cat. No.

Qty

L × O.D. × I.D. ....................................................................................................................... 92 mm × 6.35 mm × 0.75 mm

2879101-U 2879105-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 92 mm × 6.2 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631205

Qty 5 ea

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (wool packed) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports. Cat. No.

Qty

2879201-U 2879205-U

1 ea 5 ea

• Fits PerkinElmer (AutoSystem) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 112 mm × 6.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 92 mm × 6.2 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631705 2631725 Cat. No. 2878701-U 2878705-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, for Packed GC (unpacked) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liner for packed injection ports.

Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (AutoSystem)

• Fits PerkinElmer (AutoSystem) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 112 mm × 6.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 92 mm × 6.35 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631001 2631005 2631025

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 92 mm × 6.35 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2630901 2630905 2630925

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No.

Qty

2631605 2631625

5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (PSS Injector) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 86.2 mm × 4.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2878901-U 2878905-U

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 86 mm × 4.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2631301 2631305 2631325

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Gas Chromatography 55

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for PerkinElmer® (PSS Injector) Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 86 mm × 4.0 mm × 1.0 mm

Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (14, 15A, and 16) [with SPL-14 Injector] Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Cat. No. 2631405

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Qty 5 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liner, On-Column Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 86 mm × 4.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2877801-U 2877805-U Cat. No.

Qty

2631505

5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (9A and 16A) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 139 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2878101-U 2878105-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2878201-U 2878205-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (9A, 15A, and 16) [with SPL-G9/15 Injector] Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Cat. No. 2633305

Qty 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Middle Gooseneck Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 127 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No. 2877701-U 2877705-U Cat. No.

Qty

2633001 2633005

1 ea 5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ....................................................................................................................... 127 mm × 5.0 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No. 2632901 2632905

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No.

Qty

2633405 2633425

5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 99 mm × 5.0 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No. 2633501 2633505

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

56

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (17A) [with SPL-17 Injector] Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (17A) [with SPL-17 Injector]

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No. 2633601 2633605 2633625

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) Cat. No. 2878401-U 2878405-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm

Cat. No. 2633705 2633725

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No. 2877901-U 2877905-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2878601-U 2878605-U

1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No. 2633901 2633905 2633925

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liners for Shimadzu™ (GC-2010) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No. 2632705 2632725

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.6 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2877601-U 2877605-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liners for Thermo (ThermoQuest 4000, 5000, and 6000) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Cat. No. 2633801 2633805

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 79.5 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Middle Gooseneck Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 95 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No. 2878301-U 2878305-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No. 2876905-U

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 79.5 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No. 2876101-U

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 5 ea

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 57

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Thermo (ThermoQuest 4000, 5000, and 6000) Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 79.5 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 5.0 mm

Cat. No. 2875801-U 2875805-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liners for Thermo (ThermoQuest 8000 and TRACE)

Cat. No. 2877101-U 2877105-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 5.0 mm

Cat. No. 2876701-U 2876705-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 0.8 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2877201-U 2877205-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Cat. No.

Qty

2876601-U 2876605-U

1 ea 5 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 5.0 mm

Inlet Liners for Thermo (PTV Injector) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners. Cat. No.

Qty

2877505-U

5 ea

Inlet Liner, On-Column Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ....................................................................................................................... 120 mm × 2.75 mm × 2.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 5.0 mm

Cat. No. 2875901-U 2875905-U

Cat. No.

Qty

2877001-U 2877005-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liners for Varian® (1075 and 1077 Injector)

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked)

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Baffle Design (unpacked)

L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 5.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2877301-U 2877305-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 105 mm × 8.0 mm × 3.0 mm

Cat. No. 2877401-U 2877405-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No. 2050105

Qty 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Frit Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2050501 2050505 2050525

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

58

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Varian® (1075 and 1077 Injector) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 74 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2875405-U

Qty 5 ea

Cat. No. 2050201 2050205 2050225

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ....................................................................................................................... 74 mm × 6.35 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No. 2874705-U

Cat. No.

Qty

2635801 2635805 2635825

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Qty 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liners for Varian® (1078 and 1079 Injector) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Frit Design (unpacked) Cat. No. 2636005

Qty 5 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (packed with 10% OV-101 on 80/100 Chromosorb W HP) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2637201 2637205 2637225

Cat. No. 2055501 2055505

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. .......................................................................................................................... 73 mm × 6.35 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2636801 2636805

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No. 2875501-U 2875505-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2636101 2636105 2636125

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No.

Qty

2875701-U 2875705-U

1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 72 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2636201 2636205

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 59

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Varian® (1078 and 1079 Injector) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Inlet Liners for Varian® (1093-94 SPI Injector) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 4.6 mm × 0.5 mm

Cat. No. 2637701 2637705 2637725

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (packed with 10% OV-101 on 80/100 Chromosorb W HP) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Cat. No. 2636301 2636305 2636325

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 4.6 mm × 0.8 mm

Cat. No. 2637301 2637305

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Cat. No. 2636401 2636405 2636425

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 3.4 mm

Inlet Liners for Varian® (CP-1177 Injector) Deactivated (silanized) glass inlet liners.

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (wool packed) Cat. No. 2637101 2637105 2637125

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2048201 2048205 2048225

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (packed with 10% OV-1 on Chromosorb W HP) Cat. No. 2637401 2637405

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 0.5 mm

Cat. No. 2055101 2055105 2055125

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split Type, Cup Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2637601 2637605

Cat. No. 2051001 2051005 2051025

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ............................................................................................................................. 54 mm × 5.0 mm × 0.8 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

2637801 2637805

1 ea 5 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

60

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Varian® (CP-1177 Injector) Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

Cat. No.

Cat. No. 2879601-U 2879605-U 2879625-U

2879901-U 2879905-U 2879925-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Fast FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight Design (wool packed) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.3 mm

Cat. No. 2879501-U 2879505-U 2879525-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (wool packed)

Cat. No. 2048601 2048605 2048625

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Single Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2047801 2047805 2047825

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (wool packed)

Cat. No. 2046601 2046605 2046625

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Dual-Taper Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 4.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879701-U 2879705-U 2879725-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Split/Splitless Type, Straight FocusLiner™ Design (wool packed)

Cat. No.

Qty

2048501 2048505 2048525

1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Recessed Gooseneck Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 2.0 mm

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879801-U 2879805-U 2879825-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Cat. No. 2879301-U 2879305-U

Qty 1 ea 5 ea

Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 4.0 mm

Cat. No. 2879401-U 2879405-U 2879425-U

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Gas Chromatography 61

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Inlet Liners for Varian® (CP-1177 Injector) Inlet Liner, Splitless Type, Straight Design (unpacked)

On-Column Injection

L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 2.0 mm

Cat. No. 2051301 2051305 2051325

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

Splitter discrimination among sample components that have different boiling points causes inaccurate quantification among components. Using on-column injection with a 0.53 mm I.D. thin film capillary column yields negligible discrimination for paraffins up to C44. A syringe with a 6 in. (15.24 cm) needle is required to deposit samples properly within the sleeve.

Inlet Liner, Direct Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ......................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.3 mm × 1.5 mm

Cat. No. 2051701 2051705 2051725

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea Left to Right: Ferrule for 1=4 in. sleeve, Nut for 1=4 in. sleeve, Reducing union, Sleeve

Inlet Liner, Direct (SPME) Type, Straight Design (unpacked) L × O.D. × I.D. ...................................................................................................................... 78.5 mm × 6.5 mm × 0.75 mm

Cat. No.

Qty

23630

1 ea

20476

1 ea

Cool On-Column Injection Sleeve Kit

Cat. No. 2637501 2637505 2637525

1 injection sleeve plus 1=4 in. connecting hardware Cool On-Column Injection Sleeve 1 injection sleeve Swagelok® Nut

Qty 1 ea 5 ea 25 ea

PureCol Sleeves for Packed GC Columns When nonvolatiles accumulate in the column inlet, you must replace several inches of packing - or the entire column. A silanized glass PureCol sleeve, inserted in the column inlet, solves this problem simply and inexpensively. When column performance begins to deteriorate, you can quickly and conveniently replace the sleeve - often without removing the column from the instrument. Replacement time is comparable to replacing a septum. Replace the PureCol sleeve when you change the septum, or when you analyze a new type of sample. PureCol sleeves are available in two sizes. The larger size fits any 4 mm I.D. glass column that has 7 cm of straight, unpacked inlet. The smaller size fits any 2 mm I.D. glass columns with 7 cm of straight, unpacked inlet (end must be chamfered). Use PureCol sleeves with a 2 in. (5 cm) 21-gauge or finer needle.

Swagelok®, 402-1, brass, 1=4 in. 22000-U Swagelok Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D. I.D. 1=4 in., configured for 1=4 in. O.D. 22481 Column Reducing Union (1=4 in. to 1=16 in.) 1 stainless steel reducing union 1=4 23633 in. to 1=16 in. Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut =16 in. male hexagonal wrenchtight 23805 =16 in. male knurled fingertight 23812

1 1

PureCol Sleeve

Description

Cat. No.

PureCol Sleeve, for 4 mm I.D. columns

20540-U 20543 20534 20536

PureCol Sleeve, for 2 mm I.D. columns (chamfered inlet only)

Qty 10 50 10 50

ea ea ea ea

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

20 ea

10 ea

1 ea

4 ea 2 ea

62

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Inlet Liners, Glass Wool, and Specialized Hand Tools: Injection Tee Kit Injection Tee Kit Our injection tee allows simultaneous analyses on two wide bore columns of different polarity, a great time-saver when performing confirmatory analysis. The tee is deactivated, and the inlet is chamfered for use with autosamplers. Use in 1=4 in. injection ports. Kit includes deactivated 6 in. glass tee, two 1=4 in. × 1=16 in. stainless steel reducing unions, ferrules for 0.53 mm I.D. and 0.75 mm I.D. columns, and instructions.

Our puller/inserter tool was specifically designed to assist in inserting/ removing plugs to/from narrow bore tubing.

Glass Wool Description Pesticide Grade (Silanized)

Cat. No. 20409 21688-U

Qty 10 g 100 g

Silanized Phosphoric Acid Treated

20411 20410 20383

50 g 250 g 50 g

Non-Treated

20384

50 g

Puller/Inserter Tool Simplifies the task of inserting or removing wool or foam plugs when working with GC inlet liners, packed GC columns, solvent desorption tubes, thermal desorption tubes, and purge traps. The forked end is used to feed the plug into tubing, leaving it cleanly when the tool is removed. The hooked end will not disrupt the packing material when the plug is removed. Made of stainless steel, this tool can be used with 1 - 4 mm I.D. tubing (glass, metal, and PTFE).

22406

2 ea

Inlet Liner O-Rings and Inlet Seals for Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890) Left: Injection tee; Center: Ferrules for 0.53 mm I.D. columns; Right: Reducing unions

Cat. No.

Qty

23664

1 ea

23666

1 ea

Injection Tee Kit

6 in. (15 cm) Injection Tee 6 in. (15 cm)

8 in. (20 cm) 23667 Swagelok® Nut Swagelok®, 402-1, brass, 1=4 in. 22000-U Swagelok Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D. I.D. 1=4 in., configured for 1=4 in. O.D. 22481 Column Reducing Union (1=4 in. to 1=16 in.) 1 stainless steel reducing union 1=4 23633 in. to 1=16 in. Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut 1 =16 in. male hexagonal wrenchtight 23805 1 =16 in. male knurled fingertight 23812

1 ea 20 ea

10 ea

Two commonly replaced consumables in an Agilent capillary injection port are the inlet liner o-ring, and the inlet seal. Inlet liner o-rings develop stress cracks over time, potentially allowing split gases to enter the carrier gas stream. Inlet seals must be regularly changed to prevent sample adsorption due to accumulation of sample residue and/or septum fragments.

Inlet Liner O-Rings These high temperature o-rings can be used with inlet temperatures up to 375 °C without sticking or fragmenting. Fit 6.3 mm O.D. (split) and 6.5 mm O. D. (splitless) capillary liners, and any 1=4 in. O.D. capillary liner that uses an oring. Superior replacement for Viton o-rings.

1 ea

4 ea 2 ea

Glass Wool and Specialized Hand Tools Wool plugs are often used in GC inlet liners to improve sample vaporization, and/or to keep non-volatile material from entering the column. They can also be used in packed GC columns, solvent desorption tubes, thermal desorption tubes, and purge traps to retain packed beds. Choose: • Pesticide Grade (Silanized) for applications that involve active analytes, such as organochlorine and/or organophosphorous pesticides • Silanized for general purpose use • Phosphoric Acid Treated for acidic compounds such as barbiturates, free fatty acids, etc. • Non-Treated for special application where the user deactivates based on their intended analytes

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Cat. No. 21003-U 21004-U

Qty 10 ea 25 ea

Gas Chromatography 63

GC Accessories Inlet Liner O-Rings and Inlet Seals for Agilent (5890, 6890, and 7890): Inlet Seals Supeltex® M-2

Inlet Seals Supelco manufactures replacement inlet seals using a high quality stainless steel. Three versions are offered: • Gold-plated (straight design). A straight design seal is suitable for applications with low split flows (<200 mL/min.). Plated with pure gold to insure inertness. No brighteners are used in the plating process. Each pack includes one washer for each seal. • Gold-Plated (cross design). A cross design seal is suitable for applications with high split flows (>200 mL/min.). Plated with pure gold to insure inertness. No brighteners are used in the plating process. Each pack includes one washer for each seal. • Non-Plated (straight design). A straight design seal is suitable for applications with low split flows (<200 mL/min.). More economical choice for applications that do not require high inertness. Packs of 2 and 10 include one washer for each seal. Pack of 100 includes 50 washers.

• Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-1 (100% polyimide) • Characteristics: High reusability. Supeltex® M-2A • Max. Temp.: 400 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-21 (85% polyimide/15% graphite) • Characteristics: Seals at 1/4-turn past fingertight. High reusability. Won′t stick to metal or glass. Supeltex® M-2B • Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-211 (75% polyimide/15% graphite, 10% PTFE) • Characteristics: Conforms easily to capillary column, ensuring an effective seal and less chance of breakage. Supeltex® M-4 • Max. Temp.: 450 °C • Composition: Flexible graphite • Characteristics: Seals at 1/4-turn past fingertight. Maximum sealing surface contact, reduced risk of column contamination at installation. An improved design. Supelco has refined the design of graphite ferrules so that we can offer you the finest quality ferrule available. Compare these ferrules to the graphite ferrules you are now using. Supeltex M-4 ferrules offer a clean, sharp profile with minimal flash. CapSeal Bullet®

Left: Gold-plated (straight design) inlet seals; Right: Washers

• Max. Temp.: 450 °C • Composition: Graphite in an aluminum base • Characteristics: Seals at 1/8-turn past fingertight. Reusable. A special end taper reduces graphite extrusion into fitting. Will not adhere to fittings. Reusable CapSeal Bullet ferrules consist of a graphite material captured in an aluminum base. This unique design keeps the ferrule from adhering to the fitting, making it easy to remove. Eliminate the headache of digging out a stuck ferrule and risking damage to your fitting.

Gold-Plated Inlet Seal (Straight Design) Cat. No. 23318-U 23319-U

Qty 2 ea 10 ea

Gold-Plated Inlet Seal (Cross Design) Cat. No.

Qty

23413-U 23415-U

2 ea 10 ea

O-Ring • Max. Temp.: 200 °C • Composition: Silicone • Characteristics: Seals column having O.D. over or under specifications.

Non-Plated Inlet Seal (Straight Design) Cat. No. 23316-U 23317-U 23363-U

PTFE • Max. Temp.: 250 °C • Composition: PTFE • Characteristics: Seals at 1/8-turn past fingertight.

Qty 2 ea 10 ea 100 ea

Capillary GC Ferrules, Short Design

Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools Supelco offers ferrules, nuts, and specialized hand tools for both capillary and packed column use. Supeltex® ferrules form leaktight seals without sticking to columns, and they do not require back ferrules. We recommend:

Short design ferrules are designed to fit: • the original nuts that ship with Agilent Technologies GCs

Supeltex® M-2A Capillary Ferrule, Short Design

• Supeltex® M-2A, CapSeal Bullet®, or Supeltex® M-4 ferrules for fused silica capillary columns • Supeltex® M-2A or Supeltex® M-4 ferrules for glass columns • Supeltex® M-2A or Supeltex® M-2 ferrules for metal columns Supeltex® M-1 • Max. Temp.: 250 °C • Composition: Ceramic-filled PTFE • Characteristics: Ideal for connections to mass spectrometers. High reusability. Isothermal use only.

Column I.D. 0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 0.4 mm

Cat. No. 24803-U 24807-U

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

0.32 mm Column I.D. 0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.5 mm I.D. 0.8 mm

24806-U 24801-U 24804-U

50 ea 10 ea 50 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

64

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Capillary GC Ferrules, Short Design Supeltex® M-2B Capillary Ferrule, Long Design

Supeltex® M-4 Capillary Ferrule, Short Design

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.4 mm

24811-U

10 ea

I.D. 0.5 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

24809-U 24813-U 24808-U 24812-U

10 50 10 50

ea ea ea ea

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 0.4 mm

0.32 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.5 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 0.4 mm

Cat. No. 22510-U

Qty 10 ea

I.D. 0.5 mm I.D. 0.8 mm

22511 22512

10 ea 10 ea

Supeltex® M-4 Capillary Ferrule, Long Design

CapSeal Bullet® Capillary Ferrule, Short Design

Column I.D. 0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D.

Column I.D. 0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D. 0.53 mm Column I.D.

Cat. No. 23864 23867

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

23865 23868 23866 23869

10 50 10 50

ea ea ea ea

Capillary GC Ferrules, Long Design

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.4 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

28025-U 28028-U 28026-U 28031-U 28027-U 28032-U

I.D. 0.5 mm

Qty 10 50 10 50 10 50

ea ea ea ea ea ea

CapSeal Bullet® Capillary Ferrule, Long Design

Long design ferrules are designed to fit: • MSD source nuts for Agilent Technologies GCs • Original nuts that ship with PerkinElmer GCs • Original nuts that ship with Varian GCs

Supeltex® M-2A Capillary Ferrule, Long Design

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.4 mm

24826-U 28022-U

10 ea 50 ea

0.32 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.5 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

24824-U 28023-U 24823-U 28024-U

10 50 10 50

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

0.10-0.25 mm I.D. Column

I.D. 0.4 mm

23488 23493

12 ea 48 ea

0.32 mm I.D. Column

I.D. 0.5 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

0.50-0.75 mm I.D. Column

I.D. 1.0 mm

23489 23494-U 23490 23495 23491-U

12 48 2 48 12

ea ea ea ea

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty

ea ea ea ea ea

Gas Chromatography 65

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Capillary GC Ferrules, General Purpose CapSeal Bullet® Capillary Ferrule, General Purpose

Capillary GC Ferrules, General Purpose General purpose ferrules are designed to fit: • Supelco Ferrule Nut Adapters for Agilent Technologies GCs • 1=16 inch compression nuts for PerkinElmer GCs

Supeltex® M-1 Capillary Ferrule, General Purpose

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

22499

Qty

Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.4 mm I.D. 0.5 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

23480-U 23485 23481 23486 23482 23487

10 ea

Qty 12 48 12 48 12 48

ea ea ea ea ea ea

Packed GC Ferrules, 1=4 in. O.D. Columns

Supeltex® M-2A Capillary Ferrule, General Purpose

Supeltex® M-1 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D.

Column I.D. 0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 0.4 mm

Cat. No. 503258 22474

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. (2-hole)

I.D. 0.4 mm

22467

5 ea

0.32 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D. (2-hole)

I.D. 0.5 mm I.D. 0.5 mm

22461 22463

10 ea 5 ea

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

0.50-0.75 mm Column I.D. Indented blank (drill to fit your column)

I.D. 1.2 mm

22489 22473 22459

10 ea 50 ea 10 ea

-

22488

10 ea

22467, 22463: 2-hole ferrules for splitting sample in the injection port onto two columns. 22488: indented blank ferrule that can be drilled to fit any capillary column O.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 22086-U 22087-U

Qty 10 ea 100 ea

Supeltex® M-2 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

I.D. 1=4 in.

22320-U 22475

10 ea 50 ea

Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D.

Supeltex® M-4 Capillary Ferrule, General Purpose Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 22481 22471

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

Supeltex® M-4 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D. Column I.D. 0.10-0.25 mm Column I.D. 0.32 mm Column I.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 0.4 mm

0.53 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 0.8 mm

I.D. 0.5 mm

Cat. No. 22498 22480-U 22462 22412

Qty 10 ea 50 ea 10 ea 50 ea 10 ea 50 ea 10 ea 10 ea

0.75 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 1.0 mm

20628 22479 22494

0.50-0.75 mm Column I.D.

I.D. 1.2 mm

22460

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 22492 22478

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

66

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Packed GC Ferrules, =1 4 in. O.D. Columns O-ring for Packed Column, 1=4 in. Column O.D.

Packed GC Ferrules, 5 mm O.D. Columns Stainless Steel Graphite Ferrules Graphite ferrules and stainless steel spacers for use with 5 mm columns and liners in Shimadzu GCs.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 20407

Qty 100 ea

PTFE Packed Column Ferrule, 1=4 in. Column O.D.

23311 Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 29024-U

Qty 10 ea

Packed GC Ferrules, 6 mm O.D. Columns

4 ea

Packed GC Ferrules, 1=8 in. O.D. Columns Supeltex® M-1 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=8 in. Column O.D.

Supeltex® M-1 Packed Column Ferrule, 6 mm Column O.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=8 in. Ferrule I.D. I.D. 6 mm

Cat. No. 22089-U

Qty 10 ea

Cat. No. 22496 22309

Qty 10 ea 100 ea

Supeltex® M-2 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=8 in. Column O.D.

Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 6 mm Column O.D. Ferrule I.D. ferrule I.D. 1=8 in.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 6 mm I.D. 6 mm

Cat. No. 22393 22196-U

Qty 10 ea 100 ea

Cat. No. 22321 22476

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 1=8 in. Column O.D.

Supeltex® M-4 Packed Column Ferrule, 6 mm Column O.D. Ferrule I.D. -

Cat. No. 22483-U 22472

Qty 10 ea 50 ea

Supeltex® M-4 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=8 in. Column O.D. Ferrule I.D. I.D. 6 mm

Cat. No. 22493

Qty 10 ea

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=8 in.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Cat. No. 22491

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Qty 10 ea

Gas Chromatography 67

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Packed GC Ferrules, =1 16 in. O.D. Columns Packed GC Ferrules, 1=16 in. O.D. Columns

Supeltex® M-2A Reducing Ferrule

Supeltex® M-1 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=16 in. Column O.D.

For Use With =16 in. O.D. Column in 1=8 in. fitting 1 =16 in. O.D. Column in 1=4 in. fitting 1 =8 in. O.D. Column in 1=4 in. fitting 1

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

I.D. 1=16 in. I.D. 1=16 in.

22386 23862-U

10 ea 200 ea

Supeltex® M-2 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=16 in. Column O.D.

I.D. × O.D. (in.)

Cat. No.

Qty

1

=16 × 1=8

22484-U

10 ea

=16 × 1=4

22486

10 ea

=8 × 1=4

22485-U

10 ea

1

1

Supeltex® M-4 Reducing Ferrule

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=16 in.

Cat. No. 20644-U

Qty 10 ea

Supeltex® M-2A Packed Column Ferrule, 1=16 in. Column O.D.

Ferrule I.D. I.D. 1=16 in.

Cat. No. 22487-U

For Use With 0.32 mm I.D. Column in 1=8 in. fitting

I.D. × O.D. 0.5 mm × 1 =8 in.

Cat. No. 22458

Qty 2 ea

0.32mm I.D. Column in 1=4 in. fitting

0.5 mm × 1 =4 in.

22457

2 ea

GC Ferrule Kits

Qty 10 ea

Supeltex® M-4 Packed Column Ferrule, 1=16 in. Column O.D.

Finding the right ferrule can be difficult. Simplify this chore with one of our ferrule starter kits. Each kit contains several types of Supeltex ferrules - you can determine which type is best for your applications. Kits include instructions for installing each ferrule. Cat. No. 22469 is our kit for fused silica capillary columns (0.25 to 0.32 mm I. D.). It includes 4 drilled Supeltex M-2A, 4 indented blank Supeltex M-2A, 4 Supeltex M-4 ferrules, a pin vise drill kit (Cat. No. 23820-U), and instructions.

Ferrule I.D.

Cat. No.

Qty

I.D. 1=16 in.

22495-U

10 ea

Cat. No. 22468 is our kit for wide bore fused silica capillary columns (0.53 to 0.75 mm I.D.). It includes 4 Supeltex M-1, 4 Supeltex M-2A, 4 Supeltex M-4 ferrules, a pin vise drill kit (Cat. No. 23820-U), and instructions. Cat. No. 20648 is our kit for 1=4 in. O.D. glass packed columns. It includes 4 Supeltex M-1, 4 Supeltex M-2A, 4 Supeltex M-4 ferrules, a 6 in./15 cm × 1=4 in. practice piece of glass tubing, and instructions.

Packed GC Ferrules, Reducing Design Supeltex® M-1 Reducing Ferrule

Description Fused Silica Ferrule Kit

Cat. No. 22469

Wide Bore Fused Silica Capillary Ferrule Kit 22468 Packed Column Ferrule Kit 20648 For Use With 1 =16 in. O.D. Column in 1=8 in. fitting

I.D. × O.D. (in.) 1 =16 × 1=8

Cat. No. 22387

Qty 10 ea

Cat. No. 22384

Qty 10 ea

22314

10 ea

Supeltex® M-2 Reducing Ferrule

For Use With 1 =16 in. O.D. Column in 1=4 in. fitting 1 =8 in. O.D. Column in 1=4 in. fitting

I.D. × O.D. (in.) 1 =1 × 1=4 =8 × 1=4

1

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

68

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Capillary GC Column Nuts Capillary GC Column Nuts When performing capillary GC, it is critical to use the correct nut/ferrule combination. Improper nut/ferrule combinations can create dead volume (empty space that is not swept by carrier gas), resulting in poor chromatography (fronting peaks and/or band broadening).

Supelco Ferrule Nut Adapter (fits Agilent MS detectors), knurled fingertight version These brass adapters enable you to use long or general purpose ferrules in Agilent MSDs. Made of brass to prevent damage to MSD source threads. Knurled head allows tightening with fingers, eliminating the need to locate the proper wrench.

Capillary Column Nut (fits Agilent injectors and non-MS detectors), hexagonal wrenchtight version These stainless steel column nuts are replacements for damaged or misplaced original Agilent nuts. Use with short ferrules. Hexagonal shape allows tightening with a wrench to keep fingers from getting burned.

22517

2 ea

Capillary Column Nut Kit (fits Shimadzu™) Kit includes stainless steel nut, spring, stainless steel front ferrule, and metal back spacer. Note that 2 kits are needed per column. 24833-U

2 ea

Supelco Ferrule Nut Adapter (fits Agilent injectors and non-MS detectors), hexagonal wrenchtight version These stainless steel adapters enable you to use general purpose and other 1 =16 in. compression ferrules in Agilent GCs. Hexagonal shape allows tightening with a wrench to keep fingers from getting burned.

23312

1 ea

Capillary Column Nut (fits Varian®) These brass column nuts are replacements for damaged or misplaced original Varian nuts.

Supelco (Hexagonal) Ferrule Nut Adapter (22470-U)

22470-U

2 ea

Supelco Ferrule Nut Adapter (fits Agilent injectors and non-MS detectors), knurled fingertight version

28033-U

These stainless steel adapters enable you to use general purpose and other 1 =16 in. compression ferrules in Agilent GCs. Knurled head allows tightening with fingers, eliminating the need to locate the proper wrench.

Specialized Hand Tools

1 ea

These handy tools are designed specifically for use with GC ferrules.

Ferrule Remover Spiral tapered tip for removal of capillary ferrules from nuts. Two sizes are included, for removing 0.4 mm and 0.8 mm I.D. ferrules. not available in EU 22509

2 ea

Capillary Column Nut (fits Agilent [MS detector] and PerkinElmer®), hexagonal wrenchtight version These nickel-plated brass column nuts are replacements for damaged or misplaced original Agilent MSD or PerkinElmer nuts. Use with long ferrules. Z236128-1PAK

28034-U

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

5 ea

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

1 pkg

Gas Chromatography 69

GC Accessories Column Ferrules, Nuts, and Specialized Hand Tools: Specialized Hand Tools Pin Vise Drill Kit Drill the exact bore you need in hard or soft ferrules. Includes pin vise and 14 drill bits: 0.33 0.40 0.56 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.83 0.91 0.97 1.02 1.06 1.17 1.40 1.61

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Capillary Column Installation, Maintenance, and Storage This collection of specialized items is designed to assist the capillary GC user in several tasks.

(0.0135 in.) (0.016 in.) (0.022 in.) (0.025 in.) (0.028 in.) (0.031 in.) (0.033 in.) (0.036 in.) (0.038 in.) (0.040 in.) (0.042 in.) (0.046 in.) (0.055 in.) (0.061 in.)

Capillary Starter Kit This convenient kit includes all the tools needed for installing capillary GC columns and related accessories. It contains:

The vise handle holds all bits to keep them at your fingertips. The vise also is handy for gripping fine wire when cleaning FID jets, syringe needles, or any other small orifice.

6 in. (15 cm) pipe cleaners Tweezers Pocket mirror with rotating head 1 =4 in. × 5=16 in. open end wrench Capillary Cleaving Tool 6 in. (15 cm) stainless steel ruler Small flashlight Pin vise drill kit Screw-type septum puller

23639

1 ea

Capillary Cleaving™ Tool This handy tool makes scalpel-like cuts to polyimide-coated fused silica, leaving no jagged edges to create problems. The industrial sapphire cutting edges remains sharp indefinitely. 23820-U

1 ea

Drill Bits for use with Pin Vise Drill Kit Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Drill Bits, diam. 0.35 mm Drill Bits, diam. 0.40 mm Drill Bits, diam. 0.51 mm

23811-U 23810 23809

6 ea 6 ea 6 ea

Description Retractable Blade Version

Cat. No. 23814

Qty 1 ea

Replacement Blade (for P/N 23814) 23815 Fixed Blade Version 23740-U

1 ea 1 ea

Shortix™ Tubing Cutter A rotating diamond cutting blade ensures precision cuts to polyimidecoated fused silica tubing. Even an inexperienced user can make the clean, 90° cuts required for capillary columns. Cuts 0.30 - 0.78 mm O.D. fused silica tubing. Includes a protective wood box for storage.

21386-U

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

1 ea

70

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Capillary Column Installation, Maintenance, and Storage Column scribe

Capillary Column Connectors

Inexpensive ceramic scribes for cutting fused silica tubing. Z290254-1PAK

10 ea

Solvent Rinse Kit Ideal for coating or washing capillary columns. Insert one end of the capillary column into the reservoir fitting and seal with a graphite ferrule. Gas pressure applied through a side arm forces the solution from the reservoir through the column.

23626

1 ea

Cage for Fused Silica Column This unique design with minimal metal-to-column contact reduces the possibility of damaging the protective coating on columns. Additionally, the design makes it easy to hang columns in most GC ovens.

Left: 23742; Right: 23743

For Use With

Cat. No.

Qty

0.25 mm I.D. column 0.32 mm or 0.53 mm I.D. column

23742 23743

3 ea 3 ea

Capillary Column Tags Permanently label capillary columns. • Soft enough to imprint with a ball-point pen • Big enough for all necessary information • Lightweight and will not damage column

Column connectors are useful for attaching a guard column/retention gap to an analytical column, or for repairing a broken column. We offer two options for connecting two pieces of fused silica tubing. The butt connector is a small stainless steel fitting that makes a zero dead volume seal. The GlasSeal™ connectors offer convenience.

Capillary Column Butt Connectors

This device consists of a double-tapered ferrule and a stainless steel compression body with a threaded nut. Small (2.3 cm x 0.6 cm) and light (4.4 g with ferrule), it provides a gas tight seal without a change in column efficiency or inertness. The columns to be connected can have the same or different internal and external diameters. The butt connection is made inside the special double-tapered ferrule. The ferrule is then compressed within the housing. When the column ends are butted squarely and tightly together, the butt connector will not alter the chromatographic performance of your capillary columns. There is little or no dead volume and little chance of gas flow disruption by following these steps: • Make sure the bore of the ferrule is clean. Blow out any ferrule fragments with nitrogen. Using a magnifier, examine the column ends to be connected. Make sure each cut is clean and square. The two ends must butt squarely, without any gaps. • With white typewriter correction fluid, place a reference mark 1/4 inch from the end of the column with the larger bore. This mark will help you to confirm visually that the end of the column is centered within the 1/2 inch ferrule. • Place the ferrule inside the housing and loosely tighten the nut. Feed the unmarked column completely through the ferrule and out the opposite end. Cut off ~1 inch (25 mm) of the column to ensure no ferrule fragments are in the column. Draw the column back far enough to insert the marked column into the ferrule to the indicating mark. Tighten the nut about 1/8 turn past fingertight. • Press the ends of the columns together, observing the reference mark to make certain they butt together at the center of the ferrule. Tighten the ferrule to about 1/4-1/2 turn past fingertight. Gently pull on both columns to ensure they are secure. If they are loose, additional tightening is necessary. • Any undetected leaking connection, including this butt connection, can allow oxygen and water vapor to enter the system. Leak check the butt connector in the same manner as any capillary column connection. DO NOT USE LIQUID LEAK INDICATORS. Liquids can contaminate the capillary system. We recommend using a GOW-MAC® electronic leak detector. These thermal conductivity detectors are highly sensitive to trace amounts of hydrogen or helium, and will not contaminate the system.

writing surface L × W ............................................................................................................................................. 11=8 in. × 3=4 in. tongue L ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 51=4 in.

Double Tapered Ferrule Column No. 1

Column No. 2

Butt Connection 23779

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

100 ea

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Manufactured by Supelco

Gas Chromatography 71

GC Accessories Capillary Column Connectors: Capillary Column Butt Connectors Compatible

Capillary Column Butt Connector Cat. No.

Qty

I.D. 0.4 mm, Supeltex M-2 ferrule included

23796

1 ea

body only (ferrules not included)

23804

1 ea

0.53 mm to like I. D. Column 0.10-0.25 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. Column 0.32 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. Column

Capillary Column Butt Connector

Supeltex® M-2 Double-Tapered Ferrule

0.32 mm I.D. to 0.75 mm I.D. Column

• Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-1 (100% polyimide) • Characteristics: High reusability.

I.D. (mm)

Cat. No.

Qty

22591

2 ea

0.4-0.8

22455-U

2 ea

0.5-0.8

22586

2 ea

0.5-1.2

22456

2 ea

0.8

Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut Replacement nut for the Capillary Column Butt Connector. Cat. No.

Qty

Capillary Column Butt Connector Nut

=16 in. male hexagonal wrenchtight 23805 =16 in. male knurled fingertight 23812

1

4 ea 2 ea

1

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connectors Compatible I.D. (mm) Cat. No. Supeltex® M-2 Double-Tapered Ferrule

Qty

GlasSeal™ connectors are inexpensive, easy-to-use, and silanized for an inert inside surface.

0.10 mm to like I. D. column 0.10-0.25 mm to like I.D. column 0.32 mm to like I. D. column 0.53 mm to like I. D. column

0.25

22585

2 ea

0.4

23797

2 ea

0.5

22464

2 ea

0.8

22590-U

2 ea

0.10-0.25 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. column (reducing) 0.32 mm I.D. to 0.53 mm I.D. column 0.32 mm I.D. to 0.75 mm I.D. Column

0.4-0.8

22465

2 ea

• Straight connectors connect two pieces of fused silica tubing of the same or different diameters without the need for tools. The leak-free connection is useful to connect a guard column or transfer line, repair a broken column, or connect two columns (same or different phases). • "Y" connectors connect three pieces of fused silica tubing of the same or different diameters without the need for tools. The leak-free connection is useful to split a sample to two columns, or to split a column effluent to two detectors. For use with 0.10 - 0.53 mm I.D. fused silica tubing.

0.5-0.8

22596

2 ea

0.5-1.2

22466

2 ea

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connector, Fused Silica

Supeltex® M-2B Double-Tapered Ferrule • Max. Temp.: 350 °C • Composition: DuPont VESPEL SP-211 (75% polyimide, 15% graphite, 10% PTFE) • Characteristics: Conforms easily to capillary column, ensuring an effective seal and less chance of breakage.

Cat. No. 23627 23628

GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connector, Borosilicate Glass

Cat. No. Compatible I.D. (mm) Cat. No. Supeltex® M-2B Double-Tapered Ferrule 0.10-0.25 mm to 0.4 22453 like I.D. Column 0.32 mm to like I. D. Column

0.5

22454

Qty

Qty 5 ea 25 ea

20479

Qty 12 ea

2 ea 2 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

72

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Capillary Column Connectors: GlasSeal™ Capillary Column Connectors "Y" GlasSeal™ Connector, Fused Silica

Packed Column Preparation, Installation, Maintenance, and Storage This collection of specialized items is designed to assist the packed GC user in several tasks.

Sylon CT™ C2H6Cl2Si FW 129.06  5% dimethyldichlorosilane in toluene

Cat. No. 23631 23632

Qty 1 ea 3 ea

"Y" GlasSeal™ Connector, Borosilicate Glass

For deactivating glassware. Treat the glass tubing that you use for columns with Sylon-CT solution (5% dimethyldichlorosilane in toluene). It deactivates the tubing for use up to 350 °C to 400 °C, far exceeding the capabilities of other deactivating agents used at room temperature. Sylon CT™ also deactivates transfer lines and glass or glass-lined injection port liners. Instructions included. 33065-U

400 mL

Packed Column Filling Kit This convenient kit contains many of the items need to quickly and efficiently pack columns. Includes two puller/inserter tools (Cat. No. 22406), plastic funnel, rubber column connector, and 50 g of silanized glass wool for plugs.

Cat. No. 20480

Qty 1 ea

Polyimide Sealing Resin A GlasSeal™ connector will form a perfect seal between two fused silica columns. To make this connection extremely durable, use a small drop of this resin. Also for use as an excellent high temperature glue. Cures at 200 °C. For use at 350 °C or lower operating temperatures. The bottle contains 5 g of resin, and includes a handy applicator cap.

Funnel and Tubing

Cat. No. 23817

A small funnel and short piece of tubing simplify the process packing columns.

Qty 5g

22447

1 ea

20390-U

1 ea

Glass Wool

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Pesticide Grade (Silanized)

20409 21688-U

10 g 100 g

Silanized Phosphoric Acid Treated

20411 20410 20383

50 g 250 g 50 g

Non-Treated

20384

50 g

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Gas Chromatography 73

GC Accessories Packed Column Preparation, Installation, Maintenance, and Storage Puller/Inserter Tool

Column Tag

Simplifies the task of inserting or removing wool or foam plugs when working with GC inlet liners, packed GC columns, solvent desorption tubes, thermal desorption tubes, and purge traps. The forked end is used to feed the plug into tubing, leaving it cleanly when the tool is removed. The hooked end will not disrupt the packing material when the plug is removed. Made of stainless steel, this tool can be used with 1 - 4 mm I.D. tubing (glass, metal, and PTFE).

These aluminum tags are easily marked with a Burgess Vibrograver or other scribing tool, for a permanent record of important chromatographic data.

22406

2 ea

Dremel Engraver Eliminate gaps when packing your columns. The Burgess Vibrograver is ideal for vibrating columns or marking tags. • 110 VAC models: 9 watts, 0.08 amp, 60Hz. • 220 VAC model: 12 watts, 0.05 amp, 50Hz; not CE compliant.

Description engraved, two straps

Cat. No. 20396

plain, one strap

20401

Qty 50 ea 100 ea

Rejuv-8™  Silylating reagent

For packed columns only. How can you improve deteriorating chromatographic results, salvage a tired column, or minimize peak tailing and sample loss when working with submicrogram samples? Simply inject 10- 50 μL of Rejuv-8 silylating agent directly onto your column. Contains no chlorosilanes. 33059-U

25 mL

Plastic Column Cap Description 110 V

Cat. No. 20402

These plastic caps will easily slip over the ends of packed GC columns to protect them during storage.

Qty 1 ea

Stainless Steel Screening An alternative to the use of wool plugs to hold packing material inside columns. Includes a single 2 in. x 2 in. (5 cm x 5 cm) sheet of 10 μm pore size material. 22327

1 ea

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

for use with 1=16 in. O.D. column for use with 1=8 in. O.D. columns for use with 3=16 in. O.D. column

20436 20437-U 20438-U

100 ea 100 ea 100 ea

for use with 1=4 in. O.D. column

20439

100 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

74

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Flow Measurement

Flow Measurement Those doing gas chromatography must routinely measure gas flows when setting up an instrument, developing a method, or troubleshooting. With today′s modern GCs, chromatographers may rely on electronic pressure control (EPC) for setting flow rates. However, a flowmeter is still an essential tool to have when troubleshooting is necessary. Also, many older GCs still in use do not have EPC, requiring that flows be set manually using a flowmeter. Gas flowmeters generally fall into two types, volumetric (bubble) and mass, each with its advantages and limitations. Both types measure the amount of gas exiting a column or split vent in a specific time period. Volumetric (Bubble) Measurement If the amount of gas exiting a column or split vent is measured in units of volume, the flow rate is volumetric based. For example, measuring the volume of gas in milliliters (mL) per unit time in minutes will result in a volumetric flow rate in mL/min. The most common device for measuring a volumetric flow rate is a bubble flowmeter. These devices are used to determine flow by measuring the time required for a gas stream to move a soap bubble through a specific volume. There are several important considerations when using a bubble flowmeter: • The flow measurement is based on volume, and can be affected by atmospheric pressure and temperature conditions. • If water vapor is present, it can result in an elevated flow rate measurement. • The gas being measured can diffuse rapidly through the soap bubble resulting in an erroneously low flow rate measurement. This is especially a consideration for helium and hydrogen. Usually, flow rates are measured at ambient temperature and pressure. If it is necessary to compare flow rates taken under different temperature and/or pressure conditions, a correction factor relative to a set standard temperature and pressure should be applied: • Fref = Famb (Pamb/Pref) (Tref/Tamb)

minimized by the heat. Because gases have differing thermal conductivities and densities, each mass flowmeter must be periodically calibrated for the specific gas to be measured. In contrast, a volumetric (bubble) flowmeter is non-specific (it can be used for any gas).

Digital Volumetric (Bubble) Flowmeters A digital bubble flowmeter is one of the most useful tools in a GC lab. They are very reliable, and easy to use. The principle is that an optical sensor detects when the bubble enters and exits the calibrated tube. A microprocessor then calculates the resulting volumetric flow rate and displays it on a small screen.

8P R O D U C T S Optiflow Digital Bubble Flowmeters Optiflow digital bubble flowmeters automate the bubble flowmeter "positive displacement" technique, which works independent of the type, mass, or mixture of the gas being measured. These high-precision instruments combine the simplicity and versatility of a bubble flowmeter with the speed and accuracy of a microprocessor. This provides you with a reliable means of measuring gas flow. These versatile units can be used with all gases. Plus, they feature an easy-toread, accurate digital display, eliminating the need for tedious bubble watching, timing, and flow rate/time conversions. The bubble is visible for your observation. • • • •

Accurate to within ±3% of any reading Portable - includes standard 9-volt battery Automatic power-off for extended battery life Field replaceable tubes

 Model 520, flow range: 0.5-500 mL/min

Included with this product are: flowmeter, glassware (flow tube), squeeze bulb, bulb clamp, and flexible tubing.

Where: • • • • •

Fref = flow corrected to reference conditions Famb = flow measured at ambient conditions Pamb = atmospheric pressure at ambient conditions Pref = pressure at reference conditions (1 atm commonly used) Tref = temperature at reference conditions in Kelvin (K) (298 K commonly used) • Tamb = temperature at ambient conditions in K In the case of water vapor, a correction factor can be applied to the flow measurement to compensate: • Corrected flow = measured flow x (1-pw/pamb)

Where: • pw = vapor pressure of water at ambient temperature • pamb = ambient pressure To minimize the error introduced by diffusion of air, one can purge the flowmeter tube with several volumes of the gas being measured prior to taking the flow reading.

28679-U

Mass Measurement If the amount of gas exiting a column or split vent is measured in units of mass, the flow rate is mass based. Unlike volumetric flow rate, this measurement is not affected by atmospheric temperature or pressure changes. Also, no compensation for water vapor effect is required. The devices used for mass flow measurements in GC are usually thermal flowmeters, which are commonly referred to as mass flowmeters. The operating principle is that the gas flow transfers heat between two sensors in proportion to its mass and velocity. The resulting heat imbalance produces an electrical signal in the flow sensor, which is used to calculate mass flow in mass/unit time. This measurement is then converted to a volumetric value using constant temperature and pressure values, as well as the density of the gas. Fluctuations due to ambient temperature are

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

1 ea

Gas Chromatography 75

GC Accessories Flow Measurement: Digital Volumetric (Bubble) Flowmeters 8P R O D U C T S

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Optiflow Flowmeter Glassware Kits

flow meter volume 10 mL flow meter volume 25 mL flow meter volume 50 mL

20562 20431 20432

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

This kit includes: glassware (flow tube), squeeze bulb, and flexible tubing.

flow meter volume 100 mL

20433-U

1 ea

Manual Bubble Flowmeter (Large Version) The most basic configuration of a bubble flowmeter is a calibrated tube, a stopwatch, and a good eye. The bubble is timed as it moves up the calibrated tube between two markings. A alternative tubing attachment port at the top of the flow tube allows the measurement of negative displacement. Flow tubes are graduated as follows: • 500 mL tube in 50 mL increments • 1000 mL tube in 100 mL increments Includes the glass flow tube, 30 in. (3=4 m) of 5=16 in. Tygon tubing, a squeeze bulb, a collapsible stand, and a bottle of liquid soap solution. 28683-U

1 ea

Manual Volumetric (Bubble) Flowmeters The most basic configuration of a bubble flowmeter is a calibrated tube, a stopwatch, and a good eye. The bubble is timed as it moves up the calibrated tube between two markings.

Manual Bubble Flowmeter (Capillary Version) This 0.5 mL bubble flowmeter allows the true split ratio to be determined by measuring actual flow rate. The flow tube is graduated in 0.01 mL increments to allow for the low flows typical of capillary GC applications. The flow tube is held by two magnetic clamps so the unit can be attached to any metal surface for easy storage. A version that includes a sampling stand is offered for added portability. Description magnetic clamps stand included

Cat. No. 23762-U 23771

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 20414

Manual Bubble Flowmeter (Standard Version) The most basic configuration of a bubble flowmeter is a calibrated tube, a stopwatch, and a good eye. The bubble is timed as it moves up the calibrated tube between two markings. Flow tubes are graduated as follows: • • • •

10 mL tube in 1 mL increments 25 mL tube in 5 mL increments 50 mL tube in 10 mL increments 100 mL tube in 20 mL increments

Description 500 mL

Cat. No. 20414

Qty 1 ea

1000 mL

20415

1 ea

Replacement 500 mL Glass Flow Tube 20427-U

Includes glass flow tube with two magnetic clamps, a short piece of Tygon tubing and a squeeze bulb. Stand not included.

1 ea

Replacement 1000 mL Glass Flow Tube 20428-U

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

1 ea

76

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Flow Measurement: Volumetric (Bubble) Flowmeter Accessories EN 55011 Class I, Class B; and EN 50082-1

Volumetric (Bubble) Flowmeter Accessories

For use with volumetric (bubble) flowmeters. Also useful for checking gas delivery system plumbing for leaks. Not recommend for use upstream of capillary GC systems (an electronic leak detector is preferred).

Principal of Operation The stream of metered gas is split proportionally. A small part of the flow is shunted through a straight capillary sensor tube, the balance of the gas flows through a laminar flow conduit. Heat flux is introduced at two sections of the capillary sensor tube by means of precision wound coils. As it flows, the gas carries heat between the two coils. The resultant temperature differential is proportional to the change in resistance of the coils. Wheatstone bridges are used to monitor the instantaneous temperature of each of the coils. The closed loop control circuit detects and amplifies the temperature gradient and restores the temperature balance of the coils. The current required at any given time to maintain dynamic equilibrium is a function of the amount of heat carried by the gases. An output signal of 0-5 VDC or 4-20 mA is generated, which indicates the mass molecular-based flow rate of the metered gas. Flow rates are unaffected by temperature or pressure variations within stated limits.

20640-U

3.8 L

Left: Flowmeter; Right: Battery kit with battery pack (back right), battery to flowmeter cable (front center), and battery AC power cord (front right)

20434

8 oz

A bubble is required for proper operation of a volumetric flowmeter. This is accomplished with a soap solution and a squeeze bulb. Both items can be replenished or replaced periodically.

SNOOP® Liquid Leak Detector

Squeeze Bulb 2mL 23166

10 ea

Digital Mass Flowmeters Benefits of a mass flowmeter over a volumetric (bubble) flowmeter include: • Not affected by atmospheric temperature or pressure changes • No need to compensate for water vapor effect • Can be used for measurements outside the laboratory The main drawback is the need for periodic calibration for the gas to be measured.

Aalborg Mass Flowmeter This easy to use instrument can be used to measure gas flow rates for common GC gases (H2, He, N2, CO2, air, and argon/methane mixtures). It features: • • • • • • •

±1.5% accuracy Maximum inlet pressure: 500 psi (34.5 bar) Optimal operation at 20 psi (1.4 bar) Aluminum body for noncorrosive gases 1/4 in. NPT fittings Tiltable (more than 90°) LCD digital display Power options shown above must be purchased separately. Please see related tab for your required voltage.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Flow Range 0‑50 mL/min 0‑100 mL/min

Cat. No. 503894 503908

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

0‑200 mL/min 0‑500 mL/min 0‑1 L/min

503916 503924 503932

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

0‑5 L/min 0‑10 L/min

503940 503959

1 ea 1 ea

Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Power Supply Description Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Power Supply, 110 V (12 VDC)

Cat. No. 503282

Qty 1 ea

Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Power Supply, 230 V (12 VDC)

503290

1 ea

Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Battery Kit Description Cat. No. Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Battery Kit, 110 V 503266 (AC) Aalborg Mass Flowmeter Battery Kit, 230 V 503274 (AC)

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 77

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance Porter Model 4000 Miniature Pressure Regulator

Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance These products allow the user to upgrade their instrument with new components, replace worn items, and perform the necessary maintenance to keep the system in optimal condition.

Instrument Regulators/Controllers Upgrading instrument pressure regulators and flow controllers can lead to improved system performance, and is a much less expensive option than the purchase of a new instrument. For example, an older system that employs column outlet pressure regulation can be upgraded to operate with backpressure regulation, allowing the user to: • Conserve carrier gas • Set linear velocity more accurately • Use hydrogen carrier gas more safely

Provides the same control and stability at lower pressures as the larger low flow pressure regulator (Cat. No. 22816), but requires much less space. The 1 =8 in. (2.9 cm) O.D. body fits into the smallest of instruments. Recommended for flows of 0-500 cc/min. A 10 psi pressure change will not change the outlet pressure by more than 0.05 psi. From 2 cc/min to 250 cc/min, the outlet pressure will not change by more than 0.2 psi. Specifications • • • • •

Flow Capacity: 0-15 liters/min (60 psig helium supply, 15 psig outlet) Regulation Range: 0-60 psig (0-4.2 kg/cm2) Max. Operating Pressure: 250 psig (17.6 kg/cm2) Pressure Drop Required: >10 psi (0.7 kg/cm2) Construction: aluminum body & bonnet, stainless steel diaphragm

We offer instrument regulators/controllers made by Porter Instrument Company that are specifically designed for GC instrumentation. They are suitable for panel mounting, can be used to 160 °F, provide bubble-tight shutoff to 250 psi (helium), and have 1=8 in. brass Swagelok connections.

Porter Model 9000 Backpressure Regulator

22813-U

Specifications • Flow Capacity: 0-1000 cc/min • Regulation Range: 0-100 psig (0-7.0 kg/cm2) • Construction: aluminum body & bonnet, Fairprene 5029A diaphragm, Viton valve seat Requires a low flow controller (Cat. No. 22834) with a 0-535 cc/min flow element (Cat. No. 22839).

22811-U

1 ea

Porter Low Flow Controller Accurate to within 0.3%. Includes 0-110 cc/min flow element (green). Element can be changed depending on application. Order other elements [0-10 cc/min (blue) and 0-535 cc min (black)] separately. Specifications • Max. Operating Pressure: 250 psig • Pressure Drop Required: >15 psi • Construction: aluminum body & bonnet, Fairprene 5029A diaphragm, Viton valve seat, Buna-N O-ring

1 ea

Porter Low Flow Pressure Regulator

22834

1 ea

Provides precise pressure regulation at very low flows. Outlet pressure will not decrease more than 0.3 psi over the entire flow range.

Optional Flow Elements

Specifications

Fits Porter low flow controller (Cat. No. 22834).

• • • • •

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

flow rate: 0-10 cc/min (blue) flow rate: 0-535 cc/min (black)

22836 22839

1 ea 1 ea

Regulation Range: 0-100 psig (0-7.0 kg/cm2). Max. Operating Pressure: 250 psig (17.6 kg/cm2) Pressure Drop Required: >10 psi (0.7 kg/cm2) Control Accuracy: less than 0.3 psi decrease Construction: aluminum body & bonnet, stainless steel diaphragm & filter, Buna-N O-rings, Viton valve seat

22816

1 ea

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

78

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance: Injection Port Items Injection Port Items

Supelco Packed GC Septum Nut

Upgrading the sample introduction area (by installing a Merlin Microseal system, or a needle guide) will decrease the time and expense of changing rubber septa. Rethreading damaged threads will save money compared to the cost of replacing the entire injection port. Keep the injection port clean with specialized brushes.

The Supelco packed GC septum nut provides consistent septum tightness, resulting in better sealing and fewer bent needles. The nut contains a needle guide, ensuring that the needle consistently penetrates the septum in the same place, prolonging septum life. The guide also prevents the needle from striking the edge of the column. Each nut is supplied with easily interchanged 1=2 in. and 1 in. aluminum needle guides. The 9=16 in. stainless steel hexagonal nut head uses septa with a 9.5 mm diameter. For use with PerkinElmer (3920, 900, Sigma series), Agilent (5700), and other injection ports that accept a 1=4 in. Swagelok nut with 7=16 in. threads at 20/in.

Merlin Microseal™ System (fits Agilent) Simply place the septum directly onto the septum cup and then add the nut (an additional adapter for the septum cup is not required for Agilent GCs). The septum incorporates a unique design with two sequential seals to provide a much longer life. Order replacement septa, or alternate versions, separately. Compatile with all Agilent autosamplers and stainless steel injection ports. Note: Do not use with beveled tips.

22399

1 ea

Needle Guide Left: Septum; Right: Nut

Description Cat. No. 1 nut and 1 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) 22584 septum 1 nut and 2 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) 22581-U septa

Qty 1 ea

1 nut and 1 General Purpose (3-100 24815-U psi) septum

1 ea

1 nut and 2 General Purpose (3-100 24814-U psi) septa 1 nut 22582

1 ea

Prolongs septum and needle life. Use with septum nuts that have a 3=16 in. diameter hole in the center. For septum nuts with smaller holes, simply drill to 3=16 in. to insert guide.

1 ea

20839-U

1 ea

1 ea

Injection Port Rethreading Die Merlin Microseal™ System (fits Varian®) Varian GCs require an inlet adapter and an o-ring in addition to the septum and nut. The septum incorporates a unique design with two sequential seals to provide a much longer life. Order replacement septa, or alternate versions, separately. Not compatible with the Varian 8200 autosampler. Note: Do not use with beveled tips. Description For 1079 injector; 1 nut, 1 inlet adapter, 1 o-ring, and 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

Cat. No. 24817-U

Qty 1 ea

For CP-1177 injector; 1 nut, 1 inlet 22609-U adapter, 1 o-ring, and 1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum

1 kit

This die, enclosed in a knurled brass jacket, restores worn injection port threads, ensuring a good seal with the septum nut. For Use With 1 =4 in. Varian nuts (7=16 in. threads at 24 threads/in.) 1 =4 in. Swagelok nuts (7=16 in. threads at 20 threads/in.) 1 =8 in. Swagelok nuts (5=16 in. threads at 20 threads/in.)

Cat. No. 20854

Qty 1 ea

20855

1 ea

20856

1 ea

Injection Port Cleaning Kit (with Large Diameter Brushes) Includes three stainless steel brushes (5 mm, 1/4 in., and 3/8 in. diameters) and one scraper for removing septa residue. not available in EU

Merlin Microseal™ System Replacement Septum

Z236144-1EA

Three septa versions are available: • Low Pressure for use with 23 gauge syringe needles, and injection port pressures between 1 and 45 psi. Do not use with syringe needles that have beveled tips. • General Purpose for use with 23 gauge syringe needles, and injection port pressures between 3 and 100 psi. Do not use with syringe needles that have beveled tips. • SPME for use with 23 gauge SPME fiber assemblies. Do not use with SPME fiber assemblies that have beveled tips.

1 ea

Injection Port Cleaning Kit (with Small Diameter Brushes) Includes four nylon brushes (0.5, 1, 2, and 4 mm diameters) and 12′′ of pipe cleaner. not available in EU

Note: Do not use with beveled tips. Description 1 Low Pressure (1-45 psi) septum

Cat. No. 22583

Qty 1 ea

1 General Purpose (3-100 psi) septum 1 SPME septum

24816-U

1 ea

24818-U

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Z236160-1EA

1 ea

Gas Chromatography 79

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance: PID Lamps and FID Cleaning PID Lamps and FID Cleaning Replacing PID lamps and cleaning FID jets on a routine schedule will help keep the GC system in peak operating condition.

PID Lamp We offer high quality PID lamps manufactured by Andrews Glass Co. Model 108 is the most commonly used PID lamp. The 0.781 in. (1.98 cm) base diameter is compatible with OI Model 4430, Tracor, and Baseline photoionization detectors. Model 103C is the original PID lamp (developed by Scientific Services Co). The 1.375 in. (3.49 cm) base diameter is compatible with HNU and SRI detectors. Description

Cat. No.

for use with Agilent/HP instruments 22403 for use with Varian instruments 22404

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Split Vent Traps Most capillary GC methods split some of the sample in the injection port away from the column. • When operating in the split injection mode, the split is always open • When operating in the splitless injection mode, the split valve is typically opened after 0.5 - 2 minutes to drive any residual solvent vapors away from the column to minimize the solvent tail

22626

Description Model 108, diam. 0.781 in., potential 10.0/10.6 eV, krypton bulb gas Model 108-BTEX, diam. 0.781 in., potential 10.0/10.6 eV, krypton bulb gas Model 103C, diam. 1.375 in., potential 10.0/10.2/10.6 eV, krypton bulb gas

Cat. No. 22626

Qty 1 ea

23129-U

1 ea

22631

1 ea

These vapors are released through a split vent port, commonly located on the front of the instrument. Some type of engineering control needs to be used to protected users from breathing in these potentially harmful vapors. One method is to attach flexible tubing to the split vent port, and run it to a fume hood. A less cumbersome (and more aesthetic) approach is to attach a carbon scrubber directly to the split vent port.

Supelcarb® Split-Vent Trap

FID Cleaning Kit Includes three spiral jet reamers, a brass and a stainless steel minibrush, and a dual-ended handle the reamers and brushes. not available in EU

Z236179-1EA

This is a very simple strategy to prevent sample vapors from entering the workplace environment! Our Supelcarb Split Vent Trap traps a broad range of organic compounds, and works with typical split vent flow rates of 10-100 mL/min. The Supelcarb specialty carbon adsorbent is engineered to provide twice the trapping capacity of activated charcoal. Additionally, a narrow particle size distribution and spherical shape allows tight packing and less gas channeling than the irregular shape of activated charcoal particles. We recommend replacing the trap every two weeks. This is based on data that shows that breakthrough of the Supelcarb Split Vent Trap occurs after approximately 2 weeks at 65 mL/min, a much longer time than with other traps that use activated charcoal adsorbent.

1 ea

Packed GC FID Cleaning Kit This collection of wire brushes is specially tailored to clean FIDs (and injection ports) that accept 1=4 in. columns. Brass brushes prevent scratching and marring of expensive FID components and save downtime by allowing the detector to be cleaned while hot. Each kit includes two detector brushes, one injection port tube brush, a brass toothbrush (for cleaning jets and other odd surfaces), and a piece of fine emery cloth to clean electrical contacts.

22536

Cat. No.

Qty

22536

1 ea

2253502 2253505

2 ea 5 ea

Supelcarb® Split-Vent Trap

Starter kit (1 trap and attachment fittings) Replacement trap

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance: Manual Sampling/Switching Valves Manual Sampling/Switching Valves

6-Port Sampling and Switching Valve

Sampling valves and/or column switching valves can make a GC system much more versatile. Adding multi-port valves will enable an instrument to perform analyses that call for switching columns, reversing the elution sequence of sample components, selecting between two columns to a single detector, and the analyses of gas samples through a sample loop. These valves also eliminate pressure surges and improve sample-to-sample reproducibility of peak separations. We offer manual sampling and switching valves manufactured by Valco.

Foreflushing allows you to separate low molecular weight compounds. In the example shown, C1-C5 hydrocarbons are rapidly eluted from Column 1 onto Column 2 (position A). When the valve is switched to position B, C6 and heavier compounds (which have moved slowly through Column 1) are eluted from Column 1 to the detector. C1-C5 hydrocarbons are eluted from Column 2 back onto Column 1, then to the detector. Column 1 A

These precision valves utilize zero volume fittings that allow connections to be made directly to the valve, minimizing dead volume for on-column injections, and adapt easily to any type of tubing. Valve bodies are made of 303 grade stainless steel, and use PTFE-filled rotors. Each valve includes the complete valve, zero volume nuts, a mounting bracket, and a 3 in. handle.

Det.

CH4

C3 C2

Air CO2

Column 2

4-Port Sampling and Switching Valve

nC4 iC4

B

iC5

C6+

Isolate a column to prevent a compound, emerging from an upstream column, from being irreversibly adsorbed. In the figure, CO2 is separated from air in Column 1, and bypasses Column 2 when the valve is switched to position B. After the CO2 is detected, the valve is switched back to position A and O2, N2, CH4, and CO elute from Column 2 to the detector.

nC5

0

8

4

12 16 Min

20

22

24

A

column 1: column 2: oven:

N2

Det. Column 2

80

DC-200 on 60/80 Chromosorb P AW, 2.5 ft 3 1/8 in. SS DC-200 on 60/80 Chromosorb P AW, 30 ft 3 1/8 in. SS 88 °C

Column 1 CO2 O 2 B

CH4 CO

0

8

4

12

Min

column 1: column 2: oven: Description

60/80 Chromosorb 102, 6 ft 3 1/8 in. SS 60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A, 3 ft 3 1/8 in. SS 50 °C, Sample: 1% mixture in H2 Cat. No.

fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 22914 300 °C fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 22975 175 °C 22941 fitting 1=16 in., maximum temperature 300 °C

Qty

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 300 °C fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 175 °C fitting 1=16 in., maximum temperature 300 °C fitting 1=16 in., maximum temperature 175 °C

22915

1 ea

22977

1 ea

22950

1 ea

22976

1 ea

8-Port Sampling and Switching Valve Select between two columns connected to a single detector requiring auxiliary gas for the second column. The figure shows the 8-port sampling valve with two sample loops used for repetitive sample injections on one column.

1 ea

Sample Loop 1 A

1 ea

1

2

Vent

2

Det.

1 ea

Purge

1

1. H2 & Air 2. CH4 3. CO2

Carrier

Sample Loop 2 B

3 0

3 4

8

12

Min column: oven:

60/80 Chromosorb 102, 5 ft 3 1/8 in. SS 40 °C, Sample: 5% mixture in H2

Description Cat. No. fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 22916 300 °C

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Qty 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 81

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance: Manual Sampling/Switching Valves 10-Port Sampling and Switching Valve

Recorder Pens

The figure illustrates the use of sequence reversal to monitor CO2, CH4, and CO in air. The sample is injected onto Column 1 and held 40 seconds to allow the composite peak of air, CO, and CH4 to pass onto Column 2. The valve is switched back to position A and the column sequence is reversed to allow CO2 to pass to the detector, followed by O2, N2, CH4, and CO.

Chart recorders were used by chromatographers long before computers were widespread in analytical labs. We offer recorder pens for some of the most common chart recorders still being used.

Column 1 Carrier

Recorder Pens for Houston Instruments Recorders For use with recorder models 5110 and 5210 (1- and 2-pen versions).

A N2

Column 2

Sample Loop Det.

CO2

O2

Sample

8

Cat. No. 22938

Pkg 4 ea

=8 (10 mm)

blue

22939

4 ea

12 Min

Recorder Pen for Kipp & Zonen Recorders 16

20

For use with recorder models BD7, BD8, BD9, BD10, BD11, BD12, BD14, BD14D, BD30, BD31, BD40, and BD41.

60/80 Chromosorb 102, 5 ft 3 1/8 in. SS 60/80 Molecular Sieve 5A, 5ft 3 1/8 in. SS 70 °C, Sample: 1% mixture in air

Description Cat. No. fitting 1=8 in., maximum temperature 22981 175 °C

Qty 1 ea Nib L (in.) =4 (7 mm)

Sample Loop for Gas Sampling

1

This 303 stainless steel sample loop does not include zero volume nuts (must purchase separately). Description loop volume 5.0 mL, fitting 1=8 in., number of ports: 10

Ink red

3

x16

4

Nib L (in.) =8 (10 mm)

3

CO x32

0

column 1: column 2: oven:

CH4

x512 40 sec. x64

B

Cat. No. 22651

loop volume 5.0 mL, fitting 1=8 in., 22635 number of ports: 6 loop volume 0.5 mL, fitting 1=8 in., 22633 number of ports: 6 loop volume 0.25 mL, fitting 1=16 in., 22628 number of ports: 6

Ink black

Cat. No. 22752-U

Pkg 6 ea

Recorder Pen for Linear Instruments Recorders

Qty 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea Cat. No. 22774 For models: 140, 141, 143, 232, 255, 282, 285, 285-14, 291, 294, 355, 361, 385, 395, 412, 422, 432, 455, 456, 485, 486

1 ea

Ink Cartridges Older Agilent/HP instruments may still employ an integrator for performing the data processing tasks. In addition to replacing the chart paper, the ink cartridge needs replaced periodically.

Agilent/HP JetPaper Print Cartridge Fits the Agilent/HP 3396A integrator, plus QuietJet, ThinkJet, and QuietJet Plus printers. One cartridge prints ~600,000 characters in black ink.

Cat. No. 22770-U For models: 112, 152, 160, 161, 212, 222, 252, 252A, 254, 255-14, 260, 264

Nib L (in.) =4 (7 mm)

Ink black

Cat. No. 22774

Pkg 5 ea

=4 (7 mm)

black

22770-U

5 ea

1 1

22775

1 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

82

Gas Chromatography

GC Accessories Instrument Upgrades and Maintenance: Chart Paper Chart Paper To record data on paper, a chart recorder/integrator can use either ink (cartridge or pen) or thermal means. We still offer replacement chart paper (rolls and pads) for many makes and models of chart recorders/integrators.

Chart Paper for Many Recorders Single Roll/Pad Cat. No.

Box Qty. per Box

22870 22887 223371

22885-U 22888 22346

10 10 10

9270-1134

22355-U1

22356

10

5181-1219 5062-3561

22350-U –

22357 22896

4 5

EC-100

229342







0–100 (230 mm × 66 ft) 100-0 English (230 mm × 66 ft) Linear Instruments Recorders

XR-9 XR-18

– 23609



22802 –

25 –



1200, 1201, 1202, 1210, 2020, 2030 Perkin Elmer Recorders 056

0100-0026







22349

25

0– 100 double scale metric

056-7300

22854





Sigma Series (except Sigma 15)

Z-fold blank, blue Z-fold blank, black

332-1910/30/31 –

22870 22887

22885-U 22888

10 10

LCI-100, GP100 R100

blank 0– 100 English (274 mm × 85 ft)

N625-1026/27 C005-0610

– 23613



22856 –

25 –

EX-800, FX-85 PR-100/110/ Shimadzu Recorders C-R3A

Z-fold JetPaper, 500 sheets

0944-1006





22896

5

black thermal (8 3/16 in. × 167 ft) black thermal (208 mm × 148 ft)

221-25412-00





22851

10

223-02037-81





22838

10

C-R4A

black thermal (255 mm × 148 ft)

223-02000-12

23615

23616

25

C-R1A, C-R1B

black thermal (8 3/16 in. × 170 ft) blank (208 mm × 168 ft)

S221-13391-01

23617





223-02037-02





23604

10

blank (9.3 in. × 165 ft) Z-fold JetPaper, 500 sheets

A-2157-010 4000-010

22374 –



22375 22896

25 5

black thermal, blank (4.33 in. × 150 ft) blank (9.3 in. × 165 ft) Z-fold JetPaper, 500 sheets

03-917650-01





22891

12

00-997140-01 00-997325-00

22374 –



22375 22896

25 5

Z-fold, blue

74701

22870

22885-U

10

Z-fold blank, black Z-fold JetPaper, 500 sheets

74703 87137

22887 –

22888 22896

10 5

Recorder Model Agilent/HP Recorders

Chart Type

Mfr.'s Chart No.

Cat. No.

1080, 3380, 3388A, 5380, Z-fold blank, blue 5880 Z-fold blank, black 85B, 3390, blank, blue, 107 mm × 400' roll 3390A, 3392A (82931A) blank, black, 107 mm × 400' roll (82954A)

5080-8735 9270-0658 5080-8800

3394, 3395, 3396

blank roll Z-fold JetPaper, 500 sheets Houston Instruments Recorders B-5000 Series 0–10 English Kipp & Zonen Recorders BD 40/41 BD 111/112

C-R5A

CR501

Price



Spectra Physics Recorders

4270, 4290 4400 Varian Recorders 3000 4270, 4290 4400 Waters Recorders – – 746 1 2 rolls 2 4 rolls

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical



View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Price







Gas Chromatography 83

Gas Purification/Management Purge Gas for Purge and Trap Operation

Gas Purification/Management

• Description: Water, and soil mixed with water, can be gas purged to drive analytes onto a trap containing adsorbent beds. This adsorbent bed trap is subsequently desorbed to transport analytes to the head of the GC column. • Remove: Hydrocarbons. • Gas Choices: Helium or nitrogen. Helium can be used for both the purge and desorption modes. Nitrogen can only be used for the purge mode (to reduce costs). • Purifier: Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap.

Make-up Gas for ECD Operation

It is critical that a gas delivery system provides gas at the proper purity level, and at the correct pressure, based on its intended use. Supelco offers many products that enable the GC user to purify and manage their gas streams (such as helium, hydrogen, nitrogen, argon, 5% methane in argon, and air). Some of these items are Supelco brand products, such as many of the purifiers we offer (OMI, High Capacity, and Supelcarb). Others items are sourced from well-known suppliers, such as Swagelok (tubing fittings), Airgas (gas cylinder regulators), and Parker (gas generators). We have organized products into three groups to simplify locating the required item: • Purifiers: Used to achieve the required purity level by removing specific contaminants from a gas stream based on its intended use. • Plumbing/Regulation: Used to transport gases from the source (gas cylinder or gas generator) to the point of use. This group includes tubing, fittings, and valves, plus products for pressure regulation and measurement, flow regulation and measurement, and leak detection. • Gas Generators and Air Compressors: When possible, generating gas onsite is often a less expensive option to gas cylinders.

Purifiers Gas is used to perform several functions associated with the GC technique. Each function has specific contaminants that must be controlled. Listed here are several of those functions, the contaminants that must be controlled, the appropriate gas choices, and recommendations for purifier selection.

Column Carrier Gas • Description: The ′mobile phase′ in GC, it transports analytes through the column, between the injector and detector, when the analytes are not partitioned into the stationary phase. • Remove: Hydrocarbons, moisture, and oxygen. An overall gas purity of 99.9995% is desirable to optimize chromatography and column life. • Gas Choices: Helium, hydrogen, nitrogen, argon, or 5% methane in argon. • Purifiers (Option 1): [In series] Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap, molecular sieve 5A moisture trap, Supelpure-O oxygen trap, OMI (oxygen moisture indicating) polishing purifier. • Purifiers (Option 2, not for use with hydrogen): [In series] Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap, high capacity gas purifier, OMI (oxygen moisture indicating) polishing purifier. • Purifiers (Option 3, for helium delivery to GC-MS): Supelco helium purifier.

• Description: An ECD requires a non-inert gas for proper operation. When helium, hydrogen, or argon is used as the carrier gas, a stream of non-inert gas is plumbed into the carrier gas line between the column outlet and the detector inlet. • Remove: Hydrocarbons, moisture, and oxygen. An overall gas purity of 99.9995% is desirable to optimize sensitivity and prolong detector life. • Gas Choices: Nitrogen or 5% methane in argon. • Purifiers: [In series] Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap, molecular sieve 5A moisture trap, Supelpure-O oxygen trap, OMI (oxygen moisture indicating) polishing purifier.

Fuel Gas to Support FID Combustion • Description: A fuel source, along with oxygen and heat, is required to generate/maintain a flame. • Remove: Hydrocarbons. • Gas Choices: Hydrogen. • Purifier: Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap.

Oxygen Source to Support FID Combustion • Description: An oxygen source, along with fuel and heat, is required to generate/maintain a flame. • Remove: Hydrocarbons and moisture. • Gas Choices: Air. • Purifiers: [In series] Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon trap, molecular sieve 5A moisture trap.

Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) and Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Operation • Description: These detection techniques operate in a nitrogen or air environment, and are sensitive to the presence of carbon dioxide. • Remove: Carbon dioxide and moisture. • Gas Choices: Nitrogen or air. • Purifiers: [In series] Carbon dioxide trap (evolves moisture as carbon dioxide is absorbed), molecular sieve 5A moisture trap.

Pneumatic Control • Description: Pressure is used to drive equipment, such as autosamplers and valves. • Remove: Moisture. • Gas Choices: Air. • Purifier: Economy moisture trap.

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

84

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: OMI® (Oxygen Moisture Indicating) Polishing Purifiers OMI® (Oxygen Moisture Indicating) Polishing Purifiers

OMI® Seal Kit

The OMI is a polishing purifier that removes many contaminants that other upstream purifiers miss. It will simultaneously and irreversibly remove moisture, oxygen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, most sulfur compounds, most halogen compounds, alcohols, and phenols to less than 10 ppb. It is recommended that an OMI be installed in carrier gas streams just upstream of every GC. It consists of two components:

Replace worn seals on OMI-2 and OMI-4 tube holders periodically to reduce the risk of leaks. Kits includes two PTFE seals and handy tool.

• A re-useable tube holder that is installed into the gas delivery system. The use of polycarbonate provides see-through capability along with safety. • A purifier tube containing an indicating resin (changes color from black to brown when exposed to as little as 1 ppm of moisture or oxygen). The use of glass provides see-through capability and prevents diffusion of room contaminants into the gas stream.

Replace ferrules on OMI-1 tube holders periodically to reduce the risk of leaks.

Spent purifier tubes are easily replaced. Simply unscrew the end assembly from the tube holder and replace it with a new purifier tube. The design prevents room air from entering the new tube during installation (protective foil covers on each end are only pierced as the end assembly is screwed back onto the tube holder to complete installation).

Cat. No. 22311

OMI® Tube Holder Specifications: • The OMI-2 tube holder is 10 in. (25.4 cm) long with a diameter of 1.5 in. (3.8 cm) and 1/8 in. fittings. • The OMI-4 tube holder is 16 in. (40.6 cm) long with a diameter of 1.5 in. (3.8 cm) and 1/8 in. fittings.

23917

1 ea

Supeltex® M-1 Ferrule

• Max. Temp.: 250 °C • Composition: Ceramic-filled PTFE • Characteristics: Ideal for connection to mass spectrometers. High reusability. Isothermal use only. Qty 10 ea

High Capacity Gas Purifiers (Remove Moisture and Oxygen) The best purifier choice for removing moisture and oxygen from carrier gas streams is our High Capacity Gas Purifier. It consists of three parts: • Clam-shell oven • Replaceable heating elements • Replaceable converter tube A convenient starter kit contains all three items for new installations.

High Capacity Gas Purifier, Starter Kit No other purifier removes both moisture and oxygen in such large quantities (35 liters of moisture, 14 liters of oxygen ).

OMI-2 tube holder

Description for use with OMI-2 purifier tubes for use with OMI-4 purifier tubes

Cat. No. 23921 23926

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

OMI® Purifier Tube

Protects GC columns and detectors from damage caused by moisture and oxygen in the carrier gas stream, even when present up to 100 ppm levels. The clam-shell oven heats a converter tube to 580 °C, causing moisture and oxygen to irreversibly react with the reactant material. This chemical reaction prevents contaminants from returning to the gas stream, even when the material approaches saturation, or when the oven is cooled. Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide are also removed. It is recommended to install 4 ft. (1.2 m) of tubing downstream of the oven to allow heat to dissipate from the gas stream. This tubing can be coiled to reduce space. The starter kit includes a clam-shell oven, two elements (installed), and a converter tube.

Note: Not for use with hydrogen gas. Clam-Shell Oven

OMI-2 purifier tube

Description OMI-1 Purifier Tube

Cat. No. 23900-U

Qty 1 ea

OMI-2 Purifier Tube OMI-4 Purifier Tube

23906 23909

1 ea 1 ea

• • • • • • •

Length: 14 1/2 in. (36.8 cm) Height: 5 1/4 in. (13.3 cm) Depth: 6 in. (15.2 cm) Operating Temp.: 580 °C Power Consumption: 90 watt Mounting: Horizontally only (bench or wall) using integral bracket Warranty: 1 year

Converter Tube • • • •

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Length: 10 in. (25.4 cm) Diameter: 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) Max. Inlet Pressure: 150 psi Max. Flow Rate: 1100 mL/min.

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 85

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: High Capacity Gas Purifiers (Remove Moisture and Oxygen) In-Line Purifiers (Remove a Single Contaminant) These purifiers will remove a specific contaminant (hydrocarbons, moisture, oxygen, or carbon dioxide) from a gas stream. They are filled with a single adsorbent material, providing greater capacity for individual contaminants than many multi-bed purifiers. When spent, just that purifier needs replaced (and not an entire multi-bed purifier). They can be used in series with other purifiers, for various applications.

8P R O D U C T S Supelcarb® HC Hydrocarbon Trap Supelcarb adsorbent has the greatest trapping ability of hydrocarbons per gram of adsorbent (twice that of activated charcoal). Simply stated, Supelcarb HC hydrocarbon traps are the best trap available for removing hydrocarbons and other organics from carrier, fuel, air, and other gas streams. Dimensions: • 120 cc Trap: 111=8 in. (28.2 cm) long x 13=8 in. (35 mm) diameter • 750 cc Trap: 161=2 in. (41.9 cm) long x 25=16 in. (59 mm) diameter

High Capacity Gas Purifier starter kit (clam-shell oven with elements installed, and a converter tube)

Description 110 V, 1=8 in. 110 V, 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 29541-U 29542-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

230 V, 1=8 in. 230 V, 1=4 in.

29546-U 29547-U

1 ea 1 ea

High Capacity Gas Purifier, Replacement Converter Tube This replacement converter tube fits 110 V or 230 V clam-shell ovens. The converter tube must be at operating temperature (580 °C) inside a clamshell oven for proper operation. Because the material inside is not active at room temperature, converter tube ends are not capped/plugged during shipment. • • • •

Length: 10 in. (25.4 cm) Diameter: 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) Max. Inlet Pressure: 150 psi Max. Flow Rate: 1100 mL/min.

Description fitting 1=8 in. fitting 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 22396 22398

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

High Capacity Gas Purifier, Replacement Heating Element

Cat. No. 29553-U 29554-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Cat. No. 24448

Qty 1 ea

volume 120 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=2 in.

24449 24564 24565

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Supelpure® HC Hydrocarbon Trap

This replacement element can be used to replace either the top or bottom half of a clam-shell oven. Description 110 V 230 V

Top 24565, Bottom 24449

Description volume 120 cc, fitting 1=8 in.

Activated charcoal adsorbs hydrocarbons and other contaminants from carrier gases, air, and hydrogen. Operates efficiently for approximately six months when total hydrocarbons in the incoming gas average 10 ppm. Dimensions: • 120 cc Trap: 111=8 in. (28.2 cm) long x 13=8 in. (35 mm) diameter • 750 cc Trap: 161=2 in. (41.9 cm) long x 25=16 in. (59 mm) diameter • S-Trap: 71=2 in. (19 cm) long x 59=16 in. (14.1 cm) wide x 1=2 in. (13 mm) diameter [total bed length = 193=4 in. (50.2 cm); the extended bed length ensures prolonged contact between the gas and the adsorbent and provides greater working capacity] Description

Cat. No.

Qty

volume 120 cc, fitting 1=8 in. volume 120 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=4 in.

22445-U 22446 24518

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

volume 750 cc, fitting 1=2 in. S-trap, fitting 1=8 in.

24519 503142

1 ea 1 ea

Supelpure® HC Hydrocarbon Trap Refill Activated charcoal.  volume 474 cc 22823-U

474 cc

 volume 948 cc 22828-U

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

948 cc

86

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: In-Line Purifiers (Remove a Single Contaminant) Molecular Sieve 5A Moisture Trap

Economy Water Vapor Trap Refill

Molecular Sieve 5A efficiently removes moisture and heavy hydrocarbons from compressed air, electrolytically produced hydrogen, house nitrogen, or other gases with high moisture or hydrocarbon content.

Blend of Molecular Sieve 13X and Molecular Sieve 4A with indicating capability. 23989

475 cc

Dimensions: • 200 cc Trap: 26 1=4 in. (67 cm) long × 1 in. (2.5 cm) diameter • 750 cc Trap: 18 in. (45.7 cm) long × 2 3=8 in. (6 cm) diameter • S-Trap: 7 1=2 in. (19 cm) long x 5 9=16 in. (14.1 cm) wide x 1=2 in. (13 mm) diameter [total bed length: 19 3=4 in. (50.2 cm); the extended bed length ensures prolonged contact between the gas and the adsorbent and provides greater working capacity]

Supelpure®-O Oxygen/Moisture Trap The oxygen-removing catalysts can reduce oxygen to less than 2 ppb when the level in the incoming gas does not exceed 10 ppm. Because the catalyst is coated on a Molecular Sieve, this trap also can remove water vapor. Dimensions: • 120 cc Trap: 111=8 in. (28.2 cm) long x 13=8 in. (35 mm) diameter • 750 cc Trap: 161=2 in. (41.9 cm) long x 25=16 in. (59 mm) diameter • S-Trap: 71=2 in. (19 cm) long x 59=16 in. (14.1 cm) wide x 1=2 in. (13 mm) diameter [total bed length = 193=4 in. (50.2 cm); the extended bed length ensures prolonged contact between the gas and the adsorbent and provides greater working capacity]

Top: 23991; Middle: 20619; Bottom: 503118

Description volume 200 cc, fitting 1=8 in.

Cat. No. 20619

Qty 1 ea

volume 200 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=2 in.

20618 23991 23992

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

S-trap, fitting 1=8 in.

503118

1 ea

Top: 503088; Middle: 22450-U; Bottom: 503126

Molecular Sieve 5A Water Vapor Trap Refill Molecular Sieve 5A.  volume 460 cc 20298

0.22 kg

Description volume 120 cc, fitting 1=8 in. volume 120 cc, fitting 1=4 in.

Cat. No. 22449 22450-U

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

volume 750 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 750 cc, fitting 1=2 in. S-trap, fitting 1=8 in.

503088 503096 503126

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Oxisorb® Oxygen Scrubber Economy Moisture Trap The clear polycarbonate tubes contains a mixture of Molecular Sieve 13X and Molecular Sieve 4A with indicating capability. Because room air may permeate through the polycarbonate tube, this trap should not be used with carrier gas streams. It is designed for pneumatic control to drive equipment, such as autosamplers and valves.

This trap will reduce oxygen and moisture to less than 1 ppm when the incoming level of oxygen is below 15 ppm and the incoming level of moisture is below 10 ppm. Use alternative traps when the levels in the incoming gas exceed these values. The kit includes a cartridge, and fittings for installation. Replacing the cartridge is simple, and can be performed quickly.

The indicating 4A changes from blue to tan at 20% relative humidity.

Dimensions:

Note: Not for use with carrier gas streams.

• Cartridge and Fittings: 91=4 in. (23.5 cm) long x 2 in. (51 mm) diameter • Cartridge Only: 47=8 in. (12.4 cm) long x 11=8 in. (29 mm) diameter

Dimensions: • 400 cc Traps: 17 1=2 in. (44.4 cm) long x 2 in. (51 mm) diameter

Top: Economy water vapor trap (23987); Bottom: Mounting clip (23990)

Description volume 400 cc, fitting 1=8 in.

Cat. No. 23987

Qty 1 ea

volume 400 cc, fitting 1=4 in.

23988

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Kit, fitting 1=4 in. Replacement cartridge

20639-U 20631

1 ea 1 ea

Gas Chromatography 87

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: In-Line Purifiers (Remove a Single Contaminant) Oxiclear™ Disposable Oxygen/Moisture Trap

Specialty In-Line Purifiers for GC-MS Helium

Reduces oxygen to less than 1 ppm when the incoming level is below 10 ppm. Also removes some moisture, and organic contaminants.

The most sensitive GC-MS instruments require a steady stream of ultra-high purity (99.99999%) helium for optimal performance. To achieve this level, a specialty purifier is required. These purifiers contain multiple adsorbent beds for the removal of all critical contaminants. Additionally, the adsobent materials are packed into the cartridge under helium to ensure no other gas off-gases into the system during use.

Dimensions: • Oxiclear: 7 1=2 in. (19.0 cm) long x 1 7=8 in. (48 mm) diameter

Supelco® Helium Purifier

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

fitting 1=8 in. fitting 1=4 in.

22992 22993

1 ea 1 ea

Carbon Dioxide Trap Sodium hydroxide nonfibrous silicate material is universally accepted for its high absorptive capacity and indicating properties for carbon dioxide. Typically, this material will absorb 20-30% of its weight in carbon dioxide before replacement of the saturated material is required. As carbon dioxide is absorbed, the greenish-brown material turns white because of the formation of sodium carbonate. The trap body is constructed of borosilicate glass, and the fittings are nickel-plated and have sintered stainless steel frits. A moisture trap should be installed downstream from this unit to absorb the moisture that is produced.

Note: Exercise extreme caution when refilling the trap due to the caustic nature of the absorbent. Dimensions: • 100 cc Traps: 123=4 in. (32.4 cm) long x 13=4 in. (44 mm) diameter • 250 cc Traps: 171=2 in. (44.4 cm) long x 2 in. (51 mm) diameter

This multiple bed trap removes hydrocarbons, moisture, oxygen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide from helium gas streams. The amount of highly effective, high capacity adsorbent material in each bed is optimized so that breakthrough of each contaminant is as close to simultaneous as possible. This avoids the costly replacement observed with other broadspectrum traps that have exhausted their capacity for one contaminant, but still have capacity for other contaminants. This trap will easily purify 99.997% purity helium to a cumulative level of 100 ppb (hydrocarbons + moisture + oxygen + carbon monoxide + carbon dioxide). Specifications: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Output Purity: 99.99999% Output Efficiency (total): <100 ppb Output Efficiency (hydrocarbons): <20 ppb (as methane) Output Efficiency (moisture): <10 ppb Output Efficiency (oxygen): <2 ppb Output Efficiency (carbon monoxide): <20 ppb Output Efficiency (carbon dioxide): <1ppm Capacity (hydrocarbons): 30 g (as methane) Capacity (moisture): 46 g Capacity (oxygen): 1200mg Max. Flow Rate: 8 L/min. Max. Pressure: 500 psi Max. Temp.: 100 °C

Dimensions for both purifiers = in. (41..91 cm) long × 2 5/16 in. (6.3 cm) diameter

Description volume 100 cc, fitting 1=8 in.

Cat. No. 503185

Qty 1 ea

volume 100 cc, fitting 1=4 in. volume 250 cc, fitting 1=8 in. volume 250 cc, fitting 1=4 in.

503193 503207 503215

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

stainless steel fittings, 1=8 in. O.D. Swagelok (nuts and ferrules included)

27600-U

1 ea

stainless steel fittings, 1=4 in. Swagelok (nuts and ferrules included)

27601-U

1 ea

Carbon Dioxide Trap Refill Sodium hydroxide nonfibrous silicate material. 503223

500 cc

Mounting Clip This clip is designed to fit one of our in-line traps based on the volume of the trap. Simply mount two or more clips to a bench or wall using screws (not supplied), then snap the trap into the clips. One plastic clip per package. Description

Cat. No.

Qty

for use with 100 cc traps for use with 120 cc traps for use with 200 cc traps

502936 23993 503231

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

for use with 400 cc traps for use with 750 cc traps

23990 24983

1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

88

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: Base Plate Purifier Systems Super Clean (Base-Plate Design) Base Plate

Base Plate Purifier Systems With this design, the purifiers connect into a base plate in such a manner that gas supply is not interupted during purifier change-out. Therefore, the purifier can be replaced without shutting down the entire system. Additionally, the risk of forcing a ′slug′ of air into the instrument after purifier change-out is eliminated.

Super Clean (Base-Plate Design) Kit Super Clean™ base-plate purifiers are a unique point-of use glass/metal, diffusion proof purification system to purifiy carrier, fuel, and other gases for the GC or GC-MS system. These purifiers remove hydrocarbons, oxygen (color indicated), and moisture (color indicated) to better than 6.0 gas (99.9999%) quality at 2 L/min., independent of the original gas quality.

Base Plates Top: Three position; Middle: Two position; Bottom: Single position

Description single position, 1=8 in. two position, 1=8 in.

Cat. No. SU861011 SU861012

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

three position, 1=8 in.

SU861013

1 ea

Super Clean (Base-Plate Design) O-ring Set  includes 10 small and 10 large SU861050

1 ea

Super Clean (Base-Plate Design) Wall Mounting Bracket SU861016

Description Cat. No. carrier gas kit (includes SU861026 + 28878-U SU861011)

Qty 1 kit

helium carrier gas kit (includes SU861027 + SU861011)

SU861040

1 kit

GC-FID fuel gas kit (includes SU861026, 2 X SU861025, and SU861013)

SU861043

1 kit

Super Clean (Base-Plate Design) Gas Purifier Description hydrocarbon, without indicator

Cat. No. SU861023

Qty 1 ea

moisture, with indicator oxygen, with indicator triple trap (hydrocarbon, moisture, oxygen), for carrier gas triple trap (hydrocarbon, moisture, oxygen), for helium carrier gas dual trap (hydrocarbon, moisture), for fuel gas

SU861021 SU861022 SU861026

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

SU861027

1 ea

SU861025

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

1 ea

Gas Chromatography 89

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: Click-On In-Line Purifer Systems Super Clean (In-Line Design) Stainless Steel Click-On Connector

Click-On In-Line Purifer Systems This design purifier incorporates special connectors that prevent room air from entering the gas line during purifier change-out. Therefore, the risk of forcing a slug of air into the instrument after purifier change-out is eliminated.

Super Clean (In-Line Design) Gas Purifier Installation and replacement of the Click-On purifier is simple and eliminates the risk of damage to the gas line connections caused by overtightening. Simply attach the connectors to the gas line, install the purifier, and hand tighten the connectors. Note: Does not include Click-on Connectors, these must be purchased before initial use.

Description 1 =8 in.

Cat. No. 28873-U

Qty 2 ea

=4 in.

28872-U

2 ea

1

Dimensions: • Cartridge and Connectors: 11 1/2 in. long x 1 1/4 in. diameter • Cartridge Only: 7 5/8 in. long x 1 1/4 in. diameter

Super Clean (In-Line Design) Double Version Click-On Connector

Description 1 =8 in.

Cat. No. 28874-U

Qty 1 ea

Super Clean (In-Line Design) O-ring Set  includes 10 small and 10 large Top: 28863-U; Bottom: 28867-U

28875-U

Description hydrocarbon trap, stainless steel

Cat. No. 28863-U

Qty 1 ea

moisture trap, stainless steel oxygen trap, stainless steel triple trap (hydrocarbon, moisture, oxygen), stainless steel triple trap (hydrocarbon, moisture, oxygen), gas specific for helium, stainless steel triple trap (hydrocarbon, moisture, oxygen), gas specific for helium, indicating dual trap (hydrocarbon, moisture), for fuel gas, stainless steel

28861-U 28862-U 28864-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

28865-U

1 ea

28867-U

1 ea

28866-U

1 ea

Super Clean (In-Line Design) Brass Click-On Connector

10 ea

Super Clean (In-Line Design) Wall Mounting Clamp 28876-U

4 ea

Panel Purifer Systems Panel purifier systems offer convenience, as well as have limited space requirements. They consist of two components: • A panel unit mounted to a wall near the point of use. Both 3-head and 4head versions exist. • Removable adsorbent cartidges for each head. The adsorbent material contained inside a cartridge determines what contaminant it will remove. We no longer offer panel units. Replacement cartidges are still offered for those with panel units installed at their facility.

Point-of-Operation Cartridges Cartridge Dimension: 6 1=4 in. (15.9 cm) long x 1 1=4 in. (32 cm) diameter

Description 1 =8 in. 1 =4 in.

Cat. No. 28869-U 28868-U

Qty 2 ea 2 ea

Description Hydrocarbon-Removing (GC-3) Moisture-Removing (GC-2)

Cat. No. 23997 23996

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

Oxygen-Removing (GC-1) Oxygen-Removing with indicator (GC-4)

23995 24987

1 ea 1 ea

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

90

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Purifiers: Norgren® Particle and Oil Filters Norgren® Particle and Oil Filters Airborne contaminants (dust, moisture, and organic pollutants) can be drawn into the air intake of an air compressor. The air compressor can add contaminants (oil vapors and aerosol droplets, plus sludge, rust, and other matter). These contaminants can significantly shorten the lifetimes of downstream zero air generators, nitrogen generators, and other downstream instruments, and can affect the performance of the instruments themselves. The particle-, oil-, and oil vapor-removing filters described here will eliminate these contaminants from compressed air. Three types of filters are offered: • Norgren Particle Filters remove liquids and solid particles as small as 5 microns in diameter. One of these filters should be the initial filtering device downstream from the air compressor (see figure). • Norgren Oil-Removing (Coalescing) Filters remove submicron solid particles and oil aerosols, down to 0.01 micron. At 21 °C, from an inlet concentration of 8 ppm, a maximum of 0.01 ppm oil will leave the filter. • Norgren Oil Vapor-Removing Filters remove oil vapors. At 21 °C, only 0.003 ppm oil will remain in air leaving the filter, when it is used properly (the oil vapor-removing filter must be protected by an oil-removing filter). We recommend incorporating this three filter system in any compressed line serving sensitive, high-performance gas chromatography or other laboratory instruments.

Ensure High Quality Incoming Air for a Zero or Nitrogen Generator

Zero Air Generator (or Nitrogen Generator)

House Compressed Air

Shutoff Valve

Oil-Removing (Coalescing) Filter

Particle Filter*

In-Line Regulator

Pressure Gauge Hydrocarbon Trap

In-Line Filter

Shutoff Valve

Oil VaporRemoving Filter

Norgren® Filter

Norgren® Replacement Element

Description particle filter, 40 μm, 1=4 in. female NPT

Cat. No. 24990-U

Qty 1 ea

particle filter, 5 μm, 1=4 in. female NPT Oil-Removing Filter, 1=4 in. female NPT Oil Vapor-Removing Filter, 3=8 in. female NPT

24992

1 ea

24994

1 ea

24996

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Molecular Sieve SA Drying Tube

Description for use with Particle Filter 24990-U for use with Oil-Removing Filter 24994 for use with Oil Vapor-Removing Filter 24996

Cat. No. 24991 24995

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

24997

1 ea

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 91

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation Premium Grade 304 Stainless Steel Tubing

Plumbing/Regulation As critical as it is to use the proper purifiers to remove contaminants, it is also important to use the plumbing and regulation items to insure a leakfree delivery system. Any leak, no matter how small, can compromise the quality of the gas. Additionally, the gas must be delivered to the point of use within the pressure requirements of the instrumentation. Some of the highest quality and best known companies (such as SSI, Swagelok, and Airgas) are represented by the following products.

Grade 304 tubing, specially cleaned to ensure inertness. Use for sensitive GCMS applications. Stainless Steel Tubing Dimensions

0.53 mm wall

Tubing

1/4” O.D. (6.35 mm)

We offer several tubing choices. Our recommendations are: • Cleaned Copper - Solvent-washed to ASTM B-280 specifications, plus inhouse proprietary cleaning performed, to remove residual hydrocarbons. Use for most GC plumbing applications. • Premium Grade Stainless Steel - Grade 304 tubing, specially cleaned to ensure inertness. Use for sensitive GC-MS applications. • Fused Silica-Lined Stainless Steel - The strength of stainless steel with the inertness of deactivated fused silica. Use for gas transfer lines.

0.209” I.D. (5.3 mm) 0.54 mm wall

1/8” O.D. (3.18 mm)

0.082” I.D. (2.1 mm)

Length (ft)

Tubing I.D. (in.) Cat. No.

Pkg

tubing O.D. 1=8 in. (3.18 mm)

50

0.085 (2.1 mm) 20526-U

1 ea

tubing O.D. 1=4 in. (6.35 mm)

50

0.209 (5.3 mm) 20527

1 ea

tubing O.D. 1=16 in. (1.59 mm)

100

0.010 (0.254 mm)

20552

1 ea

100

0.030 (0.762 mm)

20553

1 ea

Fused Silica-Lined Stainless Steel Tubing The strength of stainless steel with the inertness of deactivated fused silica. Use for gas transfer lines. Length (ft)

Tubing I.D. (in.) Cat. No.

Pkg

tubing O.D. 1=8 in. (3.18 mm)

Cleaned Copper Tubing Solvent-washed to ASTM B-280 specifications, plus in-house proprietary cleaning performed, to remove residual hydrocarbons. Use for most GC plumbing applications. Length (ft) 50 50

O.D. (in.) I.D. (in.) Cat. No. 1 0.065 20488 =8 (3.18 mm) (1.65 mm)

Pkg 1 ea

1 0.190 20489 =4 (6.35 mm) (4.83 mm)

1 ea

General Purpose Copper Tubing Cleaned to ASTM B-280 specifications. Length (ft) 50 50

O.D. (in.) I.D. (in.) Cat. No. 1 0.065 20520-U =8 (3.18 mm) (1.65 mm) 1 0.190 20522 =4 (6.35 mm) (4.83 mm)

6 25 50 tubing O.D. 1=16 in.

0.085 (2.1 mm) 24965 0.85 (2.1 mm) 24966 0.085 (2.1 mm) 24967 (1.59 mm)

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

25 50 100

0.01 (0.254 mm) 24951 0.01 (0.254 mm) 24952 0.01 (0.254 mm) 24953

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

6 25 50

0.02 (0.508 mm) 24954 0.02 (0.508 mm) 24955 0.02 (0.508 mm) 24956

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

100 6 25

0.02 (0.508 mm) 24957 0.03 (0.762 mm) 24958 0.03 (0.762 mm) 24959

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

100 6 25

0.03 (0.762 mm) 24961 0.04 (1.016 mm) 24962 0.04 (1.016 mm) 24963

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

50

0.04 (1.016 mm) 24964

1 ea

Pkg 1 ea

SP-Alloy Tubing

1 ea

Nickel Alloy, for maximum inertness. Length (ft) 50

O.D. (in.) 1 =8 (3.18 mm)

I.D. (in.) Cat. No. 0.085 22709-U (2.1 mm)

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Pkg 1 ea

92

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Tubing PTFE Tubing

TC-20 Replacement Parts

Maximum temperature of 240 °C. Length (ft) 25 25

O.D. (in.) I.D. (in.) Cat. No. 0.085 0.062 20531 (2.1 mm) (1.58 mm) 1 0.228 20533 =4 (6.35 mm) (5.8 mm)

Pkg 1 ea

Maximum temperature of 200 °C.

50

O.D. (in.)

I.D. (in.)

=8 (3.18 mm)

0.085 20532 (2.1 mm)

1

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Qty

Cutting Wheel for TC-20 Deburring Tool, configured for 1=16 in. tubing

58540-U 58804

3 ea 1 ea

58806 Deburring Tool, configured for 1=8 in. tubing Needle Insert for Dressing Tool, configured 58805 for 1=16 in. Needle Insert for Dressing Tool, configured 58807 for 1=8 in.

1 ea

PTFE (FEP) Tubing Length (ft)

Description

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Cutting Wheel for TC-10

Pkg 1 ea

Replacement cutting wheel for SSI Model TC-10 tubing cutter. Will not fit Model TC-20. 58803

3 ea

Tubing Cutters, Reamers, and Benders Clean cuts, crisp internal openings, and smooth bends of tubing are required to ensure optimal laminar flow and to reduce the risk of leaks. These specialized tools are offered to simplify the tasks of cutting, reaming, and bending tubing.

Tubing Cutters

SSI™ TC-20 Tubing Cutter The SSI Model TC-20 electric stainless steel tube cutter assures a zero dead volume connection. Because the tubing is held securely in a clamp vise on the vertical swing arm, a square cut is produced when the swing arm is lowered against the abrasive cutting wheel, which produces a finished end. No lubricant or cutting fluid is required. The unit, which is CE marked, will cut most common tubing used in chromatography. Tubing with 1=16 in., 1=8 in., and 1=4 in. outside diameter, can be smooth-cut and dressed without distortion. The precision ground dressing tool for the 1=16 in. O.D. tubing is included and is attached directly to the swing arm: it cannot be misplaced or lost. A dressing tool (deburring tool - Cat. No. 58804) for 1=8 in. diameter can be ordered separately.

Top: 22410-U; Bottom: 20425-U

Description Heavy Duty Tubing Cutter Cutting Wheel for 20425-U

Cat. No. 20425-U 20626

Qty 1 ea 3 ea

Imp® tubing cutter Cutting Wheel for 22410-U and 58692-U

22410-U 22411

1 ea 2 ea

The wheel that is included with catalog number 20425-U is for cutting soft metal (such as copper). To cut hard meter (such as stainless steel), replace the wheel with catalog number 20626.

Tubing Cutter for 1/16″ Stainless Steel Tubing Easily cut 1=16 in. stainless steel tubing, then deburr the cut end ensure a uniform flow of gas or liquid. Deburring kit includes deburring tool, tubing holder, file. Order tubing cutter and deburring kit separately. A replacement cutting blade is available as product number 22411.

58539-U 58692-U

 110 V / 220 V, 50-60 Hz (voltage selectable), CE compliant 58539-U

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

1 ea

Description Manual Cutting Tool Cutting Wheel for 22410-U and 58692-U Deburring Kit

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Cat. No. 58692-U 22411

Qty 1 ea 2 ea

58691-U

1 ea

Gas Chromatography 93

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Tubing Cutters, Reamers, and Benders Tubing Reamer

The Swagelok Fittings Kit

This 5 in. hand tool does a fine job of opening and rounding tubing ends thet are cut. The tip is stainless steel for durability and inertness; and the handle is wood for comfort.

Swagelok No.

Description

200-6 400-6 400-60-2

1/8 in. union 1/4 in. union 1/4 in. × 1/8 in. reducing union

2 2 2

200-3 400-3 200-R-4

1/8 in. tee 1/4 in. tee Reducer 1/8 in. Swagelok × 1/4 in. tube

2 2 2

400-R-2 MS-IG-200 MS-IG-400

Reducer 1/4 in. Swagelok × 1/8 in. tube 1/8 in. inspection gauge 1/4 in. inspection gauge

2 1 1

20389

Qty.

1 ea

Tubing Bender The heavy duty benders easily bend aluminum, copper, or stainless steel tubing up to 180°, without kinking or splitting the tubing. The three-in-one tool (20857) bends 1/8 in., 3/16 in., or 1/4 in. (3, 4, or 6 mm) tubing of standard wall thickness. 20422-U has a bend radius of 3/8 inch from center. 20424-U has a bend radius of 9/16 inch from center. 20857 (three-in-one tool) has a bend radius of 14.2 mm from center (pictured above).

20857 (three-in-one tool)

Description Tubing Bender, for 1=8 in. O.D. tubing

Cat. No. 20422-U

Qty 1 ea

20424-U Tubing Bender, for 1=4 in. O.D. tubing Tubing Bender, Three-Size for 1=4 in. (6 mm, 20857 3 =16 in. (4 mm) & 1=8 in. tube

1 ea 1 ea

22668-U

1 ea

Swagelok® Nut, Front and Back Ferrule Set

Swagelok Tubing Fittings Swagelok tubing fittings combine superior design principles with close manufacturing tolerances and rigid quality assurance programs. They have stood the test of time, providing unparalleled performance since 1947. Description

Swagelok® Fittings Kit A useful assortment of 1=8 in. and 1=4 in. brass fittings, packaged in a compartmented clear plastic storage box. Have the required parts on hand when needed, and save money (more than 30%, compared to purchasing items individually).

The Swagelok Fittings Kit Swagelok No. 202-1

Description 1/8 in. nut

Qty. 20

402-1 203-1 403-1

1/4 in. nut 1/8 in. front ferrule 1/4 in. front ferrule

20 20 20

204-1 404-1 200-C

1/8 in. back ferrule 1/4 in. back ferrule 1/8 in. cap

20 20 6

400-C 200-P 400-P

1/4 in. cap 1/8 in. plug 1/4 in. plug

6 6 6

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

100-S 200-S

22024 22014

10 ea 10 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in.

400-S

22003

10 ea

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

100-S 200-S

22050 22040-U

1 ea 5 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in.

400-S

22029

5 ea

stainless steel

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

94

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Swagelok Tubing Fittings Description

Swagelok® Nut

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

stainless steel 1

=16 in.

100-6

22051-U

1 ea

=8 in. 1 =4 in. 1 =2 in.

200-6 400-6 810-6

22041 22030-U 25828

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

102-1 202-1

22021 22011-U

10 ea 20 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in. stainless steel Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

402-1

22000-U

20 ea

102-1 202-1

22047 22037

2 ea 5 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in.

402-1

22026

5 ea

Swagelok® Bulkhead Union Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok® Front Ferrule

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

=16 in. 1 =8 in.

100-61 200-61

21980-U 21981-U

1 ea 1 ea

=4 in.

400-61

21982-U

1 ea

=16 in. 1 =8 in.

100-61 200-61

22665-U 22666

1 ea 1 ea

=4 in.

400-61

22667-U

1 ea

1

1

stainless steel 1

1

Description brass

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in. stainless steel

103-1 203-1 403-1

22022-U 22012 22001

10 ea 20 ea 20 ea

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in.

103-1 203-1 403-1

22048-U 22038 22027

2 ea 5 ea 5 ea

Swagelok® Reducing Union Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok® Back Ferrule

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=16 in.

104-1

22023

10 ea

Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in. stainless steel Swagelok 1=16 in.

204-1 404-1

22013 22002

20 ea 20 ea

104-1

22049-U

2 ea

Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in. Swagelok 1=2 in.

204-1 404-1 814-1

22039 22028 25825

5 ea 5 ea 5 ea

Swagelok® Union Nut and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

=16 in. 1 =8 in.

100-6 200-6

22025 22015

1 ea 2 ea

=4 in. 1 =2 in.

400-6 810-6

22004 25816

2 ea 2 ea

1

1

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Swagelok 1=16 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) Swagelok 3=16 in. (A) Swagelok 1=8 in. (B)

200-6-1

22016

2 ea

300-6-2

22072

2 ea

Swagelok 1=16 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) Swagelok 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

400-6-1

22074

2 ea

400-6-2

22005

2 ea

Swagelok 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=2 in. (A) Swagelok 1=2 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) stainless steel

810-6-2

22714

2 ea

810-6-4

22716

2 ea

Swagelok 1=16 in. (A) Swagelok 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) Swagelok 1=16 in. (B)

200-6-1

22042-U

1 ea

400-6-1

22075-U

1 ea

400-6-2

22031

1 ea

Swagelok 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

Gas Chromatography 95

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Swagelok Tubing Fittings Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Swagelok 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 3=16 in. (A)

400-6-3

22077-U

Qty

Swagelok® Union Cross

1 ea

Nuts and ferrules included.

Swagelok® Bored-Through Union Nuts and ferrules included. Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Description brass

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

=4 in.

1

Qty

400-6BT

21664

1 ea

200-6BT 400-6BT

22088 21518

1 ea 1 ea

stainless steel

=8 in. =4 in.

1 1

Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in.

200-4 400-4

22684 22686

1 ea 1 ea

Swagelok® Caps Nuts and ferrules included.

Swagelok® Zero-Dead Volume Union Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

=16 in. stainless steel 1

I Of-6-GC

22053-U

1 ea

=16 in.

I Of-6-GC

22052

1 ea

1

male 1=8 in. male 1=4 in. stainless steel male 1=4 in.

400-C

22018-U 22008

6 ea 6 ea

400-C

22034

2 ea

Swagelok® Plug

Swagelok® Tee Nuts and ferrules included. Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in.

100-P 200-P 400-P

22136-U 22019-U 22009

3 ea 6 ea 6 ea

Swagelok 1=2 in.

810-P

25814

3 ea

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

100-P 200-P

22137-U 22045-U

1 ea 1 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in.

400-P

22035-U

2 ea

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

stainless steel

brass

Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in.

100-3 200-3 400-3

22132-U 22020-U 22010-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Swagelok 1=2 in. stainless steel Swagelok 1=16 in. Swagelok 1=8 in.

810-3

25817

1 ea

100-3 200-3

22133-U 22046

1 ea 1 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in. Swagelok 1=2 in.

400-3 810-3

22036 25829

1 ea 1 ea

Swagelok® Reducer Nuts and ferrules included.

Swagelok® Branch Tee Description

Nuts and ferrules included.

brass

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

NPT 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A)

200-3TTF

22143-U

1 ea

tube 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=16 in. (A) Swagelok 1=16 in. (A) tube 1=4 in. (B) tube 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A)

100-R-2

22017-U

2 ea

100-R-4

22701

2 ea

200-R-4

22006

2 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

96

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Swagelok Tubing Fittings Swagelok® Reducer (continued) Description tube 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) tube 1=2 in. (B) stainless steel Swagelok 1=16 in. (A) tube 1=8 in. (B) tube 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=16 in. (A) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) tube 1=4 in. (B)

Swagelok® Connector to Male NPT

Swagelok No. Cat. No. 400-R-2 21516

400-R-8

25815

Qty 2 ea

2 ea Description

100-R-2

22043

1 ea

22702

1 ea

200-R-4

22032

1 ea

tube 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

400-R-2

21517

1 ea

tube 1=2 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

400-R-8

25827

1 ea

Swagelok® Port Connector

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=8 in. Swagelok 1=4 in. Swagelok 1=4 in. (B) tube 1=8 in. (A) stainless steel Swagelok 1=8 in. tube 1=8 in. (A) Swagelok 1=4 in. (B)

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

100-R-4

Description

Nuts and ferrules included.

201-PC 401-PC 401-PC-2

201-PC 401-PC-2

22688 22690-U 22094-U

22689 22095-U

2 ea 2 ea 2 ea

2 ea 2 ea

Swagelok® Pipe Adapter

Swagelok 1=8 (A) NPT male 1=8 (B) Swagelok 1=4 (A) NPT male 1=8 (B) NPT male 1=4 (B) Swagelok 1=8 (A) Swagelok 1=4 (A) NPT male 1=4 (B)

in.

in.

22082

2 ea

400-1-2

22083

2 ea

200-1-4

22066

2 ea

400-1-4

21519

2 ea

810-1-4

25818

2 ea

200-1-2

22084-U

1 ea

400-1-2

22085-U

1 ea

200-1-4

22067

1 ea

400-1-4

22700-U

1 ea

810-1-4

25830

1 ea

in. in. in. in. in.

NPT male 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=2 in. (A) stainless steel Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 (A) NPT male 1=8 (B) Swagelok 1=8 (A) NPT male 1=4 (B)

in.

NPT male =4 (B) Swagelok 1=4 (A) Swagelok 1=2 (A) NPT male 1=4 (B)

in.

1

200-1-2

in.

in. in. in.

in. in. in.

Swagelok® Connector to Female NPT Nuts and ferrules included. Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

tube 1=4 in. (A) NPT male 1=8 in. (B)

4-TA-1-2

22100-U

2 ea

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

NPT female 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT female 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT female 1=4 in. (B)

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

200-7-2

22703

2 ea

400-7-2

22705-U

2 ea

200-7-4

21978-U

2 ea

Gas Chromatography 97

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Swagelok Tubing Fittings Description NPT female 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) Swagelok 1=2 in. (A) NPT female 1=4 in. (B) stainless steel

Swagelok No. Cat. No. 400-7-4

22707

Qty 2 ea

810-7-4

25819

2 ea

NPT female 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) NPT female 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A)

400-7-2

22706

1 ea

200-7-4

21979-U

1 ea

Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) NPT female 1=4 in. (B)

400-7-4

22708

1 ea

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

fitting Swagelok 1 =8 in. stainless steel fitting Swagelok 1 =8 in.

QM2-B-200

22712-U

1 ea

QM2-B-200

22713

1 ea

Swagelok® Miniature Quick Connect Stem Assembly Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

fitting Swagelok 1 =8 in. stainless steel fitting Swagelok 1 =8 in.

Swagelok® 90 Degree Male Elbow Nuts and ferrules included.

QM2-S-200

22710-U

1 ea

QM2-S-200

22711-U

1 ea

Swagelok® PTFE Ferrules Use PTFE ferrules instead of brass or stainless steel ferrules when attaching fittings to glass tubing, or to flexible tubing (such as PTFE or Tygon).

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=8 in. 200-2-2 (A) 1 NPT male =8 in. (B) NPT male 1=4 in. 200-2-4 (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT male 1=8 in. 400-2-2 (B) Pittsburgh Valve Swagelok 1=4 in. & Fitting 400-2-2 (A) 400-2-4 NPT male 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) stainless steel NPT male 1=8 in. 200-2-2 (B) Pittsburgh Valve Swagelok 1=8 in. & Fitting 200-2-2 (A) 400-2-2 NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) NPT male 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

400-2-4

21970-U

21971

21972

2 ea

2 ea

2 ea

Cat. No. 22054

Qty 10 ea

PTFE back ferrule, Swagelok for 1=4 in. tubing PTFE front ferrule, Swagelok for 1=8 in. tubing PTFE back ferrule, Swagelok for 1=8 in. tubing PTFE front ferrule, Swagelok for 1=16 in. tubing

22055-U

10 ea

22058

10 ea

22059

10 ea

22068

5 ea

PTFE back ferrule, Swagelok for 1=16 22069 in. tubing

5 ea

Swagelok® Tee Wrench 1=4 in. 21973

2 ea

21974

1 ea

21976-U

1 ea

21977-U

1 ea

Swagelok® Miniature Quick Connect Body Assembly Nuts and ferrules included.

Description PTFE front ferrule, Swagelok for 1=4 in. tubing

Made specifically for 1=4 in. Swagelok union tees and crosses. This wrench allows sure, easy gripping (even in cramped areas) to hold the fitting body while an open-ended wrench is applied to tighten or loosen a nut. Made from rugged alloy steel for strength. Includes a no-slip vinyl sleeve on the handle.

21983-U

1 ea

Swagelok® Gap Inspection Gauge Use this tool to ensure the correct tightening of 1/8 in. Swagelok tubing fittings. Simply place in the gap between the fitting nut and body. The gauge will not fit if the nut is overtightened.

21984-U

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

1 ea

98

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Gas Line Filters (remove dust and small particles) Gas Line Filters (remove dust and small particles)

On/Off Toggle Valve

Needle valves may become fouled by the presence of dust or particulate matter in a gas stream. To protect any component that has a needle valve incorporated, simply install a small, inexpensive gas line filter directly upstream.

Nuts and ferrules included.

Gas Line Filter This brass gas line filter contains a replaceable 7 μm stainless steel filter, and will remove dust and small particles that could otherwise foul downstream needle valves. Nuts and ferrules included. stainless steel (filter)

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

brass, straight arms: 1=8 in. brass, angle arms: 1=8 in. brass, straight arms: 1=4 in.

22699 22123-U 22697

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

brass, angle arms: 1=4 in. stainless steel, straight arms: 1=8 in. stainless steel, angle arms: 1=8 in.

22125-U 22698 22124-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

stainless steel, angle arms: 1=4 in.

22126-U

1 ea

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

On/Off Throttling Valve

for use with 1=8 in. tubing for use with 1=4 in. tubing

20620 20621

1 ea 1 ea

Nuts and ferrules included.

Replacement 7 μm Stainless Steel Filter Use this filter to replace worn or damages filters in our gas line filter. Note that this filter will not fit into our "T"-type gas line filter. Description Cat. No. for use with 1=8 in. gas line filter (Cat. 25810-U No. 20620) for use with 1=4 in. gas line filter (Cat. 25809 No. 20621)

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

"T"-Type Gas Line Filter This gas line filter contains a replaceable 7 μm sintered stainless steel frit, and will remove dust and small particles that could otherwise foul downstream needle valves. Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

brass, 1=8 in. brass, 1=4 in. stainless steel, 1=8 in.

22138-U 22140-U 22139-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

stainless steel, 1=4 in. stainless steel, 1=2 in.

22141-U 25832

1 ea 1 ea

Diaphragm Shutoff Valve This grease-free, high integrity valve uses multiple metal diaphragms to provide a permanent seal. It will prevent diffusion of air and water vapor into the gas flow. Specifications:

Description brass, 1=4 in. male stainless steel, 1=8 in. male

Cat. No. 25806 25807

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

stainless steel, 1=4 in. male

25808

1 ea

• • • • • •

Body: brass Seat: KEL-F Max. Pressure: 2000 psig (350 kg/cm2) Leak tested to 10-10 cc/sec (helium) Min. Temp.: -40 °C Max. Temp.: 93 °C

Shutoff Valves The flow of gas through a delivery system must occassionally be stopped for various reasons, such as during the changeout of spent purifiers, or during routine instrument maintenance. To prevent the infusion of room air into the delivery system, it is recommended to install a shuttoff valve: • Directly downstream of gas cylinders and/or gas generators • Direct upstream and directly downstream of purifiers • Directly upstream of the instrumentation Three types of shuttoff valves are offered: on/off toggle type, on/off ball type, and knob diaphragm type.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Left: 23897; Right: 23896

Description 1 =4 in. male NPT, 1=4 in. female NPT

Cat. No. 23896

Qty 1 ea

=4 in. male NPT

23897

1 ea

1

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 99

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Shutoff Valves High Purity

Universal Mounting Bracket This bracket can be easily be used to mount any valve or restrictor firmly in place. Allows convenient placement of these items out of the way.

• Check valve in inlet; keeps air from entering during cylinder change-out • Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Stainless steel diaphragm with captive PTFE seal; appropriate for most applications • Nickel-plated zinc bonnets • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read • Needle shut-off valve at body outlet; keeps air from entering during change-out of downstream components • 1=8 in. stainless steel male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper or stainless steel tubing High Purity Plus

22131-U

2 ea

Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulators Most GC systems require that the pressure is regulated between the source (gas cylinder or gas generator) and the instrument. Select a pressure regulator based on the application: • 2-Stage Gas Cylinder Regulators: Reduce pressure in two steps, enabling the regulator to uniformly control the output pressure despite the decreasing input pressure from the gas cylinder. An in-line regulator is typically not required downstream. Choose a 2-stage regulator when the gas cylinder is within 10 feet of the instrument. 3000 psig maximum inlet pressure. • 1-Stage Gas Cylinder Regulators: Reduce pressure in a single step. Some pressure change can occur downstream as the gas cylinder pressure drops. Choose a 1-stage regulator when the gas cylinder is greater than 10 feet from the instrument. Then install an in-line regulator within 10 feet of the instrument. 3000 psig maximum inlet pressure. We offer several versions of gas cylinder pressure regulators to serve a wide variety of needs.

• Check valve in inlet; keeps air from entering during cylinder change-out • Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Stainless steel diaphragm with captive PTFE seal; appropriate for most applications • Nickel-plated zinc bonnets • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read • Diaphragm shut-off valve at body outlet; keeps air from entering during change-out of downstream components; higher leak integrity than needle valve • 1=8 in. stainless steel male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper or stainless steel tubing Ultra High Purity • Check valve in inlet; keeps air from entering during cylinder change-out • Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Stainless steel diaphragm with metal-to-metal seal; impervious for the most sensitive applications • Machined brass bonnets; used for panel-mount applications • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read • Diaphragm shut-off valve at body outlet; keeps air from entering during change-out of downstream components; higher leak integrity than needle valve • 1=8 in. stainless steel male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper or stainless steel tubing

8P R O D U C T S CGA-580 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator For use with helium, nitrogen, or argon gas cylinders. Cat. No. 2-stage gas cylinder pressure regulator

Qty

CGA-580 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29557-U

1 ea

1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-150 psi

29556-U 29574-U 29575-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 29573-U 2-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29585-U 1-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29584-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1-stage gas cylinder pressure regulator

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

100

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulators 8P R O D U C T S

8P R O D U C T S DIN6 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

DIN13 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

For use with helium, nitrogen, or argon gas cylinders.

For use with compressed air gas cylinders.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Qty

Qty

DIN13 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

DIN6 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29559-U

1 ea

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29572-U

1 ea

1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-150 psi

29558-U 29577-U 29578-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29571-U

1 ea

1-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 29576-U 2-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29588-U 1-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29587-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Most GC systems require that the pressure is regulated between the source (gas cylinder or gas generator) and the instrument. Select a pressure regulator based on the application: • In-Line Regulators: Reduce pressure in a single step. Choose an in-line regulator if a 1-stage gas cylinder regulator is used. Install the in-line regulator within 10 feet of the instrument. 400 psig maximum inlet pressure.

8P R O D U C T S CGA-350 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator For use with hydrogen, methane, or 5% methane in argon gas cylinders. Cat. No. CGA-350 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator 2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 29561-U

1 ea

1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 1-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi

29560-U 29581-U 29579-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

2-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29591-U 1-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29589-U

1 ea 1 ea

Qty

8P R O D U C T S

We offer several versions of in-line pressure regulators to serve a wide variety of needs. General Purpose • Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Neoprene diaphragm; inexpensive • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read • 1=8 in. brass male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper tubing High Purity

DIN1 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator For use with hydrogen, methane, or 5% methane in argon gas cylinders. Cat. No.

Qty

DIN1 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi 2-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi

In-Line Pressure Regulators and Gauges

29563-U 29562-U 29583-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

1-stage high purity plus, 0-100 psi 29582-U 2-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29593-U 1-stage ultra high purity, 0-100 psi 29592-U

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

8P R O D U C T S CGA-320 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator For use with carbon dioxide gas cylinders. Cat. No.

Qty

CGA-320 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29567-U

1 ea

1- stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29564-U

1 ea

8P R O D U C T S

• Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Stainless steel diaphragm with captive PTFE seal; appropriate for most applications • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read • 1=8 in. stainless steel male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper or stainless steel tubing Ultra High Purity • Bar stock nickel-plated brass body with small internal volume; purges quickly • Smooth internal cavity; efficient gas flow • Stainless steel diaphragm with metal-to-metal seal; impervious for the most sensitive applications • 2 1=2 in. diameter nickel-plated brass gauges; easy to read 1 • =8 in. stainless steel male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper or stainless steel tubing Economy • • • •

Aluminum body; lightweight and inexpensive Non-releaving diaphragm; inexpensive Plastic gauge; lightweight and inexpensive 1 =8 in. brass male Swagelok fitting at valve outlet; ready for use with copper tubing

CGA-590 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator For use with compressed air gas cylinders. Cat. No.

Qty

CGA-590 Gas Cylinder Pressure Regulator

2-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29569-U

1 ea

1-stage high purity, 0-100 psi

29568-U

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 101

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: In-Line Pressure Regulators and Gauges In-Line Pressure Regulator

In-Line Pressure Gauge

Install an in-line pressure regulator downstream of a gas cylinder regulator to adjust pressure closer to the point of use. 400 psig maximum input pressure. 1=8 in. Swagelok nuts and ferrules included.

Install a pressure gauge in the gas delivery system to measure pressure at any given point. For example, install one upstream and downstream of the High Capacity Gas Purifier. When the pressure drop across the purifier exceeds 10 psi, the converter tube should be replaced. Contains: • 2 in. (5 cm) diameter steel and copper alloy gauge • NPT to Swagelok adapter • 1=8 in. tee Nuts and ferrules included.

Description General Purpose version (outlet pressure 0-50 psi, 1=8 in. brass fittings) High Purity version (outlet pressure 0-100 psi, 1=8 in. stainless steel fittings) Ultra-High Purity version (outlet pressure 0-100 psi, 1=8 in. stainless steel fittings)

Cat. No. 23883

Qty 1 ea

23882

1 ea

23884

1 ea

In-Line Pressure Regulator (economy model)

Cat. No.

Qty

Regulator body (outlet pressure 0- 23831-U 60 psi), gauge, and panel mount bracket Regulator body only (outlet 23832-U pressure 0-60 psi)

1 ea

Gauge only Panel mount bracket with nut

1 ea 1 ea

23833-U 23834-U

Cat. No. 20469 20470

Qty 1 ea 1 ea

0-100 psi 0-30 psi, gauge only (tee not included)

22423 20393

1 ea 1 ea

0-60 psi, gauge only (tee not included)

20394

1 ea

Flow Regulation and Measurement

The economy in-line pressure regulator is an inexpensive version for general lab applications. Use it with gas streams for pneumatic control, and other non-chromaotgraphic purposes. 400 psig maximum input pressure. 1=8 in. brass Swagelok nuts and ferrules included. Description

Description 0-30 psi 0-60 psi

In addition to pressure, flow is another parameter that can be regulated and measured. Several products allow the precise control of flow to achieve the desired specifications. As important as metering is, the flow must also be accurately measured. A rotameter is commonly employed for this function. The added benefit of a rotameter is its ability to both regulate and measure flow.

Fine Metering Valve 1 ea

Use for very accurate flow regulation. Install a flow measuring device downstream. Nuts and ferrules included. An optional vernier handle (Cat. No. 22122, order separately) is available for added convenience.

In-Line Pressure Gauge Kit Install a pressure gauge in the gas delivery system to measure pressure at any given point. For example, install one upstream and downstream of the High Capacity Gas Purifier. When the pressure drop across the purifier exceeds 10 psi, the converter tube should be replaced. Kit contains: • • • • •

2 in. (5 cm) diameter steel and copper alloy gauge (0-100 psi) NPT to Swagelok adapter 1 =8 in. tee 18 in. (1=2 m) of 1=8 in. copper line assembly and installation instructions

Nuts and ferrules included.

20392

Description brass, straight arms: 1=8 in.

Cat. No. 22116

Qty 1 ea

brass, angle arms: 1=8 in. stainless steel, straight arms: 1=8 in. stainless steel, angle arms: 1=8 in.

22114 22117 22115

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

22118 brass, angle arms: 1=16 in. stainless steel, straight arms: 1=16 in. 22121

1 ea 1 ea

1 ea

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

102

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Flow Regulation and Measurement Vernier Handle for Fine Metering Valve This optional vernier handle attaches to the stem of a fine metering valve, and is more comfortable to turn than the stem itself. The thicker body also allows for more precise control than possible by turning the stem. Additionally, a scale on the handle can be used for visual detection of movement. Order choice of fine metering valve separately.

22122

1 ea

Supelco Rotameter This rotameter is designed for the accurate regulation of gas flow, providing measurement at the same time. This versatile unit includes four interchangeable floats, each with a different working range. Simply install the float required for the application. Standard flow tables in mL/min at STP are included. The rotameter is easy to mount. Alternatively, it can be installed on a tripod assembly (order tripod assembly separately). Available with or without needle valve. Specifications: • Max. Pressure: 200 psig (13.8 bar) • Max. Temp.: 250 °F (121 °C) • Connections: 1=8 in. female NPT (use connector to male NPT fittings to connect into gas delivery system) Float Upper Flow Rates: 0-33 mL/min. Rotameter • • • •

Glass Float: 6 mL/min. Sapphire Float: 8 mL/min. Stainless Steel Float: 17 mL/min. Carboloy Float: 33 mL/min.

0-110 mL/min. Rotameter • • • •

Glass Float: 19 mL/min. Sapphire Float: 30 mL/min. Stainless Steel Float: 61 mL/min. Carboloy Float: 110 mL/min.

0-246 mL/min. Rotameter • • • •

Glass Float: 49 mL/min. Sapphire Float: 73 mL/min. Stainless Steel Float: 137 mL/min. Carboloy Float: 246 mL/min.

Cat. No. 23324

Qty 1 ea

23325

1 ea

flow range: 0-244 mL/min, with needle valve

23320-U

1 ea

flow range: 0-454 mL/min, with 23326 needle valve flow range: 0-33 mL/min, without 503843 needle valve flow range: 0-110 mL/min, without 503851 needle valve

1 ea

flow range: 0-454 mL/min, without 503886 needle valve

1 ea

Glass Float: 92 mL/min. Sapphire Float: 140 mL/min. Stainless Steel Float: 264 mL/min. Carboloy Float: 454 mL/min.

Connections are 1=8 in. female NPT. Use connector to male NPT fittings to connect into gas delivery system. The rotameter can be installed on a tripod assembly (order tripod assembly separately). Low Flow Kit (Cat. No. 22549) Module 1 • Glass Float: 6-60 mL/min. • Stainless Steel Float: 15-150 mL/min. • Sapphire Float: 11-110 mL/min. • Carboloy Float: 30-300 mL/min. High Flow Kit (Cat. No. 22550-U) Module 1

Module 2 • Sapphire Float: 54-540 mL/min. • Carboloy Float: 125-1250 mL/min.

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

1 ea

Modular Rotameter

• Glass Float: 38-380 mL/min. • Stainless Steel Float: 84-840 mL/min.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

1 ea

The modular design of this rotameter allows the unit to be quickly converted to monitor different flow ranges. Each unit includes a rotameter body and two modules, each with two floats installed inside the flow tube (each float has a different working range). The floats are never touched. Instead, the module is simply interchanged.

Module 2

0-454 mL/min. Rotameter • • • •

Description flow range: 0-33 mL/min, with needle valve flow range: 0-110 mL/min, with needle valve

Gas Chromatography 103

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Flow Regulation and Measurement Leak Detection Leaks in a gas delivery system can lead to loss of gas (potentially a large cost over enough time), and/or the introduction of room air containants into the gas stream (lowering gas purity levels). A leak check of the gas delivery system should be peformed after any modification or component changeout. If these occur infrequently, then a leak check should be performed at least annually. Electronic sniffers are recommended over liquids, as these liquids may be drawn into the gas stream, potentially contaminating downstream components.

GOW-MAC® Miniature Leak Detector This highly sensitive leak detector is excellent at finding leaks quickly, without the risk of contaminating the instrument associated with liquid leak detectors. Lightweight and compact, it includes a hand-held sniffer wand that allows the location of leaks to be pinpointed. This unit operates on the same principle as a thermal conductivity detector, it responds to any gas that has a thermal conductivity value different from that of air. It is easy to use, and can be operated with little or no training: • Turn the unit on • Zero out background air • Probe for leaks This unit can be powered through an electrical cord, or by charging an onboard battery. The power cord, battery, and charger are all included. Modular rotameter (both modules shown)

Note: Do not use with combustible gases.

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Specifications:

flow range: 6-300 mL/min flow range: 38-1250 mL/min

22549 22550-U

1 ea 1 ea

• • • • • • • •

Rotameter Tripod Assembly Use a rotameter tripod assembly to mount a rotameter anywhere. Description Cat. No. for use with Supelco rotameters 23322 (legs have leveling screws, unit has a built-in level) for use with Modular rotameters 22548

Qty 1 ea

1 ea

Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Sensitivity (minimum leak rate required to produce 10% deflection of full scale): • • • • •

Swagelok® Connector to Male NPT

Detector: thermal conductivity cell with thermistors Pump: diaphragm type Visual Readout: LED bar graph Zero: automatic with drift elimination Audio Signal: audible alarm with adjustable setpoint and volume Battery: rechargeable Ni-Cd Battery Life: 8 hours, can be recharged to 95% of capacity in 1 hour Dimensions: 3 1/4 in. (8 cm) wide × 1 13/16 in. (4.5 cm) high × 5 1/4 in. (13 cm) deep

Helium: 1.0 × 10-5 cc/sec (0.012 ft3/yr) Argon: 1.0 × 10-4 cc/sec (0.110 ft3/yr) CO2: 1.0 × 10-4 cc/sec (0.123 ft3/yr) Refrigerent: 1.0 × 10-4 cc/sec (0.123 ft3/yr) H2:He (40:60): 1.0 × 10-5 cc/sec (0.012 ft3/yr)

Qty

brass

NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A) stainless steel NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A)

200-1-2

22082

2 ea

400-1-2

22083

2 ea

200-1-2

22084-U

1 ea

NPT male 1=8 in. (B) Swagelok 1=4 in. (A)

400-1-2

22085-U

1 ea Description

Cat. No.

Qty

110 V (60 Hz) 230 V (50 Hz)

22807 22808

1 ea 1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

104

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Leak Detection Carrying Case for GOW-MAC® Miniature Leak Detector

Gas Cylinder Accessories

Convenient case for GOW-MAC miniature leak detectors (110 V or 230 V models).

This group of products are designed to make working with gas cylinders a little more user friendly and/or safe.

22809

• Mounting the regulator on the wall instead of on the cylinder will take stress off the tubing, reducing the chance of kinking it (resulting in leaks). • A changeover panel allows for a continuous flow of gas, even during cylinder change-out. • Flexible pigtails (part of a wall mount, a changeover panel, or as a standalone item) elimiate the tendence of tubing to kink near the fitting. • When working with hydrogen, an engineering control must be installed to prevent the realease of gas if a leak develops downstream.

1 ea

SNOOP® Liquid Leak Detector For use with volumetric (bubble) flowmeters. Also useful for checking gas delivery system plumbing for leaks. Not recommend for use upstream of capillary GC systems (an electronic leak detector is preferred).

Cylinder valve and cap wrench Enables easy opening of gas cylinder valves that have been fitted with a hand wheel. It is also the correct and safe tool for removing cylinder caps. product of Matheson TW-5

Z261866-1EA

1 ea

Regulator Wall Bracket

20640-U

3.8 L

20434

8 oz

Leak Tester Kit This kit allows septum leaks to be detected without the risk of contaminating the system. Simply dip one end of a leak tester tube into SNOOP®, then place the other end over the septum nut or needle guide. Bubbles indicate a leak. Kit includes 10 leak tester tubes and 8 ounces of SNOOP. 22660-U

1 ea

Leak-Tec® Leak Detector

Wall-mounting a gas cylinder regulator eliminates the need to handle it during cylinder change-out, thereby reducing the chance of kinking the tubing (kinked tubing next to a fitting may result in a leak). The bracket is fabricated from grade 304 stainless steel for long life, and can be used for 2stage or 1-stage gas cylinder regulators (order separately). An integral 30 in. flexible stainless steel pigtail allows connection to a cylinder without the risk of a leak caused from kinked tubing. The CGA connector is a hand-tight design, eliminating the need for a wrench during cylinder change-out. Choose: • CGA 580 for helium, nitrogen, and argon • CGA 350 for hydrogen, ethane, and 5% methane in argon • CGA 590 for compressed air The two station bracket has 2 pigtails that join before the regulator fitting, and allows 2 gas cylinders to feed the system, extending the time between cylinder change-out.

PubChem 24852215

For use on heated parts, at temperatures up to 210 °C. Simply spray onto heated fittings, joints, or other parts. The material will not bubble unless there is a leak. The pressurized delivery and short straw allow the material to be sprayed onto hard to reach parts.

20566

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

283 g

Description Single station, CGA 580

Cat. No. 503665

Qty 1 ea

Single station, CGA 350 Single station, CGA 590 Two station, CGA 590

503657 503673 503738

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Gas Chromatography 105

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Gas Cylinder Accessories Automatic Changeover Panel

Check valve

A wall-mounted automatic changeover panel allows for uninterupted gas flow. One cylinder is always feeding the system. When it becomes empty, the unit switches to the full cylinder. The empty cylinder can be replaced so it is ready when the unit switches back. When cylinders are replaced, the tubing from the cylinder to the unit can be purged, so a slug of room air does not enter the internal regulator when the unit switches back. The pressure gauges indicate which cylinder is in use and which cylinder is empty. Flexible stainless steel pigtails allow connection to cylinders without the risk of a leak caused from kinked tubing.

Max. pressure: 3,000 psig. ¼ × ¼ in. NPTF inlets. Attaches to the outlet side of a regulator to prevent backstreaming of liquids and gases into the regulator or cylinder. Operating Temperature Range: Viton: -20 °F to 400 °F EPR: -65 °F to 300 °F Neoprene: 80 °F to 300 °F

Note: This unit contains a 1-stage regulator, and requires that an in-line pressure regulator is installed downstream for final pressure control. Specifications: • • • •

Check valve in inlets; keeps air from entering during cylinder change-out Stainless steel diaphragm; appropriate for most applications Diaphragm packless purge valves; higher leak integrity than needle valve Shut-off valve at unit outlet; keeps air from entering during change-out of downstream components

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Viton® O-ring, brass valve stainless steel valve, EPR O-ring neoprene O-ring, stainless steel valve Viton® O-ring, stainless steel valve

Z146846-1EA Z146854-1EA Z146862-1EA

1 ea 1 ea 1 ea

Z146870-1EA

1 ea

Hydrogen Flash Arrestor Install a flash arrestor downstream of a hydrogen gas cylinder (see figure), or a hydrogen generator. In event of a flashback, the flash arrestor diverts the flame into three feet (1 m) of tubing, where the flame is extinguished and the heat is absorbed. The shock wave preceding the flashback closes and locks the arrestor′s shutoff valve, eliminating the flow of gas. Inlet/outlet fittings are 1=4 in. female NPT. For use to 50 psig (3.5 kg/cm2). Meets Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) codes. Factory Mutual approved. Safely Designed Hydrogen Line (Carrier Gas) Two-Stage Pressure Regulator

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

CGA 350, for use with H2, Ar/CH4

503576

1 ea

Pressure Relief Device

To Gas Purifiers and GC

Shutoff Valves

Vented to Fume Hood (or other approved outlet) Flashback Arrestor

Hydrogen Cylinder

23315

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

1 ea

106

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Plumbing/Regulation: Gas Cylinder Accessories Swagelok® Connector to Male NPT

Gas Generators and Air Compressors

Nuts and ferrules included.

Description

Swagelok No. Cat. No.

Laboratory gas generators are a great alternative to gas cylinders. In addition to being a much more sensible source of gas from a cost standpoint, generators are safer, cosmetically better, take up less space, and do not require the labor needed to move bulky cylinders around the lab. Gas generators do not require switching systems or long runs of tubing to, or through, exterior walls. They just do their job - quietly, safely, and year after year. Several models of Parker gas generators, and high quality air compressors from Jun-Air, are offered.

Qty

brass

Swagelok 1=8 (A) NPT male 1=4 (B) NPT male 1=4 (B) Swagelok 1=4 (A)

in.

22066

2 ea

400-1-4

21519

2 ea

Need a Parker generator we do not offer? We have access to the full line of Parker generators. Simply contact Technical Service at 800-359-3041 (US and Canada), 814-359-3041, or [email protected] for a quotation.

in.

Hydrogen Generators

in.

NPT male 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=2 in. (A) stainless steel NPT male 1=4 in. (B) Swagelok 1=8 in. (A) NPT male 1=4 (B) Swagelok 1=4 (A) NPT male 1=4 (B) Swagelok 1=2 (A)

200-1-4

in.

in.

810-1-4

25818

2 ea

200-1-4

22067

1 ea

400-1-4

22700-U

1 ea

810-1-4

25830

1 ea

Hydrogen has two primary uses in a GC lab; as a column carrier gas choice, and as the fuel source for FIDs. Hydrogen generators are not only more costeffective than hydrogen cylinders, they are much safer (only a small volume of hydrogen is present at any given time, and internal controls shut the system off if a downstream leak is detected).

Parker® H2PEM Hydrogen Generator This H2PEM hydrogen generator employs a Proton Exchange Membrane (PEM) cell to produce hydrogen on demand. An economical alternative to high pressure gas cylinders, this unit should pay for itself in a year or two.

in. in.

Features/Benefits

in.

Flexible Stainless Steel Hose This infinitely flexible, 30 in. (76 cm) × 1=4 in. 316 grade stainless steel hose solves many routing problems. It enables the direction of a gas line to change as needed without the risk of a leak caused from kinked tubing. Tested to 3000 psig (211 kg/cm2) with helium. End are both 1=8 in. male Swagelok fittings. Nuts and ferrules included.

• • • • • •

Eliminates need for dangerous and expensive hydrogen gas cylinders Compact; only requires one square foot of bench space Can be used anywhere that an electrical supply is available Just add deionized water for weeks of continuous operation Easy-to-read display changes color to indicate when to add water Only 100 mL of hydrogen is stored in the system at any time, and at low pressure • A built-in sensing circuit shuts the generator down if a hydrogen leak is detected • PEM technology eliminates the need for caustic liquids Maintenance • • • •

Add deionized water as needed Change the filters every six months Change the hydration pump every six months Change the desiccant cartridge when it changes color from beige to clear

Specifications • • • • • • 22060-U

1 ea

Marks • • • • •

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Outlet Purity: 99.9995% Outlet Pressure: 10-100 psig Outlet Fitting: 1/8 in. compression Power Needs: 110-230 V (50-60 Hz) Shipping Weight: 40 lb (18 Kg) dry Dimensions (H x W x D): 17.12 in. x 13.46 in. x 17.95 in. (43.48 cm x 34.19 cm x 45.6 cm) CE approved UL listed CSA listed IEC 1010 certified Satisfies OSHA and NFPA requirements

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 107

Gas Purification/Management Gas Generators and Air Compressors: Hydrogen Generators Marks • • • • •

CE approved UL listed CSA listed IEC 1010 certified Satisfies OSHA and NFPA requirements

Description

Cat. No.

Qty

Model 9800, 110/230 volt, output flow: 0-1200 cc/min

22835

1 ea

Parker® ChromGas® Hydrogen Generator Replacement Parts Use for routine maintenance of Parker ChromGas hydrogen generators. • Change the deionizer bag every six months (or if "Change Water" indicator comes on) • Change the desiccant cartridge when it changes color to pink Description Deionizer Bags Desiccant Cartridge Description Model H2PEM-100, 110/230 volt, output flow: 0-100 cc/min Model H2PEM-165, 110/230 volt, output flow: 0-165 cc/min

Cat. No. 27773-U

Qty 1 ea

27620-U

1 ea

Model H2PEM-260, 110/230 volt, output flow: 0-260 cc/min Model H2PEM-510, 110/230 volt, output flow: 0-510 cc/min

22751

1 ea

22801

1 ea

Qty 2 ea 1 ea

Zero Air Generators The oxygen source for FIDs is commonly obtained by using pressurized air. In particular, zero air is recommended for FID use. This grade of air is free of methane, a compound that may cause interference with an FID (a clean flame is required for an accurate response to the analytes eluting from the column).

Parker® ChromGas® Zero Air Generator

Parker® ChromGas® Hydrogen Generator This ChromGas hydrogen generator employs a SPE Electrolyzer cell which uses a solid polymer electrolyte to produce hydrogen on demand. An economical alternative to high pressure gas cylinders, this unit should pay for itself in a year or two. Features/Benefits • • • • •

Eliminates need for dangerous and expensive hydrogen gas cylinders Compact; only requires one square foot of bench space Can be used anywhere that an electrical supply is available Just add deionized water for weeks of continuous operation Only 100 mL of hydrogen is stored in the system at any time, and at low pressure • A built-in sensing circuit shuts the generator down if a hydrogen leak is detected • If contaminated water or low level water is detected, the system activates a warning light and shuts off the generator which avoids damage to the electrolytic cell • SPE Electrolyzer technology eliminates the need for caustic liquids Maintenance • Add deionized water as needed • Change the deionizer bag every six months (or if "Change Water" indicator comes on) • Change the desiccant cartridge when it changes color to pink Specifications • • • • • • •

Cat. No. 22963 22837

Water Reservoir Capacity: 4 L Outlet Purity: 99.99997% Outlet Pressure: 0-100 psig Outlet Fitting: 1/8 in. compression Power Needs: 110-230 V (50-60 Hz) Shipping Weight: 40 lb (18.1 Kg) dry Dimensions (H x W x D): 14.75 in. x 13 in. x 14 in. (37 cm x 33 cm x 36 cm)

This ChromGas zero air generator incorporates three stages: • A 0.5 mm coalescing inlet filter removes particles, oil, and water • A heated catalyst removes hydrocarbons • A 0.01 mm cellulose fiber outlet filter removes residual particulate material from the product air stream A hazard-free and economical alternative to high pressure gas cylinders, this unit should pay for itself in a year or two. Features/Benefits • • • •

Eliminates need for expensive gas cylinders Compact; requires less than one square foot of bench space Can be used anywhere that an electrical supply is available Only requires an upstream compressed air source

Maintenance • Clean the inlet and outlet filters every six months • Change the inlet and outlet filters every two years Specifications • • • • • • • •

Inlet Pressure: 2-125 psig Outlet Purity: <0.1 ppm hydrocarbons (as methane) Outlet Pressure: 125 psig Outlet Fitting: 1/8 in. compression Power Needs: 110 V (60 Hz), or 230 V (50 Hz) Shipping Weight (Model 1000 and 1001): 11 lb (5 Kg) Shipping Weight (Model 3500 and 3501): 20 lb (9.1 Kg) Dimensions (Model 1000 and 1001; H x W x D): 9.75 in. x 5.75 in. x 12 in. (25 cm x 14.7 cm x 30.8 cm) • Dimensions (Model 3500 and 3501; H x W x D): 12 in. x 6.75 in. x 15 in. (29.2 cm x 17.8 cm x 39.4 cm)

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

108

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Gas Generators and Air Compressors: Zero Air Generators Parker® ChromGas® Zero Air Generator (continued)

Features/Benefits • Eliminates need for expensive gas cylinders • Can be used anywhere that an electrical supply is available • Integral oil-free air compressor eliminates need for an upstream air compressor • Two adsorbent beds alternate between purification and regeneration modes, ensuring a continuous supply of nitrogen

Marks • • • •

CE approved UL listed CSA listed IEC 1010 certified

Specifications • • • • • • •

Outlet Purity: <0.1 ppm hydrocarbons (as methane) Outlet Purity: <10 ppm oxygen Outlet Pressure: 73 psig (5 bar) Outlet Fitting: 1/4 in. NPT Power Needs: 110 V (60 Hz) or 230 V (50 Hz) Shipping Weight: 101 lb (46 Kg) Dimensions (H x W x D): 33 in. x 14 in. x 18 in. (84 cm x 36 cm x 46 cm)

Marks • CE approved

Description Model 1000, 110 1000 cc/min Model 1001, 230 1000 cc/min Model 3500, 110 3500 cc/min Model 3501, 230 3500 cc/min

Cat. No.

Qty

volt, output flow: 22824

1 ea

volt, output flow: 22830-U

1 ea

volt, output flow: 27625-U

1 ea

volt, output flow: 27626-U

1 ea

Nitrogen Generators When the application allows, switching to nitrogen may lead to cost savings. Example applications include purging samples, dry-purging air monitoring collection devices to remove moisture, or purging adsorbents during regeneration steps. Nitrogen is the most plentiful component of air, and its generation is not as complex as other gases.

domnick hunter® Nitrox Hydrocarbon-Free Nitrogen Generator This Nitrox nitrogen generator employs pressure swing adsorption technology to produce a continuous supply of hydrocarbon-free nitrogen.

Description Cat. No. Model 1001, 110 volt, output flow: 27765-U 1000 cc/min

Qty 1 ea

Model 1001, 230 volt, output flow: 28366-U 1000 cc/min

1 ea

• Compressed air at 101 psig (7 bar) is delivered to a bed of carbon molecular sieve, which selectively removes hydrocarbons, moisture, oxygen, and carbon dioxide • A heated catalyst then reduces the hydrocarbons in the nitrogen stream to less than 0.1 ppm (as methane) • Two adsorbent beds alternate between purification and regeneration modes, ensuring a continuous supply of nitrogen An economical alternative to high pressure gas cylinders, this unit should pay for itself in a year or two.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

Gas Chromatography 109

Gas Purification/Management Gas Generators and Air Compressors: Air Compressors Air Compressors

Jun-Air™ Model OF302-25MD2 Oilless Air Compressor

Use a stand-alone air compressor to supply downstream zero air or nitrogen generators that do not have integral air compressors. These units can also be used to supply compressed air for pneumatic control applications. More than 30 years of experience and product development keep Jun-Air the leader in air compressor technology.

Features/Benefits

Jun-Air™ Model 2000-40MD Oilless Air Compressor Generate oilless, dry, clean air Quiet and vibrationless Highly efficient cooling enables compressors to run continuously Compressor is housed in a sound-reducing cabinet Incorporates an effluent filter/dryer to reduce moisture

Specifications • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Generate oilless, dry, clean air Quiet and vibrationless Highly efficient cooling enables compressors to run continuously Compressor is housed in a sound-reducing cabinet Incorporates an effluent filter/dryer to reduce moisture

Specifications

Features/Benefits • • • • •

• • • • •

Max. Pressure: 120 psig (8 bar) Flow Rate at 0 bar: 175 L/min. Flow Rate at 1 bar: 132 L/min. Flow Rate at 2 bar: 120 L/min. Flow Rate at 3 bar: 112 L/min. Flow Rate at 4 bar: 105 L/min. Flow Rate at 5 bar: 99 L/min. Flow Rate at 6 bar: 94 L/min. Flow Rate at 7 bar: 90 L/min. Flow Rate at 8 bar: 86 L/min. Noise: 53 dB at 120 psig (8 bar) Power Needs: 110 V (60 Hz) or 230 V (60 Hz) Shipping Weight: 254 lb (115 Kg) Dimensions (H x W x D): 31 in. x 25 in. x 22.5 in. (79 cm x 63 cm x 57 cm)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Max. Pressure: 120 psig (8 bar) Flow Rate at 0 bar: 113 L/min. Flow Rate at 1 bar: 69 L/min. Flow Rate at 2 bar: 62 L/min. Flow Rate at 3 bar: 53 L/min. Flow Rate at 4 bar: 50 L/min. Flow Rate at 5 bar: 47 L/min. Flow Rate at 6 bar: 45 L/min. Flow Rate at 7 bar: 41 L/min. Flow Rate at 8 bar: 38 L/min. Noise: 48 dB at 120 psig (8 bar) Power Needs: 110 V (60 Hz) Shipping Weight: 183 lb (83 Kg) Dimensions (H x W x D): 33.9 in. x 17.4 in. x 26.1 in. (86.1 cm x 44 cm x 66.5 cm)

Marks • • • •

CE approved UL listed CSA listed IEC 1010 certified

Marks • • • •

CE approved UL listed CSA listed IEC 1010 certified

Description

Cat. No.

110 V, flow rate: 50 L/min (at 4 bar) 503762

Qty 1 ea

Intake Filter for Jun-Air™ Compressor Description Cat. No. 110 V, flow rate: 100 L/min (at 4 bar) 27675-U

Qty 1 ea

Two filters are required to perform complete maintenance on a single compressor.

230 V, flow rate: 100 L/min (at 4 bar) 22825

1 ea

Description for use with OF302-25MD2

Cat. No. 503797

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

Qty 1 ea

110

Gas Chromatography

Gas Purification/Management Gas Generators and Air Compressors: Air Compressors Jun-Air™ Model OF301-4B Oilless Air Compressor Features/Benefits • Generate oilless, dry, clean air • Quiet and vibrationless • Highly efficient cooling enables compressors to run continuously Specifications • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Max. Pressure: 120 psig (8 bar) Flow Rate at 0 bar: 68 L/min. Flow Rate at 1 bar: 43 L/min. Flow Rate at 2 bar: 36 L/min. Flow Rate at 3 bar: 34 L/min. Flow Rate at 4 bar: 32 L/min. Flow Rate at 5 bar: 30 L/min. Flow Rate at 6 bar: 28 L/min. Flow Rate at 7 bar: 27 L/min. Flow Rate at 8 bar: 25 L/min. Noise: 61 dB at 120 psig (8 bar) Power Needs: 110 V (60 Hz) or 230 V (60 Hz) Shipping Weight: 42 lb (19 Kg) Dimensions (H x W x D): 13.1 in. x 11.8 in. x 15 in. (33.4 cm x 30 cm x 38.2 cm)

Marks • UL listed • CSA listed • IEC 1010 certified

Description Cat. No. 110 V, flow rate: 32 L/min (at 4 bar) 503746

Qty 1 ea

230 V, flow rate: 32 L/min (at 4 bar) 503754

1 ea

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

Gas Chromatography 111

GC Solvents GC Solvents These solvents have been developed for residue analysis in application fields such as environmental analysis, and food & beverage control. All solvents are manufactured and bottled under oxygen-free conditions and sealed with a PTFE-lined cap to prevent product contamination and degradation. Fluka′s GC solvents are free of impurities which would show greater signals than 5 ng/l lindane, in the GC/ECD retention time range of lindane to DDT. Fluka′s GC solvents for trace analysis are controlled for high volatile halogenated hydrocarbons: with GC/ECD in the corresponding retention volume ranges (methylene chloride-pentachloroethane) no impurities are present with a signal greater than 10 μg/l in each range. Fluka′s GC solvents, Purge & Trap Grade are suitable for GC/MS analysis of volatile organics in water and oil sediment samples according to the EPA purge & trap methods 601, 624 and 8240.

General Solvents CAS No. 67-64-1

Compound Acetone, capillary GC grade, ≥99.9%

Cat. No. 414689-4X4L

67-64-1

Acetone, for pesticide residue analysis

75-05-8

Acetonitrile, for pesticide residue analysis

1634-04-4

tert-Butyl methyl ether, for residue analysis, ≥99.0%

34480-1L 34480-2.5L 34480-4X2.5L 34480-72X2.5L 34480-7L 34480-45L 34481-50ML 34481-1L 34481-6X1L 34481-2.5L 34481-4X2.5L 34481-7L 20257-1L-F

1L 2.5 L 4 × 2.5 L 72 × 2.5 L 7L 45 L 50 mL 1L 6×1L 2.5 L 4 × 2.5 L 7L 1L

67-66-3

Chloroform, contains ~1% ethanol as stabilizer, for residue analysis, ≥99.8%

60-29-7

Diethyl ether, for residue analysis

64-17-5

Ethanol, for residue analysis

141-78-6

Ethyl acetate, for pesticide residue analysis

142-82-5

Heptane, for pesticide residue analysis

25669-1L 25669-2.5L 31671-1L 31671-2.5L 02851-1L 02851-2.5L 31063-1L 31063-2.5L 31063-4X2.5L 31063-72X2.5L 31063-7L 31063-45L 34495-1L 34495-2.5L 34495-4X2.5L 34495-7L

1 2.5 1 2.5 1 2.5 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 72 × 2.5 7 45 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7

110-54-3

Hexane, for residue analysis, ≥99.0%

52767-1L 52767-2.5L

110-54-3

Hexane, for pesticide residue analysis

-

Hexane, mixture of isomers, for pesticide residue analysis

34484-1L 34484-2.5L 34484-4X2.5L 34484-7L 34484-18L 34484-45L 34493-2.5L 34493-4X4L

67-56-1

Methanol, for pesticide residue analysis

34485-1L 34485-2.5L 34485-4X2.5L 34485-72X2.5L 34485-7L

67-56-1 67-56-1 109-66-0

Methanol, capillary GC grade, ≥99.9% Methanol, for GC/MS analysis of volatile organics, ≥99.9% Pentane, for residue analysis, ≥99.0%

109-66-0

Pentane, for residue analysis (of high-volatile halogenated hydrocarbons), ≥99.0%

414719-4X4L 414816-1L 76869-1L 76869-2.5L 76866-1L 76866-2.5L

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

Qty 4×4L

L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L

1L 2.5 L 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 18 45 2.5 4×4 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 72 × 2.5 7

L L L L L L L L L L L L L

4×4 1 1 2.5 1 2.5

L L L L L L

112

Gas Chromatography

GC Solvents General Solvents CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

109-66-0

Pentane, for pesticide residue analysis

101316-46-5

Petroleum ether, for pesticide residue analysis, low boiling point hydrogen treated naphtha, 40-60 °C

34497-1L 34497-2.5L 34491-1L 34491-6X1L 34491-2.5L 34491-4X2.5L 34491-7L 34491-45L

Qty 1 2.5 1 6×1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 45

L L L L L L L L

67-63-0

2-Propanol, for pesticide residue analysis

108-88-3

Toluene, for pesticide residue analysis acc. to FDA

540-84-1

2,2,4-Trimethylpentane, for pesticide residue analysis

34486-2.5L 34486-4X2.5L 34494-1L 34494-2.5L 34494-4X2.5L 34494-7L 34494-45L 34499-1L 34499-6X1L 34499-2.5L

2.5 4 × 2.5 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 45 1 6×1 2.5

L L L L L L L L L L

High Purity GC Solvents for Pesticide Residue Analysis These solvents are suitable for application in residue analysis of pesticides and other low-volatile, environmentally relevant substances by means of GC/ECD or GC/PND. As polychlorinated biphenyles (PCBs) are also detected in the GC/ECD test, theses solvents are suitable for analysis of this class of substances as well. Besides a general high grade of purity, the specifications are tailor-made to the special requirements in residue analysis of pesticides, metabolites, preservatives and other low-volatile, environmentally relevant substances. CAS No. 67-64-1

Compound Acetone, for analysis of dioxins, furans and PCB, ≥99.8%

67-64-1

Acetone, for pesticide residue analysis

75-05-8

Acetonitrile, for pesticide residue analysis

1634-04-4

tert-Butyl methyl ether, for pesticide residue analysis

67-66-3

Chloroform, contains ~1% ethanol as stabilizer, for residue analysis, ≥99.8%

110-82-7

Cyclohexane, for pesticide residue analysis

75-09-2

Dichloromethane, for pesticide residue analysis

60-29-7

Diethyl ether, for residue analysis

68-12-2 141-78-6

N,N-Dimethylformamide, for pesticide residue analysis Ethyl acetate, for pesticide residue analysis

142-82-5

Heptane, for pesticide residue analysis

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Cat. No. 31062-2.5L 31062-7L 34480-1L 34480-2.5L 34480-4X2.5L 34480-72X2.5L 34480-7L 34480-45L

Qty 2.5 L 7L 1L 2.5 L 4 × 2.5 L 72 × 2.5 L 7L 45 L

34481-50ML 34481-1L 34481-6X1L 34481-2.5L 34481-4X2.5L 34481-7L 34498-1L 34498-2.5L 34498-4X2.5L 25669-1L 25669-2.5L

50 mL 1L 6×1L 2.5 L 4 × 2.5 L 7L 1L 2.5 L 4 × 2.5 L 1L 2.5 L

34496-1L 34496-2.5L 34496-4X2.5L 34496-72X2.5L 34496-7L 34496-18L 34488-1L 34488-2.5L 34488-4X2.5L 34488-7L 34488-45L 31671-1L 31671-2.5L 34489-2.5L 31063-1L 31063-2.5L 31063-4X2.5L 31063-72X2.5L 31063-7L 31063-45L 34495-1L 34495-2.5L 34495-4X2.5L 34495-7L

1 2.5 2.5 2.5 7 18 1 2.5 2.5 7 45 1 2.5 2.5 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 7 45

L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L

1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7

L L L L

4× 72 ×



4× 72 ×

Gas Chromatography 113

GC Solvents High Purity GC Solvents for Pesticide Residue Analysis CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

110-54-3

Hexane, for pesticide residue analysis

-

Hexane, mixture of isomers, for pesticide residue analysis

34484-1L 34484-2.5L 34484-4X2.5L 34484-7L 34484-18L 34484-45L 34493-2.5L 34493-4X4L

1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 18 45 2.5 4×4

L L L L L L L L

67-56-1

Methanol, for pesticide residue analysis

34485-1L 34485-2.5L 34485-4X2.5L 34485-72X2.5L 34485-7L

1 2.5 4 × 2.5 72 × 2.5 7

L L L L L

109-66-0

Pentane, for pesticide residue analysis

101316-46-5

Petroleum ether, for pesticide residue analysis, low boiling point hydrogen treated naphtha, 40-60 °C

34497-1L 34497-2.5L 34491-1L 34491-6X1L 34491-2.5L 34491-4X2.5L 34491-7L 34491-45L

1 2.5 1 6×1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 45

L L L L L L L L

67-63-0

2-Propanol, for pesticide residue analysis

108-88-3

Toluene, for pesticide residue analysis acc. to FDA

540-84-1

2,2,4-Trimethylpentane, for pesticide residue analysis

34486-2.5L 34486-4X2.5L 34494-1L 34494-2.5L 34494-4X2.5L 34494-7L 34494-45L 34499-1L 34499-6X1L 34499-2.5L

2.5 4 × 2.5 1 2.5 4 × 2.5 7 45 1 6×1 2.5

L L L L L L L L L L

7732-18-5

Water, for pesticide residue analysis

34478-1L

Qty

1L

GC Solvents for Residue Analysis of Dioxins, Furans, and PCBs These solvents are GC-MS tested and contain less than 5 pg/l (5 ppg) of the 17 relevant dibenzodioxins and dibenzofuranes. CAS No. 75-09-2

Compound Dichloromethane, for analysis of dioxins, furans and PCB

110-54-3

Hexane, for analysis of dioxins, furans and PCB, ≥95%

108-88-3

Toluene, for analysis of dioxins, furans and PCB, ≥99.7%

Cat. No. 34411-2.5L 34411-7L 34412-2.5L 34412-7L

Qty 2.5 L 7L 2.5 L 7L

34413-2.5L 34413-7L

2.5 L 7L

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

114

Gas Chromatography

GC Solvents GC Headspace Solvents

GC Headspace Solvents

Analysis of residual solvents using GC-Headspace technique is a major control procedure in pharmaceutical and food related industries. These solvents are specifically developed and optimized for sensitive GC-Headspace analysis of Organic Volatile Impurities. The purity of these solvents and handling specifications meet the requirements of the latest Ph.Eur., USP and ICH guidelines. CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

Qty

100-51-6 108-94-1 127-19-5

Benzyl alcohol, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9% (GC) Cyclohexanone, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9% N,N-Dimethylacetamide, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9%

80708-1L 68809-1L 44901-1L

1L 1L 1L

68-12-2 80-73-9

N,N-Dimethylformamide, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9% 1,3-Dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.5%

51781-1L 67484-100ML 67484-1L

67-68-5

Dimethyl sulfoxide, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9%

872-50-4

1-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, GC-Headspace tested, ≥99.9%

51779-1L 51779-2.5L 69337-1L

7732-18-5

Water, GC-Headspace tested

53463-1L

1L 100 mL 1L 1L 2.5 L 1L 1L

GC Purge & Trap Solvents Suitable for GC/MS analysis of volatile organics in water and oil sediment samples according to the EPA purge & trap methods 601, 624 and 8240. CAS No. 1634-04-4 110-54-3

Compound tert-Butyl methyl ether, for residue analysis, ≥99.0% Hexane, for residue analysis, ≥99.0%

67-56-1 109-66-0

Methanol, for GC/MS analysis of volatile organics, ≥99.9% Pentane, for residue analysis, ≥99.0%

Cat. No. 20257-1L-F 52767-1L 52767-2.5L 414816-1L 76869-1L 76869-2.5L

Qty 1L 1L 2.5 L 1L 1L 2.5 L

GC-MS Solvents CAS No. 75-05-8 67-56-1

Compound Acetonitrile, TraceSELECT®, for trace analysis, ≥99.9% Methanol, TraceSELECT®, for metal speciation analysis, ≥99.9%

Cat. No. 01324-1L 42105-1L

Qty 1L 1L

872-50-4 7732-18-5

1-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, TraceSELECT®, ≥99.0% (GC), for inorganic trace analysis Water, TraceSELECT® Ultra, ACS reagent, for ultratrace analysis

43729-1L 14211-1L-F

1L 1L

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 115

GC Derivatization Reagents GC Derivatization Reagents There are several reasons that derivatization may be performed prior to GC analysis; 1) to increase analyte volatility, 2) to increase response, and 3) to suppress the activity of an active functional group. Regardless of the reason, it is important that the proper derivatization-grade reagent is used. Sigma-Aldrich/Supelco offers reagents for the derivatization of a wide-range of functional groups and analyte classes.

Silylation Reagents Silyl refers to Trimethylsilyl Si(CH3)3, or TMS. Silylation is the introduction of a silyl group into a molecule, usually in substitution for active hydrogen. Replacement of active hydrogen by a silyl group reduces polarity of the compound and decreases hydrogen bonding. The silylated derivative is thus more volatile. Also, stability is enhanced because the number of reactive sites containing active hydrogen has been reduced. Silylated compounds are less polar, detection is enhanced, and the derivatives are thermally more stable. The greatest use of silylation has been in GC. Many hydroxy and amino compounds regarded as nonvolatile or unstable at 200-300 °C have been successfully chromatographed after silylation. Silyl reagents are influenced by both the solvent system and the addition of a catalyst. The use of a catalyst (e.g. trimethylchlorosilane, pyridine) increases the reactivity of the silyl reagent. It is important to determine the reaction times and reaction temperatures when developing derivatization procedures. The conversion rate for the derivative must be known in order to achieve quantitative analysis of the unknown sample. The reagents generally are moisture sensitive and are sealed to prevent deactivation from moisture during storage. These silyl reagents are suitable for general use but, if used in excess, can cause difficulties with flame ionization detectors. The trimethylsilyl group is the most popular and versatile silyl group for GC analysis. Introduction of this group enables better GC separation and the application of special detection techniques.

Related Information Bulletin 909 contains detailed information on selecting a suitable derivatization reagent for most applications. Request a free copy of Bulletin 909 by phone, fax, or visit sigma-aldrich.com/literature. No. T196909

Title Derivatization Reagents

Acronyms for Silylation Reagents Acronym

Chemical Name

CAS No.

BSA BSTFA DMDCS

N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl) acetamide Bis(trimethylsilyl) trifluoroacetamide Dimethyldichlorosilane

10416-59-8 25561-30-2 75-78-5

HMDS MTBSTFA TBDMCS

1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexamethyldisilazane N-(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)-N-methyltrifluoroacetamide t-Butyldimethylchlorosilane

999-97-3 77377-52-7 18162-48-6

TFA TMCS TMSDEA

Trifluoroacetic acid Trimethylchlorosilane Trimethylsilyldiethylamine (N,N-Diethyl-1,1,1trimethylsilylamine) Trimethylsilylimidazole

76-05-1 75-77-4 996-50-9

TMSI

18156-74-6

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

116

Gas Chromatography

GC Derivatization Reagents Silylation Reagents CAS No. 3768-58-9 10416-59-8

Compound Bis(dimethylamino)dimethylsilane, for GC derivatization N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, for GC derivatization

35342-88-2

N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)carbamate, ≥98.0% (T)

920-68-3 25561-30-2

N,N-Bis(trimethylsilyl)methylamine, for GC derivatization N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0%

Cat. No. 14755-100ML 15269-10X1ML 15269-5ML 15269-25ML 15236-10G

Qty 100 mL 10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL 10 g 50 144 × 0.1 1 10 × 1 5 25

18297-63-7

15235-50ML 15222-144X0.1ML-F 15222-1ML-F 15222-10X1ML-F 15222-5ML-F 15222-25ML-F N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, ≥99% 155195-5G 155195-25G 155195-100G N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide with trimethylchlorosilane, contains 1% TMCS, 99% (excluding TMCS) 15238-10X0.1ML 15238-10X1ML 15238-5ML 15238-25ML 15238-100ML N,O-Bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide with trimethylchlorosilane, contains 10% TMCS, 98% (excluding TMCS) 15209-10X1ML 15209-5ML 15209-25ML N,N′-Bis(trimethylsilyl)urea, purum, ≥98.0% (N) 15248-250G

2857-97-8

Bromotrimethylsilane, 97%

194409-5G 194409-25G 194409-100G

-

BSA+TMCS, for GC, with 5% trimethylchlorosilane

-

BSA+TMCS, 5:1

-

BSA+TMCS+TMSI, 3:2:3

25561-30-2

BSTFA, Derivatization Grade, for GC derivatization

15256-10ML 15256-50ML 33018 33019-U 33151 33030 33031-U 33084

5g 25 g 100 g 10 mL 50 mL 20 × 1 mL 25 mL 144 × 0.1 mL 20 × 1 mL 25 mL 144 × 0.1 mL

25561-30-2 25561-30-2 -

BSTFA, Derivatization Grade, for GC derivatization BSTFA, Derivatization Grade, for GC derivatization BSTFA + TMCS, 99:1

54925-64-3

BSTFA + TMCS, 99:1 tert-Butyldimethylsilylimidazole solution, TBDMSIM in DMF

33024 33027 33154-U 33148 33155-U 33149-U 33148 33092-U

20 × 1 25 144 × 0.1 20 × 1 25 50 20 × 1 10 × 1

mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL

850418-20-1 77377-52-7

tert-Butyldimethylsilyl methallylsulfinate, for GC derivatization N-tert-Butyldimethylsilyl-N-methyltrifluoroacetamide, >97%

77377-52-7

N-tert-Butyldimethylsilyl-N-methyltrifluoroacetamide with 1% tert-Butyldimethylchlorosilane, ≥95%

20082-71-7 994-30-9

Chlorodimethyl(pentafluorophenyl)silane, for GC derivatization, ≥95.0% Chlorotriethylsilane, for GC derivatization

5 10 × 1 5 25 100 10 × 1 5 10 25 5 50

mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL

994-30-9 75-77-4

Chlorotriethylsilane solution, 1.0 M in THF Chlorotrimethylsilane, purified by redistillation, ≥99%

372943-100ML 386529-100ML 386529-1L

7453-26-1 2083-91-2

Chlorotrimethylsilane 1,3-Dimethyl-1,1,3,3-tetraphenyldisilazane, ≥98.0% (NT) N,N-Dimethyltrimethylsilylamine, 97%

999-97-3

Hexamethyldisilazane, for GC derivatization

33014 41663-10G 226289-10G 226289-50G 52619-10ML 52619-50ML 52619-250ML 52619-1L

107-46-0

Hexamethyldisiloxane, for GC derivatization

25561-30-2

25561-30-2

25561-30-2

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature

79262-5ML 394882-10X1ML 394882-5ML 394882-25ML 394882-100ML 375934-10X1ML 375934-5ML 375934-10ML 375934-25ML 76750-5ML 90383-50ML

01565-1ML 01565-10X1ML

mL mL mL mL mL mL 5g 25 g 100 g 10 × 0.1 mL 10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL 100 mL 10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL 250 g

100 mL 100 mL 1L 100 mL 10 g 10 g 50 g 10 mL 50 mL 250 mL 1L 1 mL 10 × 1 mL

Gas Chromatography 117

GC Derivatization Reagents Silylation Reagents CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

999-97-3 -

HMDS, Derivatization Grade, for GC derivatization HMDS+TMCS, 3:1 HMDS+TMCS+Pyridine, 3:1:9 (Sylon™ HTP)

33011 33046 33038

20 × 1 mL 20 × 1 mL

7449-74-3 53296-64-3

HMDS+TMCS+Pyridine, 3:1:9 (Sylon™ HTP) N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilylacetamide, for GC derivatization N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilylheptafluorobutyramide, for GC derivatization

24589-78-4

N-Methyl-N-(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, for GC derivatization, ≥98.5%

24589-78-4

N-Methyl-N-(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, synthesis grade

-

N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilyltrifluoroacetamide activated I, for GC, activated with ethanethiol and ammonium iodide N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilyltrifluoroacetamide activated I, for GC, activated with ethanethiol and ammonium iodide

33039 69480-10ML 69484-1ML 69484-5ML 69479-10X1ML 69479-5ML 69479-25ML 394866-10X1ML 394866-5ML 394866-25ML 12245-10X1ML-F

25 10 1 5 10 × 1 5 25 10 × 1 5 25 10 × 1

-

N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilyltrifluoroacetamide activated II, for GC, activated with trimethylsily-ethanethiol

-

N-Methyl-N-trimethylsilyltrifluoroacetamide activated III, for GC, activated with imidazole

24589-78-4

N-Methyl-N-(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide with 1% trimethylchlorosilane, for derivatization

50992-5ML-F 50992-25ML-F

Qty

mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL

5 mL 25 mL

-

Rejuv-8™, Silylating reagent

44156-5ML-F 44156-100ML-F 12124-10X1ML-F 12124-5ML-F 69478-10X0.1ML-F 69478-1ML-F 69478-5ML-F 33059-U

5 100 10 × 1 5 10 × 0.1 1 5 25

mL mL mL mL mL mL mL mL

318974-69-5 318974-69-5 101660-05-3

Silylating mixture Fluka I according to Sweeley, for GC derivatization, ampule Silylating mixture Fluka I according to Sweeley, for GC derivatization Silylating mixture Fluka II according to Horning, for GC derivatization

85434-10X1ML 85431-10ML 85435-10X1ML

101660-05-3 75-78-5

Silylating mixture Fluka II according to Horning, for GC derivatization Silylation Sampler Kit Sylon CT™, 5% dimethyldichlorosilane in toluene

85432-10ML 505846 33065-U

10 mL 1 ea 400 mL

3449-26-1

1,1,3,3-Tetramethyl-1,3-diphenyldisilazane, for GC derivatization

43340-10ML 43340-50ML 33068-U

10 mL 50 mL 1 kit

10 × 1 mL 10 mL 10 × 1 mL

-

TMSI, Derivatization Grade

8077-35-8

TMSI+PYRIDINE, 1:4 (Sylon™ TP)

850418-19-8

Triethylsilyl methallylsulfinate, for GC derivatization

79271-56-0

Triethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 99%

279471-10G 279471-50G

13154-24-0

Triisopropylsilyl chloride, 97%

80522-42-5

Triisopropylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 97%

13257-81-3

4-(Trimethylsiloxy)-3-penten-2-one, for GC derivatization, ≥97.0% (GC)

241725-10G 241725-50G 248460-10G 248460-50G 69649-1ML 69649-10X1ML

13435-12-6

N-(Trimethylsilyl)acetamide, for GC derivatization

91566-1G 91566-5G

18156-74-6

1-(Trimethylsilyl)imidazole, for GC derivatization

394874-10X1ML 394874-5ML 394874-25ML

10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL

8077-35-8 723336-86-5

1-(Trimethylsilyl)imidazole - Pyridine mixture, for GC derivatization Trimethylsilyl methallylsulfinate, for GC derivatization

92718-10ML 79271-10X1ML 79271-5ML

10 mL 10 × 1 mL 5 mL

33159-U 33156-U 79264-5ML

20 × 1 mL 25 mL 5 mL 10 g 50 g 10 g 50 g 10 g 50 g 1 mL 10 × 1 mL 1g 5g

Silyl Reagents for Deactivating Glassware and Chromatographic Supports CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

Qty

75-78-5

Rejuv-8™, Silylating reagent Sylon CT™, 5% dimethyldichlorosilane in toluene

33059-U 33065-U

25 mL 400 mL

View our technical presentations at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-videos

118

Gas Chromatography

GC Derivatization Reagents Acylation Reagents

Acylation Reagents Acylation, an alternative to silylation, is the conversion of compounds that contain active hydrogens (-OH, -SH and -NH) into esters, thioesters, and amides through the action of a carboxylic acid or derivative. The presence of a carbonyl group adjacent to the halogenated carbons enhances electron capture detector (ECD) response. Acylation has many benefits: • It improves stability of compounds by protecting unstable groups. • It may confer volatility on substances such as carbohydrates or amino acids, which have so many polar groups that they are nonvolatile and normally decompose on heating. • It assists in separations not possible with underivatized compounds. • Compounds are detectable at very low levels with an ECD. Perfluoro Acid Anhydrides – Acylation reduces the polarity of amino, hydroxyl, and thiol groups to form perfluoroacyl derivatives, which are both stable and highly volatile. Fluorinated anhydride derivatives are used primarily for ECD, but also can be used for flame ionization detection (FID). They react with alcohols, phenols, and amines to produce stable derivatives. Fluorinated anhydrides are used in derivatizing samples for drug of abuse confirmation. The anhydrides and acyl halide reagents form acid byproducts which must be removed in GC analysis to prevent destructive effects on the column. Acylations with anhydride reagents are normally performed in pyridine, tetrahydrofuran, or some other solvent capable of accepting the acid byproduct. Amine bases also may be used as catalysts/acid acceptors. Perfluoroacylimidazoles – Perfluoroacylimidazoles offer advantages over anhydrides in preparing perfluoroacyl derivatives. The reactions are smooth and quantitative, and produce no acid byproducts that must be removed from the system before injection. The activated amide reagents yield no acid byproducts, giving only imidazole and N-methyltrifluoroacetamide, respectively. The perfluoroacylimidiazoles react with hydroxyl groups, both primary and secondary amines, and quantitatively acylate into alkylamines. General Acylation Reagents – N-methylbis(trifluoroacetamide) reacts with amines at room temperature. Hydroxyl derivatizations are slower. Heat is recommended.

Acronyms for Acylation Reagents

Related Information Bulletin 909 contains detailed information on selecting a suitable derivatization reagent for most applications. Request a free copy of Bulletin 909 by phone, fax, or visit sigma-aldrich.com/literature. No. T196909

Title Derivatization Reagents

Acronym HFBA

Chemical Name Heptafluorobutyric anhydride

CAS No. 336-59-4

MBTFA PFPA TFAA

N-Methylbis (trifluoroacetamide) Pentafluoropropionic anhydride Trifluoroacetic anhydride

685-27-8 356-42-3 407-25-0

TFAI

1-(Trifluoroacetyl) imidazole

1546-79-8

CAS No. 108-24-7

Compound Acetic anhydride, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0%

Cat. No. 91204-10X1ML-F

Qty 10 × 1 mL

108-24-7 2466-76-4

Acetic anhydride 1-Acetylimidazole, 98%

33085 157864-25G 157864-100G

10 × 2 mL 25 g 100 g

65-85-0 373-57-9

Acylation Sampler Kit Benzoic acid, for calorimetrical determination (approx. 26460 J/g) Boron trifluoride-methanol solution, ~10% (~1.3 M), for synthesis

70-11-1

2-Bromoacetophenone, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0%

93128-04-2

4-Bromophenacyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, ≥95% (H-NMR/C-NMR)

4426-47-5

Butylboronic acid, for GC derivatization

505862 33045-100G-R 15715-50ML 15715-250ML 15715-1L 77450-10G 77450-50G 41392-50MG-F 41392-250MG-F 19667-1G 19667-5G

1 ea 100 g 50 mL 250 mL 1L 10 g 50 g 50 mg 250 mg 1g 5g

1634-04-4

tert-Butyl methyl ether, puriss. p.a., ≥99.5% (GC)

20256-1L-F 20256-2.5L-F 20256-2.5L-CB-F

1L 2.5 L 2.5 L

56-06-4

2,4-Diamino-6-hydroxypyrimidine, 96%

D19206-25G D19206-100G

25 g 100 g

2687-25-4 4755-50-4 4637-24-5

2,3-Diaminotoluene, 97% 4-(Dimethylamino)benzoyl chloride, for HPLC derivatization, ≥99.0% (HPLC) Esterate M, for GC derivatization

272361-5G 67954-1G 33140

5g 1g 25 mL

141-97-9

Ethyl acetoacetate, puriss. p.a., ≥99.0% (GC)

00410-100ML 00410-1L

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

To order, visit sigma-aldrich.com/order

100 mL 1L

Gas Chromatography 119

GC Derivatization Reagents Acylation Reagents CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

425-75-2 336-59-4

Ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0% Heptafluorobutyric anhydride, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0%

336-59-4

Heptafluorobutyric anhydride, for GC derivatization, ≥99.0%

32477-35-3

N-Heptafluorobutyrylimidazole, 97%

17587-22-3 1522-22-1

6,6,7,7,8,8,8-Heptafluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,5-octanedione, 98% Hexafluoroacetylacetone, 98%

14602-86-9

Lab Kit , for the evaluation of FA status in blood (n-3 + n-6 PUFA) (1R)-(−)-Menthyl chloroformate, ee (GLC): 99%

7635-54-3

(1S)-(+)-Menthyl chloroformate, ee (GLC): 97%

91734-5ML 394912-10X1ML 394912-5ML 394912-25ML 77253-10X1ML 77253-10ML 77253-50ML 556645-1G 556645-5G 175161-5G 238309-5G 238309-25G 05904-1KT 245305-25G 245305-100G 378712-5ML 378712-25ML

81655-41-6 73980-71-9 685-27-8

(±)-α-Methoxy-α-trifluoromethylphenylacetic acid, for GC derivatization N-Methyl-bis-heptafluorobutyramide, for GC/MS derivatization N-Methyl-bis(trifluoroacetamide), for GC derivatization

685-27-8

N-Methyl-bis(trifluoroacetamide), for GC derivatization

13061-96-6

Methylboronic acid, 97%

54648-79-2

o-Methyl-N,N′-diisopropylisourea, 97%

333-27-7

Methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, for GC derivatization, 98.0%

653-37-2

2,3,4,5,6-Pentafluorobenzaldehyde, 98%

832-53-1

Pentafluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 99%

15989-99-8

2,3,4,5,6-Pentafluorobenzoic anhydride, for GC-MS derivatization, ≥98.0%

2251-50-5

2,3,4,5,6-Pentafluorobenzoyl chloride, 99%

356-42-3

Pentafluoropropionic anhydride, purum, ≥97.0% (GC)

71735-32-5 98-80-6

1-(Pentafluoropropionyl)imidazole, for GC derivatization, ≥98.5% Phenylboronic acid, 95%

18704-37-5

8-Quinolinesulfonyl chloride, ≥96.0% (AT)

1118-71-4

2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedione, for GC derivatization, ≥98.0%

326-91-0 76-02-8

2-Thenoyltrifluoroacetone, for spectrophotometric det. of metal ions, ≥99.0% Trichloroacetyl chloride, for GC derivatization

88300-5G 80521-1G 80521-5G

407-25-0

Trifluoroacetic anhydride, for GC derivatization

91719-10X1ML 91719-10ML 91719-50ML

10 × 1 mL 10 mL 50 mL

421-50-1

1,1,1-Trifluoroacetone, 97%

1546-79-8

1-(Trifluoroacetyl)imidazole, for GC derivatization

T62804-5G T62804-25G T62804-100G 394920-10X1ML 394920-5ML

5g 25 g 100 g 10 × 1 mL 5 mL

329-15-7

4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride, 97%

367-57-7

1,1,1-Trifluoro-2,4-pentanedione, 98%

65371-5G 78268-1ML-F M0789-10X1ML M0789-5ML 65943-5ML 65943-25ML 165336-1G 165336-5G

Qty 5 10 × 1 5 25 10 × 1 10 50

mL mL mL mL mL mL mL 1g 5g 5g 5g 25 g 1 kit 25 g 100 g 5 mL 25 mL

1 10 × 1 5 5 25

5g mL mL mL mL mL 1g 5g

226408-5G 226408-25G 18503-1G 18503-5G 103748-2.5G 103748-10G 103748-100G 103764-1G 103764-5G 103764-25G 02379-5G

5 25 1 5 2.5 10 100 1 5 25 5

103772-1G 103772-5G 103772-25G 77292-5ML 77292-25ML

1g 5g 25 g 5 mL 25 mL

17281-1ML P20009-10G P20009-50G P20009-250G 22695-5G 22695-25G 87851-5ML 87851-25ML

1 mL 10 g 50 g 250 g 5g 25 g 5 mL 25 mL

249475-1G 249475-5G 249475-25G 235970-10G 235970-25G

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

g g g g g g g g g g g

5g 1g 5g

1 5 25 10 25

g g g g g

120

Gas Chromatography

GC Derivatization Reagents Alkylation/Esterification Reagents

Alkylation/Esterification Reagents Alkylation involves the addition of an alkyl group (aliphatic or aliphatic-aromatic) to an active functional group. Replacement of hydrogen with an alkyl group is important because of the decreased polarity of the derivative as compared with the parent compound. This reagent is used to modify compounds containing acidic hydrogens such as carboxylic acids and phenols. The resulting products are ethers, esters, thioethers, thioesters, n-alkyl amines, and n-alkyl amides. Alkylation of weakly acidic groups (alcohols) requires strongly basic catalysts (sodium methoxide, potassium methoxide). More acidic OH groups, as in phenols and carboxylic acids, require less basic catalysts (hydrogen chloride, boron trifluoride). DMF-Dialkyl acetals – Dimethylformamide dialkyl acetals are used to esterify acids to their methyl esters. Hydroxyl groups are not alkylated with this reagent. Carboxylic acids, phenols, and thiols quickly react to give the corresponding alkyl derivatives. N,N-Dimethylformamide dimethyl acetals are moisture sensitive. Diazoalkales – Diazomethane reacts rapidly with unesterified fatty acids in the presence of a small amount of methanol, which catalyzes the reaction to form methyl esters. The yield is high and the side reactions are minimal. Diazomethane is a yellow gas which is used as an ethereal solution with some methanol present. The elimination of gaseous nitrogen drives the reaction. Diazomethane is carcinogenic, highly toxic, potentially explosive, and unstable. Diazomethane is not ideal for esterification of phenolic acids because the phenolic hydroxyl groups are also methylated at a slower rate which may lead to mixtures of partially methylated products. Esterification and Transesterification Reagents – Esterification is the reaction of an acid with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst to form an ester. The process involves the condensation of the carboxyl group of the acid and the hydroxyl group of the alcohol with the elimination of water. Esterification is best done in the presence of a catalyst (e.g., hydrogen chloride), which is removed with the water. Esterification is the most popular alkylation method. Alkyl esters offer excellent stability and provide quick and quantitative samples for GC analysis. Transesterification is the displacement of the alcohol from an ester by another alcohol. This has been widely used for making esters of higher alcohols from those of lower alcohols. Transesterification can be performed with an acidic or basic catalyst using methanol to react with fats and oils. General Alkylation Reagents – Pentafluorobenzyl bromide is convenient for making esters and ethers and has been used in trace analysis. This reagent is a strong lachrymator and should be handled only in a hood. Hexacyclooctadecane and pentafluorobenzylbromide are reagents for preparing pentafluorobenzyl phenol derivatives for US EPA Method 604. Esterate-M is used in the preparation of methyl and other esters of long chain fatty acids by reaction with dimethylformamide dialkylacetals. Aldehydes and ketones are conveniently derivatized by forming oximes with o-alkylhydroxylamine HCl reagents. Omethylhydroxylamine HCl has been used with ketosteroids, prostaglandins, saccharides, aldoacids, and ketoacids. N-butylboronic acid reacts with 1,2- or 1,3diols or with α- or β-hydroxy acids to form 5- or 6-member ring nonpolar boronate derivatives. They are prepared simply by adding n-butylboronic acid to a solution of the hydroxy compound in dimethylformamide.

Related Information Bulletin 909 contains detailed information on selecting a suitable derivatization reagent for most applications. Request a free copy of Bulletin 909 by phone, fax, or visit sigma-aldrich.com/literature. No. T196909

Title Derivatization Reagents

Acronyms for Alkylation Reagents Acronym Diazald

Chemical Name N-Methyl-N-nitroso-p-toluenesulfonamide

CAS No. –

Diazald-N-methyl-13C Diazald-N-methyl-13C-N-methyl-d3

60858-95-9 102832-11-1

DMF-DBA DMF-DEA

N-Methyl-13C-N-nitroso-p-toluenesulfonamide N-Methyl-13C-d3-N-nitroso-p-toluenesulfonamide N,N-Dimethylformamide di-tert-butyl acetal N,N-Dimethylformamide diethyl acetal

DMF-DMA DMF-DPA DMP

N,N-Dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal N ,N-Dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal 2,2-Dimethoxypropane

4637-24-5 6006-65-1 77-76-9

Esterate M MNNG NBB

2 meq DMF-DMA in 1 mL pyridine 1-Methyl-3-nitro-1-nitrosoguanidine n-Butylboronic acid

– 70-25-7 4426-47-5

PFBBr TMAH

Pentafluorobenzyl bromide Trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide

1765-40-8 –

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

For all of your analytical needs, visit us at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

36805-97-7 1188-33-6

Gas Chromatography 121

GC Derivatization Reagents Alkylation/Esterification Reagents CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

Qty

7637-07-2

BCl3-2-Chloroethanol, 10 % (w/w) BF3 - Butanol solution, 10 % (w/w)

33056-U 33126-U 33125-U

10 × 1 mL 10 × 5 mL 100 mL

-

BF3 - Methanol, 10 % (w/w) Boron trichloride - Methanol, 12 % (w/w) Boron trichloride - Methanol, 12 % (w/w)

33021 33353 33089-U

400 mL 20 × 1 mL 20 × 2 mL

-

Boron trichloride - Methanol, 12 % (w/w) Boron trifluoride-ethanol, ~10% in ethanol (~1.3 M), for GC derivatization

33033 05576-10ML-F 05576-100ML-F

400 mL 10 mL 100 mL

373-57-9

Boron trifluoride-methanol solution, 50% w/w in methanol

373-57-9

Boron trifluoride-methanol solution, ~10% (~1.3 M), for GC derivatization

134821-4X25ML 134821-50ML 134821-250ML 134821-1L 15716-10ML 15716-100ML 15716-250ML 15716-1L

4 × 25 mL 50 mL 250 mL 1L 10 mL 100 mL 250 mL 1L

762-48-1 7637-07-2

156825-100G Boron trifluoride propanol complex, in excess propanol, BF3: 14 wt. % Bortrifluoride - 1-butanol solution, ~10% in 1-butanol (∼1.3 M), for GC derivatization, for esterification of fatty 83253-100ML-F acids for GC purposes 4-Bromobenzyl bromide, 98% 112186-25G 112186-100G

100 g 100 mL

589-15-1

25 g 100 g

17455-13-9 80-11-5

18-Crown-6 Derivatizing agents, Set for GC: Alcohols with hydrogen chloride, for GC derivatization Diazald®, 99%

33003-U 72558-1SET-F D28000-25G D28000-100G D28000-250G D28000-4X250G D28000-500G D28000-1KG

1133-63-7 77-76-9 18503-90-7

2,3-Dihydroxy-biphenyl, for GC derivatization, ≥98.0% 2,2-Dimethoxypropane, for GC derivatization N,N-Dimethylformamide dibutyl acetal, for esterification of fatty acids, ≥98.0%

17403-100MG 33053 40262-10ML

36805-97-7

N,N-Dimethylformamide di-tert-butyl acetal, for GC derivatization

395005-10X1ML 395005-5ML 395005-25ML

1188-33-6

N,N-Dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, for GC derivatization

394971-5ML 394971-25ML

1188-33-6

N,N-Dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, for esterification of fatty acids, ≥95.0% (GC)

40252-25ML-F 40252-100ML-F 178535-25G

25 mL 100 mL 25 g 10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL

18503-89-4

N,N-Dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal, 95%

4637-24-5

N,N-Dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, for GC derivatization

394963-10X1ML 394963-5ML 394963-25ML

4909-78-8

N,N-Dimethylformamide dineopentyl acetal, 99%

140244-10G 140244-50G 178527-25G

6006-65-1

N,N-Dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, 97%

6006-65-1

N,N-Dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, for GC derivatization

4637-24-5 3332-29-4

Esterate M, for GC derivatization O-Ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride, 97%

920-66-1

FID Alkyation Sampler Kit 1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexafluoro-2-propanol, for GC derivatization, ≥99.8%

7647-01-0

Hydrogen chloride - 1-butanol solution, ~3 M in 1-butanol, for GC derivatization

7647-01-0

Hydrogen chloride – ethanol solution, ~1.25 M HCl, for GC derivatization

17934-50ML 17934-250ML

132228-87-6

Hydrogen chloride – methanol solution, ~1.25 M HCl, for GC derivatization

17935-100X1ML 17935-50ML 17935-250ML

-

Hydrogen chloride – 2-propanol solution, puriss. p.a., for GC, ~1.25 M (T)

17933-250ML

394998-10X1ML 394998-5ML 394998-25ML 33140 274992-1G 274992-5G 505854 52517-10ML 52517-50ML 87472-50ML-F 87472-250ML-F

For technical assistance, visit sigma-aldrich.com/techinfo

25 g 1 set 25 g 100 g 250 g 4 × 250 g 500 g 1 kg 100 mg 25 g 10 mL 10 × 1 mL 5 mL 25 mL 5 mL 25 mL

10 g 50 g 25 g 10 × 1 5 25 25

mL mL mL mL 1g 5g 1 ea 10 mL 50 mL 50 mL 250 mL

50 mL 250 mL 100 × 1 mL 50 mL 250 mL 250 mL

122

Gas Chromatography

GC Derivatization Reagents Alkylation/Esterification Reagents CAS No.

Compound

Cat. No.

7664-93-9 7647-01-0 7647-01-0

Methanolic H2SO4, 10 % (v/v) in methanol, for GC derivatization Methanolic HCl, 0.5 M HCl in methanol (0.5N), for GC derivatization Methanolic HCl, 3 M HCl in methanol (3N), for GC derivatization

506516 33095 33051

6 × 5 mL 10 × 5 mL 10 × 3 mL

7647-01-0

Methanolic HCl, 3 N

33355 33051 33050-U

20 × 1 mL 10 × 3 mL 400 mL

7647-01-0 593-56-6 593-56-6

Methanolic HCl, 0.5 M HCl in methanol (0.5N), for GC derivatization Methoxyamine hydrochloride Methoxyamine hydrochloride, 98%

100-11-8

4-Nitrobenzyl bromide, 99%

33354 33045-U 226904-1G 226904-5G 226904-25G 226904-100G N13054-25G N13054-100G

20 × 1 mL 5000 mg 1g 5g 25 g 100 g 25 g 100 g

423-39-2

Nonafluoro-1-iodobutane, 98%

317845-25G 317845-100G 33001

25 g 100 g 5000 mg

101052-1G 101052-5G 101052-25G 76735-250MG 76735-1G

1g 5g 25 g 250 mg 1g

331015-25G 331015-300G 156388-10G

25 g 300 g 10 g 5g 25 g

1765-40-8

Pentafluorobenzyl bromide, analytical standard

1765-40-8

2,3,4,5,6-Pentafluorobenzyl bromide, 99%

57981-02-9

O-(2,3,4,5,6-Pentafluorobenzyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride, for GC derivatization

354-64-3

Pentafluoroiodoethane, 97%

828-73-9

Pentafluorophenylhydrazine, 97%

422-05-9

2,2,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-1-propanol, 97%

257478-5G 257478-25G

23231-91-6 76437-40-6 1899-02-1

Tetrabutylammonium tetrabutylborate, 97% 2,3,5,6-Tetrafluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide, 98% TMAH, 0.2 M in methanol

115-20-8

2,2,2-Trichloroethanol, ReagentPlus®, ≥99%

477230-5G 406406-1G 33358-U 33097-U T54801-100G T54801-500G

17950-40-2

Triethyloxonium hexafluorophosphate, contains ~10% diethyl ether as stabilizer

368-39-8 75-89-8

823-96-1

420-37-1 1899-02-1 17287-03-5

164682-5G 164682-25G Triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, ≥97.0% (T) 90520-25G 90520-100G 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol, ReagentPlus®, ≥99% T63002-25G T63002-100G T63002-500G Trimethylboroxine, 99% 323136-1G 323136-5G 323136-25G Trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, 95% 281077-1G 281077-10G Trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide solution, ~0.5 M (CH3)3N(OH)C6H5 in methanol, for GC derivatization 79266-10ML 79266-50ML Trimethylsulfonium hydroxide solution, ~0.25 M in methanol, for GC derivatization 92732-10X1ML 92732-10ML

Qty

5g 1g 10 × 1 mL 10 mL 100 g 500 g 5g 25 g 25 g 100 g 25 g 100 g 500 g 1g 5g 25 g 1g 10 g 10 mL 50 mL 10 × 1 mL 10 mL

Product specification sheets are available for most of these reagents. Information includes properties, features and benefits, typical derivatization procedure, mechanism, toxicity, hazards, and stability. For free literature, request a copy by phone or see our Web site. Note: All Supelco glass GC columns have been silane treated.

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

View our current seminar and tradeshow schedule at sigma-aldrich.com/analytical-events

Gas Chromatography 123

GC Derivatization Reagents Derivatization Reagent Sampler Kits

Derivatization Reagent Sampler Kits Our derivatization reagent sampler kits enable you to determine the best reagent for a specific application, without the cost of purchasing, storing, and ultimately disposing of large volumes of individual reagents. Because of our purity specifications and reaction efficiency checks, we can guarantee consistently high reactivity from every lot of each reagent. Documentation detailing the chemistry, a tested derivatization procedure, and handling and storing recommendations is available for most reagents. Each of our four kits incorporates a group of related reagents.

Description Acylation Sampler Kit

FID Alkyation Sampler Kit

Silylation Sampler Kit

Concentration Acetic anhydride, 3 × 2 mL Heptafluorobutyric anhydride, 3 x 1mL

Pentafluoropropionic anhydride, 3 x 1mL Trifluoroacetic anhydride, 3 x 1mL

BF3-Methanol, 3 x 1mL Methanolic Base, 3 x 1mL Methanolic HCl (0.5N), 3 x 1mL

Methanolic HCl (3N), 3 x 1mL TMAH, 0.2M in Methanol, 3 x 1mL

BSA, 3 x 1mL BSTFA, 3 x 1mL BSTFA + TMCS, 99:1 (Sylon BFT), 3 x 1mL

HMDS + TMCS, 3:1 (Sylon HT), 3 x 1mL TMSI, 3 x 1mL

-

-

-

Cat. No. 505862

Qty 1 ea

-

505854

1 ea

-

505846

1 ea

For hazardous product information, visit sigma-aldrich.com/safetycenter

124

Gas Chromatography

GC Derivatization Reagents Derivatization Reagent Sampler Kits Related Information Free Technical Literature Reagent Acetic Acid • BCl3 Methanol • BCl3-20-Chloroethanol • BF3 Butanol • BF3 Methanol BSA BSA + TMCS, 5:1 (Sylon BT) BSA + TMCS + TMSI, 3:2:3 (Sylon BTZ) BSTFA BSTFA + TMCS, 99:1 (Sylon BFT) DMDCS • 5% DMDCS in Toluene (Sylon CT) HMDS HMDS + TMCS, 3:1 (Sylon HT) HMDS + TMCS + Pyridine, 3:1:9 (Sylon HTP) • Methanolic Base • Methanolic HCl • Methanolic Sulfuric Acid N-t-Butyldimethylsilylimidazole Perfluoro Acid Anhydrides PFBBr & 18 Crown 6 • Rejuv 8 TFA TMCS TMSI TMSI + Pyridine, 1:4 (Sylon TP)

Product Specification Sheet T497121 T496123 T496122 T496124 T496125 T496017 T496018 T496019 T496020 T496021 T496022 T496023 T496024 T496025 T496026 T497007 T497099 T497018 T496065 T497104 T497103 T496066 T496027 T496028 T496029 T496030

Bulletin 909 contains detailed information on selecting a suitable derivatization reagent for most applications. Request a free copy of publication number T196909 by phone or or visit sigma-aldrich.com/literature. Certificates of Analysis, containing lot-specific data, are available for many Supelco reagents free of charge. These certificates, as well as product specification sheets (see table above), contain information about the reagent: use, physical properties, benefits, typical procedures for derivatizing a compound, toxicity, hazards, storage and stability, and reaction mechanism. To obtain free copies, contact our Customer Service Department. • Certificates of Analysis are not available for these reagents, only product specification sheets are available.

AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR

sigma-aldrich.com/analytical

Access our analytical literature and newsletters at sigma-aldrich.com/literature